= I>fs “M2\ 3G ities ‘| ar Pa a = oc

: (3 Ja & 3) <3 e < = 2

eX ‘< Or ay & = eg = a

ens re) Sonne ~ L: fe) 0 Oo [ Ms

j a nal me -! z \ 15 oe

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S23! YVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS

} S =o inh S < 5 DP =

Zh re) \ = x = Lid, 2

: 2 Na: : 2 OE

: 2 WE 2 — fZ"R

” SS w %

z yf a z Oo

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I

= ‘7 ” te * 2] = un }

= = < = < =

26 r S + 2 & =

” Y w” ae. oo a)

0 O ei i waa? ier 35 oO

eS = = =, - =

= > = S >” = >

77) . 2 a . i a =

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3!YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN I

a 2 tu Z “f 3

sm aa w = wo

ac = ac pa « es.

x va a 9 ey x an |

= a = = c 3

= fe) fer VS O o- a

S3lyvugi7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SZ

= zs a - =

haces ‘oo ont pad

> ky > fen > re

: 27 2 - 2 :

: z Bs z + ae

INSTITUTION dejacel peta artes Pte luvug MIL LIB BAR | ES, SMe

ME 3 ‘= = = |.

. a ae aay = 5 &

O c O % = O oF

a = z = z =<

z < |

~ 3 a | = rr Re, View = a

SIR rLiE SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI $3

Zz sd > no S an}

ca a” Lo eet aha erg ee t

2 a = : q a i

S . 3S ss 5 on)

= a | Zz a 2 eee el

NSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31IY¥YVYSIT LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN 1

Zz eas Hs ia = ue Lf

— ow a a — Ye ao

5 read 5 3) a le ly, 70

ame > Si > = Uf >

F ma - ve -, 4 £7 2

2 i 3 ae m z 5

nat 62) — =a :

sAIYVYNRIN LI BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI _ NVINOSHLINS, |S

D> = * z a z < =

z = Z Ye = 3 21

v”) ” ” ‘oe Wa ; 1 _w wf

= = = NS \S = 4 = =

: = 2 ee 5 2

YW)

NSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1Y¥vug IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ if

us z ts Z ws z

: z : g : =

es er he = a “|

oc = o c Pe G

a. co x oa , aa

e So ae 3 Be : oe

J = a | 4 an = 3

JAIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S$)

- = ees —_ eal —

om apr, Oe ~~ Pe

_ = &

< es - of < = :

oc - oc per oc ao Ne

ree = co = pa if

x ss S a 2 me i S$

| é J

_NVINOSHLINS (S3!4WYdIT LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION _ NO

os ° , = sm — oO

° | aa = : : aa

za AN Ss > a > ) oe 2

> WE a i = = &

8) WYN Fe) — ‘2 ‘oy

ys \w - = r = Oo

oo 62 Oo z a =

SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uvVudIT_LI!

wo a » wn = w ‘ =

S re = w, = = Vie =

‘i S 2 GF. 3 5 fe pi 2

O = O Yi fy is fe) fo =

a st Zz fF = Ss =

> S : >” = > =

a 77) ig Zz 7) = ”

_NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NO

Z t Z Boe Z us

n <a 7) mu w — /

= o pi. w aiipn. m /2

= = pe < se <x {g

= 4 4

— fea) os om. _ ea)

oO S — i.e) a ie) —

= = a ae = -

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31iuvyugIT LI

Zz is z c ne z —

= o E ao Ws & a

D AYN :

=f > = > WS 2 3 (

rel ws = 70 = ca

= m “” m w” m

= i ow a Ww : a op)

NVINOSHLINS S31IYVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN N¢

4 w” = sabi nm = w

= = y, ie NS = = =

> 4 6 ae = WS Sy 4 am —

OOO F< 48 NEO NEE

: 2 “jy = “XN 2 = ah

a Bo ee . 2 = S

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS sgiruvagia_t!

: he i : 2 :

6 Air a os = oc =

< % = < = : < oe

—e |S = S ve 5

q zs - = cS = en =

JOLLALILSNI _NWINOSHLINS S31YVYSIT LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION __ NC

i i = ‘ S) - fe) ay = = S)

2 NN S& 5 2 = wD =

= SSE > = > F

= AY = a - = te

a WW 2 = o =

alii D z y z

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31 UY qit_ui

=, =e Ni = : < < <

= 6 = 5S z 2 6

EVE = 8 2 é 2

Wr 2 iE Zz E Z. =

Hien? a 2 a z z

LILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS _LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NC

q ” = ” ” =

a = oc = ow = oc

a cc ‘S YP c o c oc

a a. - co = a oO

SN ast oO SN ie ro) cole oO Be

i = ; _ a = ey

1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIJLNLILSNI NYINOSHLINS S3iuvuditT_L!

rs USete = i el as a ad ive > Ae

GOES

ANNALS OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME 57

;

}

e 4

a! =

ve T

i i *

rs 7 t.

a ri ’

7. ys e

= %

ANNALS

OF THE

eet bE! AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME 57

PRINTED FOR THE

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

1970-1971

‘

bes

. ae ;

“i

; ,

Fin?

aa? 3

a” o

aes,

thee

, hs

mee,

RPA wy :

(When

;

“ A

‘

: i

‘

P ’

=</

}

‘

~ ae

by ch yet

»,

= X

4 f

a head

EDP Po ali

b 4, \

! é a

f he a

Sp pao) ov nox eerustacien epee erage

‘THE RUSTICA PRESS (PTY.) LTD., Wana ah Cendid

ry,

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

Best, P. B.

Records of the pygmy killer whale, Feresa attenuata, from southern Africa, with notes

on behaviour in captivity (published April 1970)

Dick, R. I.

Hyperiidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda): keys to South African genera and species,

and a distribution list (published November 1970) ee oe

Huttey, P. A.

Centrophorus squamosus (Bonnaterre) (Chondrichthyes, Squalidae) in the eastern

South Atlantic (published December 1971) ie 36:

KeEnsLEY, B. F.

Amphipoda from southern Angola (published April 1971)

KENSLEY, B. F.

The family Sergestidae in the waters around southern Africa (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Natantia) (published June 1971)

KEnsLEY, B. F.

The genus Gennadas in the waters around southern Africa (published December 1971)

KEnSLEY, B. F.

A small collection of decapod Crustacea from Mogambique (published October 1970)

KENSLEY, B. F.

Termitophilous isopods from southern Africa (published March 1971)

KeEnsLeEy, B. F. & PENRITH, M.-L.

New records of Mytilidae from the northern South West African coast (published

April 1970) ss é = A

Kens Ey, B. F. & PENRITH, M.-L.

The status of Gregariella simplificilis Barnard, with records of Mytilidae from southern

Angola (published October 1970) .. ar

McKeEnzrE, K. G.

Species list of South African freshwater Ottracoda with an appendix listing museum

collections and some further determinations (published June 1971)

Paterson, N. F.

The median eye of some South African Palinuridae (Decapoda, Crustacea)

(published August 1970) we -

PenritH, M.-L.

See

Kenstey, B. F. & PEnritH, M.-L.

Page

265

149

215

271

103

131

123

157

NEW GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED IN THIS VOLUME

Antidorcasia Kensley, 1971 (Titaniidae), 140

Coatonia Kensley, 1971 (Titaniidae), 136

‘

icine

LF the

;

ioe

——_—_—

4 7

tis bt

Per

if ie

a) ys? |

meee

mee Zk OES Ye

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 °#&2Band

April 1970 April

Part,” an pect

RecORDS OF THE PYGMY KILLER WHALE, -

FERESA ATTENUATA, FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA,

WITH NOTES ON BEHAVIOUR IN CAPTIVITY

PETER B. BEST

a5 ‘y

Cape Town Kaapstad JUN 20 19/0 |

LiRRARIED

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, a(1, 3> 3» 7): 3(1-2, 5» tp), 5(2, 5> 7-9),

6(1, tpt), 7s By); 8, 9(1-2), 10(1-3),

i ae 7> t—p.t) 2I, 24(2), 27> 31 (1-$)5 38,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie dee]

R1.80

Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1969

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

RECORDS OF THE PYGMY KILLER WHALE, FERESA ATTENUATA,

FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA, WITH NOTES ON BEHAVIOUR IN

CAPTIVITY

PETER B. Best

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With g plates, 2 figures and 5 tables)

[MS. received 4 July 1969]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction . : ‘ : I

External appearance . : ie

Skull ; : ; : Rais.

Post-cranial skeleton . ; Le

Behaviour in captivity é are oe)

Summary : ; : 5 ong.

Acknowledgements . : ee

References : : : ae)

INTRODUCTION

In 1827 Dr J. E. Gray described a new species of dolphin Delphinus

intermedius from a skull of unknown locality, whose distinctness he later recog-

nized by placing it in a separate genus Feresa (1871). The same author described

a second species, F. attenuata, in 1874 from a skull collected in the ‘South Seas’,

though subsequent reviewers (Flower, 1883; True, 1889) have tended to regard

intermedia and attenuata as conspecific. These two skulls remained the only known

specimens of the genus until 1954, when Yamada described a strange dolphin

from Taiji, Japan, that proved to be a specimen of Feresa and which provided

the first information on its external appearance and post-cranial skeleton. The

skull of a fourth specimen captured at Yenn, Senegal (Cadenat, 1958), was

compared with the types of intermedia and attenuata by Fraser (1960), who

concluded that all three specimens belonged to the same species for which he

proposed F. attenuata as the valid name (F. intermedia being preoccupied).

Subsequently a fifth specimen was captured off Hawaii (Pryor, Pryor & Norris,

1965), and Nishiwaki, Kasuya, Kamiya, Tobayama & Nakajima (1965)

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (1), 1970, 1-14, 9 pls, 2 figs, 5 tables.

2 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

provided valuable information on the external appearance and skeletal

characters from a series of 14 animals captured at Futo, Japan, in 1963.

Apart from the type skull of attenuata from the ‘South Seas’, there had been

no further records of Feresa from the southern hemisphere until January, 1968,

when five animals stranded in the lagoon at Liideritz, South West Africa

(26°36’S., 15°15’E). A sixth specimen that beached itself at Richard’s Bay,

Natal (28°36’S., 32°23’E) on 16 May, 1968, is also the first record from the

Indian ocean. The six specimens concerned have been numbered as shown in

table 1. The skeletons of numbers 1 to 5 were collected, but the only skeletal

material preserved from number 6 was the terminal portion of the rostrum and

mandibles plus associated teeth.

TABLE I

Strandings of Feresa attenuata in southern Africa

Speci-

men Total length Sex Locality Date Catalogue

number (feet & inches) number

I 6’ 44” — Liideritz lagoon, S.W.A. Jan., 1968 Luderitz museum

2 7. NO" Female ue = SAM 35576

3 6’ 103” Wa »? oe) SAM 35577

4 Gt'9% Male Pe a3 SAM 35578

5 7’ of” Female as Be Staatsmuseum,

Stuttgart

6 7 114" Female Richard’s Bay, Natal 16 May, 1968 SAM 35601

While this paper was in press, a seventh specimen came ashore at Sunset

Beach, Sea Point, Cape Town (33°55’S., 18°23’E) on 2 January 1970. This

was a female 7 feet 4 inches long. The skeleton was collected (catalogue number

SAM 35870) but not cleaned in time to be described in this paper.

The presence of the species in the Indian ocean is confirmed by the

sighting of a school of 11 animals from the whale-catcher ‘Edwin Cook’ on

16 August, 1969, in the position 31°35’S., 29°53’E, while the author was

engaged on a whale-marking cruise off Durban.

EXTERNAL APPEARANCE

The animals stranded at Liideritz were examined only in July, or about

six months after they had beached themselves. As a consequence they had

undergone so much decomposition and dehydration that accurate information

on their external appearance was difficult to obtain, and even the sex of two

animals could not be determined. Very fortunately, however, two colour

photographs were taken of one of the animals shortly after it had stranded, and

from these it is possible to gain some idea of their external appearance. The

RECORDS OF THE PYGMY KILLER WHALE 3

Richard’s Bay specimen was collected while still fresh, and three colour photo-

graphs of the frozen animal are available. Furthermore, a full-size, glass-fibre

cast of the body was prepared, from which certain external measurements

were taken. These are listed in table 2 with those from the Sunset Beach, 14

Futo and the single Hawaiian specimens for comparison. The Sunset Beach

animal was kept in captivity for six days so that the colour pattern of the living

animal was observed.

TABLE 2

Body measurements of Feresa attenuata

Richard’s Bay Sunset Futo Hawaii

Beach (Nishiwaki (Pryor et

et al., 1965) al., 1965)

Measurement cm We cm Ui oe of

Range Mean

Tip of snout to notch in flukes .. 239 100 223°5 100 (208-244) (223) (215°9)

meee tO centre Of eye .. 25 TO" 29" 5 TO" 8-1-1174 9:8 12-0

3 >» » tocentreofblowhole 23:5 973.5 26-47) 10-8 6-7-11°9 9:6 10°6

wee to auele of gape .. 21-2 330) 1Osfs o-5 — — _—

Bales to anterior msertion

of flipper .. ao FAS" Or Lowe) 4270 n- OF FOG? hon TOs 18-2

Pen to ip of dorsal fin 134°5.. 56-3 142-2 63°6 54-3-61-°8 58-1 56-2

Piipe jabterion«sertion to tip 50°5 25-1 45°7 20°4 14°7-22°2 19°7 ay)

po axilla totp. :. 200k 94S) TAO 2oQi cork. bara tO -Om Eh 4, 15°4

> maximum width Peja i Hoye} Oud) rhe 2) O38 5:8-7-0 6:4 6°5

Dorsal fin, height ine Sip POR) OOS Ey KO) ees oo 9°4-11°'6 10°2 10-0

a », length of base use 6 h4 Oe B850un by ome sit OO LGe Ay LO 17-4

Width of flukes, tip to tip PN OO © 247 S RAO eA 4a | 2S 10 —2Or Ay 25 24.°9

There appears to be no significant difference between the external appear-

ance of these pygmy killer whales and those previously described. The similarity

in body shape to Pseudorca is striking, though the flippers have a convex leading

edge and resemble those of Grampus in shape. The dorsal fin is also more like

that of Risso’s dolphin, being relatively larger than that of Pseudorca with the

tip pointed and more erect. In the Richard’s Bay specimen the fin is apparently

higher than in any animal so far described. A further point of similarity with

Grampus is the noticeable tapering of the body behind the dorsal fin. A narrow

groove runs mid-ventrally from the chest between the flippers to the genital

aperture of the Richard’s Bay and Sunset Beach specimens, and the irregular

indentations to the posterior edges of the dorsal fin, flippers and flukes mentioned

by previous authors are also seen in most of the animals.

Nishiwaki e¢ al. (1965) suggested that male Feresa might grow slightly

bigger than females, as they measured no mature female more than 227 cm in

length whereas males apparently grew to 244 cm. Three of the females examined

in this report are 7 feet g$ inches to 7 feet 114 inches (237 to 243 cm) long,

indicating that there is in fact little difference in the adult size of the two sexes.

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

(S.66) Sr (%.€%) Sr (4.16) Gor (%-ah) ofr (0.8b) G1 ** Qussoj er0duta} Jo surs1eur 10119}s0d sso19e ss ‘G2

(9-1?) og! (€. bP) gS1 (4.€F) GLI (9-SP) 6g (V.9F) oli <s oe ss ne ee + Teyotred 44 Cz

(L.G9) €&z (g-Fg) gs (6-39) 62 (9-99) Loz (3-%9) g& ana ne es as % oeUIOBAz od ‘Vs

(¥- FQ) ghz = (g-- £g) bos = (6-19) Cho (1-SQ) 19% (L.¥9) obs sf ps ag a fs [e@11q10}sod - ‘Ez

(£4 .6S) oz (1-6) QO0z (g-LS) Qos (9-09) Cbs (0.gS) C1z a Bs om sae vg [eyqsoo01d & "oS

(€- 19) CEs (3.09) 1S (€ .6S) CEs (9-19) La (€ .6S) OBZ va a a S}IQIO JO 9]Ppru ssosOw YIpLIIg ‘1z

(1-29) 6% (1-19) Cis (9.€9) Gs (€ .39g) oSs (6.09) Qo oie youou [eqn} yy SIs Jo w10}}0q 07 fe. “GE

(3.2L) TQS (F.zL) CGs (4.€2) 36% (1-4) £6% (0.€Z) 1Lz ae & Se (uerpour) aseq

jetueis UO IZUIOA JO pud sOrLI0}sod 0} a Oo Br

(g-SS) C1z (0.9%) L61 (9-9) ES (9-9) CEs (€-9S) 60z 7 a3 Be sprosh19}d pue

souyjeyed usaMjoq ssoo0id sUTIOWIOA 0} ae eee. “OT

(g-LP) gi (0.9?) oQI (3- QP) 161 (9-LP) 161 (6.97) VLi ar ae Ee “* ** aqyeyed

uO deT]TIXeU JO pus ULIpPsU 1OII93s0d 0} Be ae iS he

(6.12) LLo (F.zL) CGz (S.PL) C6z — — (V.1L) Ggz a plouryjasour jo pus sor11a3sod 04 ne gee scsi ahe

(b.gS) Cas (3-09) ah is} (V.&9) 19% (g-39) aGo (9-09) Cos ** soreu Jolodns jo uls1eW JOTIO}Ue 07 éf a mee

(9-1?) Og! (S.GP) og! (G.GP) Ogi (F.GP) ZQI (4 .€4) ZQI a prousydsoid jo pua ro1s9jue 0} Se ae ay

(0-4) Lo — — (9-6) 6 (GS .6) gs (1-g) of oy. a JQUIOA JO PUI JOTIO}IUL 0} se ee oie 7 |

(g-Lb) tg (L-L¥) gg1 (S¢-0S) o08 (¥%.0G) sos (a-L¥) Ghr (14811)

(€.L0) ogI (€ .g?) €91 (0.0%) 961 (6.69) 00% (3-L7) CLI "+ (qJaz) yorou Areprxeur jo ur0}j0q 0} uINnsjso1 Jo dij, ‘a1

(S.>1) 9S (1.G1) €S (V.¥1) LG (4.%1) 6S (0-€1) 6h ie ci oe a soieu Jotiadns jo yipeoig ‘11

(g-S1) 19 (g-91) 6S (L.G1) 29 = acs — — Oa 8 sae ang s]esvu JO YIpvaiq jsa}¥aIN) “OI

(6.94) 962 (g-6L) 1gz (S.6L) Cig (0.19) CoE (6-LL) 6gz oe a ps a (qy311)

(8-99) Sgo (%.zL) GSe (0-F4) 60 (1.04) 16% (9-04) age e a ch (Jaq) yISus] - 6

(1-41) 99 (g-G1) GG (IG) = — (0) (Cases) io) (4.91) 9 UINI}SCI JO 9seq IvoU YIPveIq UINUTTUTUT es 'g

(L.GSz) 66 (€-Gz) 6g (6.Gc) oor (8-93) Gor (g*Pa) “a6 me tes a ‘+ yypeeiq qsoyeoI8 a “L

(1-41) 99 (g-¥1) 2S (-91) 9 (-g1) SQ (3-91) 09 me ‘+ winI}sOI JO B]pPpru ye Ypres ‘oeLT[IxeUlIIg “9g

(z-¥z) £6 (€.63) sg (3-33) = gg (6-6) 96 (S.€z) Lg om a as ** _a[ppra ye * ene Ae °G

(s-9%) 101 (0.6%) gg (L.¥z) 6 (G.c) - Vit 3(65Ga) = 96 ‘+ Yyovou [e}IqGIO}Ue 0} ‘JUR WUOgG = - se v

(Gaenje sean a(v-05); Lor —(1.8f)) “Ser “<ares)-—-Gore “G.2t) ‘oar eS ae ie Re aseq }e UINIsOI Jo YIpeaig “f

(avy ieet (6-Gh)) 691 (ag). 161 - “CP-L7)~- 061. (c-PV) 2 Por ai : = "+ (ueIpeul) UINI}sO1 Jo YISUaT *%

(oo1) Sgé (oo1) 32&€ (oo1) 966 (oo1) 10F (001) ILE es as ‘+ (TqD) YISus] yeseqoyApuod JO [eo], “1

(Ta %) wu (TH) %) wu (Ta %) wu (Tq %) wr (TA %) wu

G uoumdedg PF uswuieds € uouuredg & uowi1edg I uowoedg JUIUIINSvaY[

ZUIIPN'T WOT, vvNUIIWD Vsasay JO SJUOWIIINSeIUL [[NYS

6 a1av

RECORDS OF THE PYGMY KILLER WHALE

Cro

g saquinu uswiToedg

bene

II:— TIBI ZI: G1 G1: 61

“ae “a6. Bes ae Sr ee ie on Seay os RMSE e EN ON VE

Gere geegor Gln. 3e © lah Peg) ae oe es ana

(G.L) 6% (9-Q) 1 (g-L) 1 (4-4) 1 (V.9) 1 cee oe (J9]) ey[Nq oruvdurs Jo yypeoiq ysoywoIK “EP

(6.01) 3 (G.0t) 8 Ir (9-01) oF (ZeOT) = s67 QUI) eer tis ee (Wy sr1)

(6-01) &P (6.11) 3P (9-01) oP (Z.o1) &P (Cine ee iy a aS n° (Jo) vypnq oruvdursy Jo yySuaT ‘sb

— = — — (r.SS) gre (1-96). 8 — —- mis oS ‘+ sg Apuoo aejnqipuvur ssorov yprorg “1h

(F.bz) 6 — — (G.€%) 6 (6.28) 326 (4.6%) 98 De tT ats)

(3-b3) £6 -— — (G.€z) £6 (6.43) 26 (S.€z) Lg me (aJ9]) ssooord prouos09 puv asue usaMjoq yidaq ‘oP

(Give). = 2G hoe 1(Is0T)- “nhr (6405) - Boon (28). oS (GaGs) ner » a (qy3r2)

- — —~ — (G2L0) SS s0Sr (Pak) Olt = (OnGe)) —08% os: bes (4J9]) Moi-y}00) Av_Nqipueur jo y8uaT + *6E

(G.L) 6% (0-g) Gz (g-6) 66 (S.L) o& (P.9) 1§ ats zs “3 mt ia stsAydurts yo yysuaT “gS

(Geeg) O90 “) (0-10) So —(h.Gq) Gla. (€.04)) cee (2.90) —GSe oS Seams nt)

oe — — — (6-99) oLf8 (9-69) og2 (1-04) 092 sy ** (jez) ss9001d prouosos 0} a{qrpueur jo dry, “LE

(Pepi)= = c0s 8 (1.09) age ~~ (6-94) 9 016 “(GvoL)- Vie (Lael) = aba a PN P= (aan) ”

— — -- — (Orgs) = G06, (0:92), Scie == (ies). sabe or os ‘+ (qjoy) snures sepnqrpueu jo ySueT “oF

(€.G1) 66 (6.1) 9S (¥.G1) 19 (ca Gi)h a erg (g-b1) GG a ret a (1y8t1)

(9-S1) 09 (3-91) ZG (6.%1) 66 (Csirke (9-S1) 9S ie ae xs (ajay) aJApuoo jeytd1990 yo yysuaT “SE

(6.4%) 96 (1-%z) SQ (4.3%) 06 (6.96%) or (€.%z) 06 ae Is ee sojApuod jezIdi1990 ssor9e yYpeoig: “PE

(6.6) gt (alte anes (g-6) 66 (3-01) 19 (G.o1) 66 mes = a "* ugwresof [eyIdi1990 jo WYySIOFY “SE

(etl): = ay (3-31) &P (9-11) oF (G.11) OP (g-01) oP oi a os "+ -usurTesoF [e}Id19090 Jo yypeoig *3&

(9-gh) Lg —— = (g-19) Gow (1-16) Sos (%.9h) 641 "+ (@ysr1)

(g-Lh) ter a —— (0.1%) zoo (9-06) 0c (6-9h) li "+ (yeq)

yo}ou Are][IxXeur JO vI0}}0q ©} YI00} ysIY WO’ QOULISIG “16

(3-16) oB1 — = (9-86) Er (%.e8) 081 (7.62), Gor ve a a quett)

(6.06) 611 — a (g-c&) of (86) o81 (9.62) oft re Bs ars (Jo) YSU] ‘Mos-y}00} AreyIrxepy “of

(G:bt)eotos —@oniada = (6-70), +65.— (ogi): 99. Ung) donc) oe Gua

(9-91) %9 (€.G1) & (g-b1) 9S (0.G1) og (6.G1) 66 i i“ ues = <(qtanatndep: 2 "6%

(¥.€z) 06 (g-1%) of (4-61) gf (0.03) og ($.bs) 06 cs oS oy "+ (quar)

(6.6%) 26 (Ore) hh (6.61) 624 (6.13) 9g (6.0%) Sg es = = "+ (jez) yaSuoy ‘essoy ferodwiay, “gz

(G. 2) > eOike 2 (6eGP)oestgn-~ (SwoP).) 601 = — ~ — us ie ms sjeseu Surpnpour Qystopy °*L%

(199%) wu (Td) %) wu (TGd%) wu (Ta%) wu (TqD%) wut

G uouir1edg b usuredg 6 uoumoedg & usuredg I uowroedg JUSUIOAMSvaT\l

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

(S961

‘70 Ja 1OAIg)

TeMeyy

1.Gz%

9-SI

Q-Sz

g- vz

1-36

V.LY

(9?&)

(0961

‘19Se1,J)

uua x

(TAD jo sosejusos0d sv passoidxa |e) vyonuayyD vsasay JO syJUIWIAIMSeIUL [[Nys Jo

¢.

¢.bP

IQ N CQ) CQ) CO et CO Gl OO) co Oca

he ° .

206

g-LV

(Sge)

(PS61

‘epeule ZX )

wey,

g-SP 9-9F

9-&9 +99

L.z9 +99

g:4S g LS

o-LG 6.9S

0.96 1.Gz

g-GI G.I

V.1Z 9-Vz

L.&@ Q-9c

g-0& Laat

6.17 0.9P

(g?&) (gS8)

(0961 (0961

‘IOSe1,J) ‘JOSC1,J)

veLor Wa veot WE

P alav i,

9-6 9-a1-9-L

3-0G a-oS-L.9b

ropes tl C.vi-V.-z1

Gao C.zg-¥V.LL

Ceae o-LL-S.oL

1-GI 6. 41-6. oa

C.0G &-Qo-V-&G

G.gI Le Li—0..S1

1-Vo 1-Sz-6.a36

Z-O& g-16-L.Lz

V.LV &-67-L.bV

(PLE) (S6E—gGE)

Uva, osuery

(S961

“70 7a DYMIYSIN)

(Cie —=-1)) On

uostieduror)

z-QP ¢.Lb-S.SP "LG

g-1¥ z-€b-GS .6€ ‘gz

€.bP F.gb—g.1b Cz

9-9 9-99-6.29 ‘Vz

6.£9 1.S9-6.19 "6S

0-6S 9g-09-9-LS "BS

6-09 g-19-©-6S "1G

0-%9 9 -£9-6-09 ‘0%

1.6L L.€L-¥V.aL ‘61

eles 9-9S-9-SS ‘gI

€.LY z-Qb—-0-9P “LI

g- al ¢.vL—¥.1L "QI

1-19 V.€9-7-9S “CI

€.vV ¢.Sh-g.1f ‘VI

9°8 9-.6-0.-L ‘CI

v.90 ¢.oS-€.9P ‘I

€-V1 1.G1-0.61 oe

1-QI g-g1-L.S1 ‘OI

0.62 0-1g-6.94 (34812)

0.oL 1-bL-g-99 (jet) “6

6-91 L.Li-g-G1 8

¢.cz Z-Q5-Q-VG *L

I-QI 1-41-g.VI ‘9

V.€% &-VZ—Z - BB “¢

6.Sz L.Lo-L.bz v

L.1& ¢.a&-P.0& €

6.SV 3-Qb-z. bP ‘S

(1g) (10F—zS&) “3

uvoy[ osury

Joquinu

(¢ = u) ZWEpNT JUIUIINSvIPJ

RECORDS OF THE PYGMY KILLER WHALE

‘uowtoods Avg s,preyory WOIJ JUNOD Y}00} SUIPNIOUT ¢

*plouo1oo je s[qipueu jo yIdoq

“SNO[VUIOUL SUIOIS }I ING UdYL} SYM JUDWWOINSvIW sTy} MOY UMOUY }0U ST I _

€1-€1 £1 I €1-Z1 II-OI €1-11 GI-I1 bp

o1-6 OI II-O1 ZI-11 1I-O1 O1I-g glI-Q

— — 9-L-S.L = — 9:9 0.6-z.9 0-8 g-g-S.L &P

— — I-O1 — — L-O1 P.11-Z.01 O-1I 6.11-9-O1 ov

— — ¢.vS — —- 6.66 6.6S-§ .0S g-9S 1.9S-1.G¢ Iv

z4-1%—-P- 1G go +O 6.1% gl-1Z z1- 3% V.ss 1. VZ-Q.0% g-&z V.¥e-6.2% ov

L.g&-S .9& L.9&—-F.9& 6.96—-1.9& &- 96-9 -LE 6.LE-g.96 g-G& P.g&-S. 16 6.96 1-Ob-€ . bE “66

== 6-8 g-4 I-O1 6.01 V.6 1-01-L.9g Z-Q 9-6-G.L "gS

= — 8-989- - 89 — — — — v.69 €.1£-S.L9 “LE

6.g/-9-g4 — 0-gL Z-1Q L.0g g:9L 6.6L—c.aL 9:4 1-0g-0- gL ‘96

— ¢.vi-€.V1 — — 1.G1 1-L1-P.€1 v.GI Z-Q1-9-VI "GE

= — V-Go — — o-GZ Z-QZ—O- 6% V.vG 6.Ga-L.ae ‘VE

= — — — — €-O1 Q-11-2.6 €-O1 1-11-g-6 "EE

= — V-O1 — = Sarl Q-ZI-0-01 G.11 Z-S1-Q-Ol "oS

= = = — — g LV z.6b—-0.9P ¢.6P g.1S-6.9P "1g

V.6a-L - gz V.o6-a. 16 b.16-L.0€ 1.V&—z .€& a -GE-V. a6 G.o0& €.66-g.Lz 9:16 9-6-1 .62 "0&

= — g-61 —_ — 6.0% L.€z-9-L1 L.91 1-g1-6.71 (q4y812)

= — V-L1 — — I-QI v.61-6.91 ¢.G1 9:91-9-VI (JoT) “6%

== — o-Vs — — a-GG 6.Lz2-0.3% 0.3% €.bs-L.61 "QS

ues, osuery uvoy, ISUe YY

(S961 (0961 (P61 (0961 (0961 (S961 saquinu

“70 qa JOAIG) ‘JOSVI,J) “epeule ZX ) ‘IOSCI J) ‘19Se1,q) “7D 2 TYVMIYSIN) (G = u) zyopnyT JUIUIIINSvIT]

Temepy ue K fre], VelLgI WA 8 vege WE (1 = u) ony

8 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

The colour pattern of the Sunset Beach specimen agrees closely with that

described by Nishiwaki et al. (1965). The pale grey lateral area is conspicuous

in the living animal in water, particularly the upper margin which is sharply

defined from the black dorsum: this feature was also most striking in the

animals seen at sea off Durban in 1969. After death, however, the grey lateral

area rapidly darkens and cannot be restored by wetting the skin (pl. 1). The

irregular grey area on the chest between the flippers, extending as a narrow

streak posteriorly, is visible both before and after death. In this animal there

are also irregular white patches in the axillary region of the flippers. A narrow

edge of white to both upper and lower lips forms a node at the tip of the snout

in the Richard’s Bay specimen, but the snout of the Sunset Beach animal is too

damaged to determine this point. Both animals have a roughly elliptical

white splash (pink in the living animal) enclosing both anal and genital

apertures.

SKULL

All five Feresa skulls examined agree basically with the descriptions

published by previous authors (True, 1889; Yamada, 1954; Fraser, 1960).

A series of 44 measurements were taken (table 3), and are compared with

similar skull measurements for the Futo, Taiji, Yenn and Hawaii material and

the type specimens of attenuata and intermedia in table 4. For the majority of

measurements there is excellent agreement between the different sets of skulls,

but certain consistent differences are apparent in the Liideritz specimens. The

narrowing of the premaxillae near the base of the rostrum is generally less

pronounced, and this seems to be supported by a visual comparison of four of

the Liideritz skulls (pl. 2) with photographs of two of the Futo whales (Nishiwaki

et al., 1965). The posterior median extension of the vomer on the base of the

cranium is also less in all five Liideritz specimens than in those from Futo and

Taiji (see pl. 3). Furthermore, the temporal fossae are generally smaller than

those from Futo or Taiji (pl. 4), particularly in depth, which as mentioned by

Nishiwaki et al. (1965) is invariably greater on the right side of the skull. And

lastly, the length of the mandibular symphysis appears to be less in the Liideritz

specimens, a feature also apparent from a comparison of the mandibles with

the photographs published by Nishiwaki et al., where the symphysis seems to

extend back to the level of the posterior edge of the fourth alveolus, as against

the third in the Liideritz specimens (pl. 5). However, Yamada’s (1954)

specimen from T'aiji appears to be intermediate in this respect.

Because of the close resemblance between the external appearance and

general skull conformation of the Liideritz specimens and those from other

localities, it is doubtful whether these few differences in skull proportions can

be considered as more than expressions of local geographic variation. No

specific significance has been attached to them in this report.

The distinction of F. attenuata from F. intermedia was originally made

RECORDS OF THE PYGMY KILLER WHALE 9

because of the smaller size of its skull with a narrower rostrum, and smaller

and more numerous (48 as against 43) teeth. The smaller size of the skull and

teeth are clearly due to age differences between the two specimens, and the

range of tooth numbers in recent Feresa specimens (41-48) embraces those of

both type skulls. The narrower rostrum has usually been attributed to an age

difference (Flower, 1883; Fraser, 1960; Nishiwaki et al., 1965), but this now

appears unlikely. The breadth of the rostrum at its base expressed as a percen-

tage of the condylobasal length is plotted against condylobasal length in

figure 1 and against body length in figure 2 for all known specimens of Feresa.

There is no significant correlation for either set of data (r : 0:0937, p > 0-9

for figure 1 and r : 0-1784, p > 0-4 for figure 2). To avoid possible bias due to

different methods of measurement, correlation coefficients have also been

calculated for the Futo specimens alone, and once again these are not significant

(r : 0:0776, p > o-8 against condylobasal length and 7 : 0-4452, p > o-1 against

body length). It can only be concluded, therefore, that the narrowness of the

rostrum of the type specimen of F. attenuata is not due to its lesser age, and that

it merely falls within the range of intraspecific variation recorded for this

character.

@ LUDERITZ O HAWAII

O FUTO * TAIJI

4 BM 362A X YENN

a A BM 1672A

BREADTH OF ROSTRUM AT BASE AS .° SKULL LENGTH

344 302 360 368 376 384 392 400 408

SKULL LENGTH (mm)

Fig. 1. Variation in breadth of rostrum at base with increasing skull length in Feresa attenuata

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

@ LUDERITZ

oO FUTO

Oo HAWAII

BREADTH OF ROSTRUM AT BASE AS ” SKULL LENGTH

190 198 206 214 222 230 238 246

BODY LENGTH (cm)

Fig. 2. Variation in breadth of rostrum at base with increasing body length in Feresa attenuata

Post-CRANIAL SKELETON

There also appears to be little difference between the skeletons of the

Liideritz Feresa specimens and those figured and described elsewhere. The major

details of each are set out in table 5 and compared with similar data from

Nishiwaki et al. (1965) and Yamada (1954). The tendency for the flippers of the

Liideritz dolphins to have a smaller number of phalanges, especially in the

longest digits II and III, can be attributed to the advanced stage of decompo-

sition and desiccation of these animals which had noticeably affected the tips

of the flippers.

The following description applies only to the skeletons of specimens

numbers 2 and 5, as these are the only physically mature individuals. The

skeleton of number 2 is also illustrated in detail in plates 7 to 9.

Comparison of the dimensions of the vertebrae with similar measurements

of the Taiji animal (Yamada, 1954) and three Futo specimens (Nishiwaki e¢ al.,

1965) fails to illustrate any significant differences between them. The centra are

at their thickest (33 mm) at about the fifteenth to eighteenth vertebrae in the

column; the maximum total height of the vertebrae (176-181 mm) occurs

RECORDS OF THE PYGMY KILLER WHALE II

TABLE 5

Details of post-cranial skeleton of Feresa attenuata

Range of ‘Taiji

Futo specimen

Speci- Speci- Speci- Speci- Speci- specimens (Yamada,

Character men men men men men (Nishi- 1954)

I 2 3 4. 5 waki et

al., 1965)

Vertebral column

Cervical ix Ai 7 7 7 7) 7 7 7

(fused) paper t= TA) 298, 8) Ba eta) 13-6). | (4-3)

4-5) 4-5) 4-5

Thoracic i cs 12 12 12 12 13 12-13 12

Lumbar a A’. 17 16 17 a7, 15 15-17 16

Caudal .. Le de 24+ Be 26+ 32 33 32-34. 32

Wotalls: 4... He i — 68 — 68 68 68—70 67

Ribs, pairs

Vertebral at be 12 12 12 12 13 12-13 12

(two-headed) Gs Rue) C7) Rahs G7) Le)

Sternal .. aA it 9 8 7+ 9 8 8-9 8-9

Chevron bones .. ae 17+ 24 17+ 20+ Dy, 21-27 24.

(fused) Li ih (1-2) (1-2)

Sternum

Sternebrae a Sy g 3 2+ 3 3 3 3

(fused) ue - (0) (1-3) (0) (0) (1-3) (1-2:1-3) (1-2)

Phalangeal formul.

(including metacarpals)

2 2 2-3 2 2 2-3 3

II 8 7-8 8 a] ai 8-10 9

III 6-7 6 6 . 6 6 7-8 8

BV Ato 54. . -: 3-4 4 4 3 4 3-5 4

Vv Bis ae se 2 3 2 2 2 a3 2

Carpal bones .. a Aaa atc a 4 4 4 4 4

Epiphyseal ankylosis .. I-97, all, com- 1-4,all 1-3, com- (all (no obs.)

caudal plete caudal 66-68 plete stages)

unfused unfused

around numbers 27 to 30; the bilateral breadth of the transverse processes is at

its greatest (231-239 mm) around vertebrae 21 to 24, and dwindles to zero

around vertebra 55; and the height of the neural canal is at its maximum

(42-44 mm) around vertebrae 12 and 13, the canal finally disappearing on the

fifty-ninth vertebra.

Other features of the vertebral column also agree with those described by

Yamada (1954) and figured by Nishiwaki et al. (1965). The neural spines slope

backwards as far as vertebra 30 or 31, and are directed forwards thereafter (pl.

7). Zygapophyses are strongly developed from the last cervical vertebra through

the next ten vertebrae but by vertebrae 20 to 21 remain only as a single trace on

the posterior base of the neural spine. Slight bumps about mid-way along the

transverse process of vertebra 9 or 10 indicate the first suggestion of meta-

12 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

pophyses, though these are only clearly developed for the first time on vertebra

11 or 12. These processes gradually approach each other and ascend vertically

as far as the base of the neural spine. Metapophyses are still present as definite

processes as far back as vertebra 26, but by vertebra 30 or 31 have virtually

disappeared. The transverse processes, anteriorly directed as far as the thirteenth

or fourteenth vertebra, thereafter slope backwards as far as about vertebra 33,

where they are approximately straight transverse. Posterior to this the processes

are directed in an anterior direction. Specimen 2 lacks an uncinate process on

the transverse process of the seventh thoracic vertebra whereas specimen 5 has

this character, first described by Yamada (1954). Vertically perforating

foramina first appear on vertebra 47 or 48 and continue as far back as the

penultimate vertebra. The chevron bones are also illustrated in plate 7.

The form of the sternum, sternal and vertebral ribs and pelvic bones are

shown in plate 8, and seem to differ little from those figured and described by

previous authors. The sternum of both specimens 2 and 5, however, lacks the

deep median cleft in the anterior edge of the manubrium figured by Yamada

(1954). Its total median length is 230 and 241 mm respectively, with a maximum

breadth of 103 and 102 mm. The longest vertebral rib (fifth) measures 462 mm

along its visceral border and is 13 mm wide at its mid-length in specimen 2, and

in specimen 5 it (the sixth rib in this instance) is 465 mm long by 13 mm wide.

Of the sternal ribs, the second most posterior pair are the longest, measuring

17I mm in specimen 2 and 177 mm in specimen 5, whereas the most anterior

are the thickest, measuring 20 and 19 mm respectively at their mid-length.

The hyoid bones (pl. 8) closely resemble the sketch and proportions given

by Nishiwaki e¢ al. (1965). ‘The maximum span across the thyrohyals is 158 and

155 mm in specimens 2 and 5 respectively, and the overall depth from posterior

tip of the thyrohyal to the level of the anterior edge of the basihyal is 111 and

109 mm respectively.

The scapulae (pl. 9) are much as sketched by Nishiwaki et al., being

roughly triangular in shape with a straight-line overall length of 230-232 mm

in both specimens and a maximum breadth of 171-176 mm. The caudal angle

is quite prominent, and the irregular, rough elevations and impressions in both

surfaces as well as the uneven thickness of the blade remarked upon by Yamada

(1954) are present. The acromion appears to be more expanded at its tip,

however, than in the Taiji specimen.

The phalangeal formula has already been described in table 4, and an

X-ray photograph of the flipper of specimen number 2 is given in plate g to

illustrate the general arrangement of bones in the fore-limb. Although four

carpal bones appear to be general in Feresa (corresponding to the scaphoid,

lunar, cuneiform and trapezoid, there being no hamate — Yamada, 1954), it is

interesting to note that a fifth carpal bone was found in one flipper of specimen

number 1 and probably lost from the other owing to decomposition. This was

a small, separate element in contact with the ulna, cuneiform and fifth

metacarpal, apparently corresponding to the pisiform.

RECORDS OF THE PYGMY KILLER WHALE 13

BEHAVIOUR IN CAPTIVITY

The Sunset Beach animal was washed ashore into a rock pool about twenty

yards from a large concrete tidal pool. While awaiting transport to the local

zoo it was carried and placed in the tidal pool where it swam amongst several

bathers for about an hour. While in the pool, and during handling before and

afterwards, the animal never snapped at anyone and was completely placid.

This contrasted with the aggressive behaviour to humans displayed by the

Hawaiian specimen (Pryor et al., 1965).

When the whale was placed in a 35,000 gallon tank at the zoo, however,

four dusky dolphins, Lagenorhynchus obscurus, in the same enclosure became

considerably agitated and swam in tight circles at the opposite end of the tank,

exhaling explosively. They subsequently avoided all contact with the whale

when possible until the animal became very weak. The whale did not seem

actively aggressive towards the dolphins, but on the morning of 3 January the

smallest dolphin (a male 4 feet 104 inches long) was found dead, bearing long,

raking tooth-marks on both sides of the body, on the caudal peduncle and at

the base of the flipper. None of these cuts perforated the blubber. The spacing

of the tooth-marks clearly indicated that the Feresa was responsible. Subse-

quently a male dolphin in the tank (5 feet 11} inches long) was also seen to

bear similar tooth-marks on its sides.

This aggressive behaviour towards other cetacean species was also seen

in the Hawaiian specimen (a male), which killed a young pilot whale and

chased a dolphin round the tank (Pryor et al., 1965). Such behaviour contrasts

strangely with that of the killer whale Orcinus orca, which in the wild preys on

other cetaceans but which to date in captivity has displayed little or no

ageression towards dolphins housed with it (Burgess, 1968; Hewlett & Newman,

1968).

The Sunset Beach whale never accepted food despite injections of vitamin

B12 complex, and died after six days. At necropsy its first two stomachs were

found to be exceptionally heavily parasitised with nematodes, and the fore-

stomach bore seven ulcers, the largest of which was about 3-5 cm in diameter.

SUMMARY

Five specimens of Feresa attenuata that stranded in Liideritz lagoon, South

West Africa, one specimen that stranded at Richard’s Bay, Natal, during 1968,

and one specimen that stranded at Sunset Beach, Cape Town, in 1970, were

the first of these animals to be recorded from the southern hemisphere since

the skull described in 1874 whose origin was given as ‘South Seas’. Further-

more, the species had never been recorded before from the Indian ocean. No

differences of taxonomic importance could be found between these animals

and those previously described from other regions. The Sunset Beach animal

attacked two dolphins in captivity, killing one.

14 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am indebted to Miss H. Kazmaier of the Liideritz Museum for first

bringing the stranding to my attention, and particularly to Herr W. Eberlanz,

also of the Liideritz Museum, for his co-operation in preserving all five specimens

and his generosity in donating three of them to the South African Museum.

I am also indebted to Mr. John Bass of the Oceanographic Research Institute,

Durban, for the photographs and measurements pertaining to the Richard’s Bay

specimen.

Mr. Sidney X. Kannemeyer kindly undertook the preparation and

photography of the skeletons.

REFERENCES

Burcess, K. 1968. The behaviour and training of a killer whale Orcinus orca at San Diego Sea

World. Int. Zoo Yb. 8: 202-205.

CADENAT, J. 1958. Notes sur les delphinidés ouest-africains. II. Un spécimen du genre Feresa

capturé sur les cotes du Sénégal. Bull. Inst. fr. Afr. noire (A) 20: 1486-1493.

FLOwER, W. H. 1883. On the characters and divisions of the family Delphinidae. Proc. zool.

Soc. Lond. 1883: 466-513.

Fraser, F. C. 1960. A specimen of the genus Feresa from Senegal. Bull. Inst. fr. Afr. noire (A) 22:

699-707.

Gray, J. E. 1827. Description of the skulls of two apparently undescribed species of dolphins,

which are in the British Museum. Phil. Mag. (n. s.) 2: 375-376.

Gray, J. E. 1871. Supplement to the catalogue of seals and whales in the British Museum. London:

British Museum.

Gray, J. E. 1874. Description of the skull of a new species of dolphin (Feresa attenuata). Ann. Mag.

nat. Hist. (4) 14: 238-230.

Hew ett, K. G. & Newman, M. A. 1968. ‘Skana’, the killer whale Orcinus orca at Vancouver

Public Aquarium. Int. Zoo Yb. 8: 209-211.

NisHtwAkI, M., Kasuya, T., Kamiya, T., Topayama, T. & Nakajima, M. 1965. Feresa attenuata

captured at the Pacific coast of Japan in 1963. Scient. Rep. Whales Res. Inst., Tokyo 19:65-90.

Pryor, T., Pryor, K. & Norris, K. S. 1965. Observations on a pygmy killer whale (Feresa

attenuata Gray) from Hawaii. 7. Mammal. 46: 450-461.

TruE, F. W. 1889. Contributions to the natural history of the cetaceans, a review of the family

Delphinidae. Bull. U.S. natin. Mus. 36: 1-191.

YAMADA, M. 1954. An account of a rare porpoise, Feresa Gray from Japan. Scient. Rep. Whales

Res. Inst., Tokyo 9: 59-88.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 57 Plate 1

Photographs of Sunset Beach specimen.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 57

“hepa,

5(d).

s 1(a), 2(b),

skulls of specime

Dorsal vi

Plate 3

5(d).

, 2(b), 3(c) and

s I(a)

iew of skulls of specimen

Ventral v.

Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 57

Lateral view of skulls of specimens 1(a), 2(b), 3(c) and 5(d).

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., Vol. 57

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 57 Plate 6

Lateral view of mandibles of specimens 1 (z

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 57

Lateral view of cervical (a), thoracic (b), lumbar (c) and caudal vertebrae (d),

bones (e)—specimen 2.

ee a <. foc é

BE8ene::

Se Dr

and chevron

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 57 Plate 8

Sternum, sternal and vertebral ribs, hyoid and pelvic bones—specimen 2.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 57 Plate 9

Scapulae and X-ray photograph of flipper—specimen 2.

iNoLRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 4$ in. x 7 in. (73 in. including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the

same author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in

parentheses, volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses,

pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

BuLtoucu, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHEer, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHER, P.-H., Duvat, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Koun, A. J. 1960). Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from

the Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 1'7 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn Schultze, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51).

The Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references

incorporated in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the

synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, 6; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 8o.

O/,6¢

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume, 57,1. band

April 1970 April

Part “2”. Deel

mew RECORDS OF MYTILIDAE FROM THE

NORTHERN SOUTH WEST AFRICAN COAST

BRIAN KENSLEY and MARY-LOUISE PENRITH

Pp \

JUN 25 1970 ]

4/BRARIER

Cape Town Kaapstad

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

1, 2(1, 3, 5, 7-8), 3(1-2, 5, t-p.l.), 5(2, 5, 7-9),

6(1, tpt) 71; 3) 8, g(1-2), 10(I-3),

in (2, 7s tepals), 21, 24(2), 27> Bi(—2): 38,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

R1I.10

Trustees of the South African Museum © _ Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1970

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape . Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

Aulacomya magellanica (Chemnitz)

Choromytilus meridionalis (Krauss)

Gregariella simplicifilis Barnard

Modiolus carvalhot Klappenbach

Perna perna (Linnaeus)

Semimytilus algosus (Gould)

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (2), 1970: 15-24, 5 figs.

NEW RECORDS OF MYTILIDAE FROM THE NORTHERN

SOUTH WEST AFRICAN COAST

BRIAN KENSLEY

Mary-LoulisE PENRITH

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 5 figures)

[MS. received 31 July 1969]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction 15

Notes on species 17

Discussion 23

Summary . ; 24.

Acknowledgements 24.

References 24.

INTRODUCTION

During expeditions of the State Museum, Windhoek, accompanied on two

occasions by staff members of the South African Museum, to the northern coast

of South West Africa in 1968 and 1969, material was collected which indicated

an interesting mytilid fauna. Prior to these expeditions, the intertidal fauna of

the South West African coast north of Swakopmund (22°40’S, 14°34’E) was

completely unknown. Collecting was carried out at several localities (table 1

and figure 1). The following species of Mytilidae were collected:

Localities

Torra Bay; Mowe Bay; Rocky Point

Mowe Bay

Honolulu; Torra Bay; Mowe Bay;

Rocky Point; 4-5 miles south of

Kunene R. mouth

Mowe Bay; Rocky Point; 4-5 miles

south of Kunene R. mouth

Toscanini; Honolulu; Torra Bay; 42

miles north of Unjab R. mouth;

Mowe Bay; Rocky Point; Angra

Fria; 4-5 miles south of Kunene R.

mouth

Toscanini; 42 miles north of Unjab

R. mouth; Méwe Bay; Rocky Point;

Cape Frio; Angra Fria

16 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANGOLA

Angra Fria

Cape Frio

Rocky Point

Honolulu

Toscanini &

Swakopmund

Walvis Bay

Liuideritzbucht

Fic. 1. Map of South West Africa showing localities where collections were made.

NEW RECORDS OF MYTILIDAE 17

The distribution of the common species of Mytilidae on the South West

African coast indicates a difference in fauna between the southern and northern

areas. The common Mytilidae of the southern South West African coast at

least as far north as Liideritzbucht (26°38’S, 15°10’E) are the same as those of

the western Cape coast, i.e. Choromytilus meridionalis and Aulacomya magellanica

_ (Penrith & Kensley, in press). These are replaced from the region of Walvis

Bay (22°59’S, 14°31’E) northwards by Perna perna. There is some overlap.

Choromytilus meridionalis has been recorded from Walvis Bay (Lamy, 1931, see

Barnard, 1964), and a single small specimen (8-3 mm) was collected from a kelp

holdfast at Mowe Bay in June 1969. Aulacomya magellanica was found in very

small numbers as far north as Rocky Point; the specimens were very small

(6-1-27°8 mm), the average size reached on the southern coast being over

60 mm. Barnard (1964) recorded Perna perna as occurring rarely at Liideritz-

bucht. Perna perna is abundant from Swakopmund northwards, and reaches a

large size, specimens of over 100 mm being common.

The occurrence on the northern South West African coast of the three

species of Mytilidae discussed below is but one indication of the extremely

interesting nature of the fauna of that area. Two of them are otherwise known only

from the Pacific coast of South America, and one was recently described from

the southern Cape Province to Natal.

NOTES ON SPECIES

Semimytilus algosus (Gould, 1850)

(Figs 2, 3, 4)

Mytilus algosus Gould, 1850: 344.

Semimytilus algosus: Soot-Ryen, 1955: 25, pl. 4, fig. 17, text-figs 8, 9, 14, 15, 16 (synonymy);

1959: 25.

Material

Catalogue No. Size range (mm) Locality Date

§.A.M. A31302 1-2-38°5 Rocky Point 13-16 June 1969

S.A.M. A31303, S.M. M256 1-0-12°4 Mdowe Bay 30 May-3 June

1969

§.A.M. A31294, S.M. M253 1-0-22°8 Angra Fria 29 September 1968

§.A.M. Agi3zo1, S.M. M254 0:9-18:9 Cape Frio 29 September 1968

§.A.M. A31295, S.M. M255 0:9-14:9 Rocky Point 7 October 1968

S.A.M. A31300, S.M. M258 2:g-10:0 ‘Toscanini 10 November 1968

S.A.M. A31296, S.M. M257 3:0- 9:0 42milesN. 8 November 1968

Unjab R.M.

18 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

TABLE 1. Localities where collecting was carried out 1968/69

Toscanini - sh sie ~. 20°51’S, 13°25/E

Honolulu of att “6 2. ~ 20°30'S) 19216

Torra Bay a ae ae oh, BOTS St ora

42 miles north of Unjab R. mouth 19°44’S, 12°54’E

Mowe Bay _.. si he »<; 19°20'S) 12°40;

Rocky Point .. fo o «1 §O°5O Ss Loos

Cape Frio ry, bi as -. 10-2679; 1270048

Angra Fria... 5 ae s. TO°T 7S, ia

4-5 miles south of Kunene R. mouth 17°15/S, 11°45’E

TABLE 2. Decrease in number of hinge teeth with increase in length of Semimptilus algosus

Shell length (mm) No. of hinge teeth Mean no. No. of specimens

1-0-4°0 16-23 18-9 a0)

4°1-5'0 I 1-22 15°9 £0)

5°1-6-0 9-20 14°3 10

6-1-7:0 3-16 o23 12

7°1-8:0 3-10 6-3 14

8: 1-9:0 2-13 5°9 8

gQ:I-10°0 0-7 3°6 7

10° I-12°0 0-5 IO 7

12°1-38°5 O 0-0 8

Remarks

Barnard (1964) mentioned specimens of Mytilidae in the collection of the

South African Museum collected by the University of Cape Town at Cape

Cross (21°45'S, 13°37'E) in South West Africa that fitted the definition of the

monospecific genus Semimytilus by Soot-Ryen (1955). These specimens were

later identified by Dr. Soot-Ryen as Semimytilus algosus (Mr. P. A. Hulley,

personal communication), known from the Pacific coast of South America

(Ecuador; Chile; Juan Fernandez Islands) (Soot-Ryen, 1955). In South West

Africa this species appears to be confined to the northern part of the coast, the

southernmost record being Swakopmund (South African Museum); it is

common at most localities between Swakopmund and Angra Fria. Small

specimens are abundant amongst coralline algae and kelp holdfasts, and the

byssus threads of large Perna perna.

The numerous small specimens collected show slight variation in shell

shape and marginal crenulation. However, all the specimens examined, from the

very smallest, show the division of the anterior byssus retractor muscle into two

parts (fig. 2), a feature characteristic of Semimytilus. All the specimens showing

this feature have therefore been assigned to Semimylilus algosus.

43227, abuly ou ubaw

NEW RECORDS OF MYTILIDAE

F R.M.

Fic. 2. Byssus musculature of a 2.0 mm Semimytilus algosus.

&ABRM. —

B. -

F. “=

Fo SBLIRUi EW) Wuete

PIB TRIM, =

A & ni oO

s a a =

5 Oo N

Anterior Byssus Retractor Muscle

Byssus

Foot

Foot Retractor Muscle

Posterior Byssus Retractor Muscle

N oo 30

fo) wa) =

O O O

shell length, left valve, mm

Fic. 3. Mean number of hinge teeth at different shell lengths in Semimytilus algosus.

O'll lol

Oriel

(ONANXS

20 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Soot-Ryen (1959) showed that Semimytilus algosus does vary somewhat in

shape with growth. Barnard (1964) stated that Semimytilus lacks hinge teeth,

although this character is not included in the original diagnosis of the genus

by Soot-Ryen (1955), and there are also no teeth on the anterior margin (Soot-

Ryen, 1955). In the present samples, small specimens were found to have 1-3

teeth on the anterior margin up to a shell length of about 3-5 mm; no anterior

teeth were found in any specimens from 4-0 mm upwards. Furthermore, small

specimens were found to have teeth behind the ligament along the hinge line,

but specimens of 12 mm or more had no teeth along the hinge. It was noted

that in general the smallest specimens had the most teeth. Measurements and

tooth counts were made on a number of specimens of different sizes, and they

are shown in table 2 and figure 3. Although there was considerable in-

dividual variation, some specimens retaining numerous teeth at a much

greater size than others, there was a strongly-marked tendency to reduce the

number of teeth with size. This reduction is apparently caused by the teeth

being progressively overlain with nacre during growth. The hinge line at

different stages is illustrated in figure 4.

Fic. 4. Hinge line at different stages of development of Semimytilus algosus: a. 2.1 mm; b. 7.0mm;

c. 10.6 mm.

NEW RECORDS OF MYTILIDAE 2I

Modiolus carvalhoi Klappenbach, 1966

(Fig. 5)

Modiolus carvalhoi Klappenbach, 1966: 251, figs 1-5, 7, 8.

Material

Catalogue No. Szze range (mm) Locality Date

S.A.M. A31306, S.M. M250 g-2-13:9 4-5 miles south 3-4 October

of Kunene R. 1968

mouth

S.A.M. A31299,8.M. M251 =2-9-10°3 ~=Rocky Point 13-15 June 1969

S.A.M. A31304, S.M. M252 = =3-0-19°3. Méwe Bay 30 May-3 June

1969

Description

Shell elongate, inflated. Dorsal margin shallowly convex, ending slightly

behind umbo. Umbo subterminal. Lunule rather indistinct. Antero-dorsal angle

about 50°, postero-dorsal angle broadly obtuse. Posterior margin smoothly

rounded. Ventral margin straight. Anterior margin very short, convex, barely

extending beyond umbo. Hinge without teeth. Inner surface nacreous, muscle

scars and pallial line indistinct. Postero-dorsal region internally purplish. Shell

externally covered by a thin, moderately shiny cuticle, ight brown above to

yellowish below; dorsal margin dark brown; a dark brown ray radiating from

just behind umbo to posterior margin. Entire shell except antero-ventral region

covered with a thick periostracum produced into numerous serrate hairs. A

very slight carina from umbo to postero-ventral margin, becoming obsolete

posteriorly. Sculpture consisting of irregular concentric growth lines. Ligament

occupies about two-thirds dorsal margin. Byssus opening elongate and extre-

mely narrow. Byssus threads moderately long, silky.

Remarks

The South West African specimens agree well with descriptions and figures

of both Modiolus carvalhoi, from Brazil, and Modiolus capax (Conrad, 1837),

from the Pacific coast of South America. Both these species are distinguished

from the other species of Modiolus by the serrate periostracal hairs. The perio-

stracal hairs of the South West African specimens appear somewhat broader,

with broader processes, than those figured for Pacific specimens of Modiolus

capax by Soot-Ryen (1955). The hairs of Modiolus carvalhoi from Brazil are also

broader, in general, but those of the South West African specimens do not

resemble Klappenbach’s (1966) figures for that species very closely either. In

his description of Modiolus capax, Soot-Ryen (1955) stated the breadth of the

periostracal hairs to be a variable feature, and this certainly seems to be the

case in Modiolus carvalhoi from Brazil (Klappenbach, 1966, figures 3-5) and in

the South West African specimens (fig. 5b).

Modiolus carvalhoi is further distinguished from Modiolus capax by the

position of the umbones and by its smaller size. In both these characters the

22 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

| mm

Fic. 5. Modiolus carvalhoi, with periostracal hairs further enlarged below.

South West African specimens resemble Modiolus carvalhoi, and they are there-

fore assigned to that species. However, Modiolus capax and Modiolus carvalhoi

are so similar, and the South West African specimens could so easily be assigned

to either, that the placing of the South West African specimens presented some

difficulty. The fact that Modiolus carvalhoi is geographically nearer to South

West Africa than Modiolus capax has perhaps had undue influence on our

decision. However, two intertidal species otherwise known only from the

western American coast have been recorded from South West Africa. One of

these is the species discussed above, Semimytilus algosus; the other is a brachiopod

Discinisca tenuis (Sowerby), found in large numbers on the South West African

coast from Liideritzbucht to the Kunene river mouth, and otherwise known

only from the coasts of Chile and Peru (Dr. H. M. Muir-Wood, in lit.).

On the South West African coast Modiolus carvalhoi is strongly cryptic,

and occurs intertidally in the bases of algal clumps and in kelp holdfasts.

NEW RECORDS OF MYTILIDAE 23

Gregariella simplicifilis Barnard, 1964

Barnard (1964) gave this name to the common species of Gregariella in South

African waters in order to clear up the considerable confusion which had pre-

viously surrounded its identity (see Barnard, 1964: 402 for synonymy).

Material

Catalogue No. Size range (mm) Locality Date

S.A.M. A31209 6-6 4-5 milessouthof 3, 4 October

Kunene R. mouth 1968

S.A.M. A31210, S.M. M259 1 4°3, 7-2 Honolulu g November 1968

S.A.M. A31297 3:6-6:8 Mowe Bay 31 May, 3 June

1969

S.A.M. A31208 To Rocky Point 15 June 1969

S.A.M. A31305 7 Torra Bay 29 May 1969

Remarks

Barnard (1964) gave the distribution of this species as St. James, Cape

Peninsula (34°07’S, 18°28’E) to Amanzimtoti, Natal (30°04’S, 30°52’E). It

has not been recorded from the South African coast west of the Cape Peninsula.

The South West African specimens are identical with the South African speci-

mens in the South African Museum collection. The apparent absence of this

species from the coast between the Cape Peninsula and the northern South

West African coast may be due to the low water temperatures caused by the

Benguela upwelling system in that area. However, as this species is strongly

cryptic, occurring in the bases of algal clumps, its absence from the cold-water

area may be only apparent.

DISCUSSION

The replacement of Aulacomya magellanica and Choromytilus meridionalis, the

common mytilids of the southern part of the west coast of southern Africa,

by Perna perna is almost certainly related to inshore water temperatures. The

west coast of southern Africa is subject to the influence of the cold Benguela

upwelling system, and Liideritzbucht is situated within the area of maximal

effect of this system (Hart & Currie, 1960; Stander, 1964). The distribution

of Perna perna, a widely distributed species which also gradually replaces

Aulacomya magellanica and Choromytilus meridionalis in the warmer waters east of

Cape Point, is evidently interrupted by the low temperatures which prevail

along the west coast. Aulacomya magellanica is a species found in southern cool

temperate seas (South America, the Falkland Islands, Kerguelen Island), and

Choromytilus meridionalis is apparently endemic to the South African region;

both these species are common on the west coast between Liideritzbucht and

Cape Point. North of Liideritzbucht inshore temperatures rise (Stander, 1964),

and the cold-water fauna is gradually replaced by a tropical one.

24 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

One of the six species of mytilids recorded from the northern coast of South

West Africa, Semimytilus algosus, is otherwise known only from the northern

South American Pacific coast. Conditions on the two coasts are parallel in that

a cold current or upwelling system flows along both, causing temperate condi-

tions to extend well into tropical latitudes. It is nevertheless surprising to find

representatives of the same species so widely separated yet apparently undif-

ferentiated in any way.

SUMMARY

Six species of Mytilidae are recorded from the northern coast of South

West Africa.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Weare grateful to the South West African Administration and in particular

Mr. C. G. Coetzee, Director of the State Museum, Windhoek, for making the

expeditions possible, and to the directors of the Sarusas Development Company

for assistance and accommodation at Mowe Bay. We are also indebted to

Mr. Coetzee for collecting much of the material. We wish to thank Mr. P. A.

Hulley, of the South African Museum, for information regarding Semimpytilus

algosus, and Dr. 'T. Soot-Ryen, of Norway, for commenting on the manuscript.

We are grateful to the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research for a

grant towards the expenses of the 1969 expedition.

The Trustees of the South African Museum are grateful to the Council

for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant to publish this paper.

REFERENCES

BARNARD, K. H. 1964. Contributions to the knowledge of South African marine Mollusca.

Part V. Lamellibranchiata. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 47: 361-593.

ConrabD, T. A. 1837. Descriptions of new marine shells, from upper California. 7. Acad. nat. Sct.

Philad. 7: 227-268.

GouLp, A. A. 1850. Shells from the United States Exploring Expedition. Proc. Boston Soc. nat.

Fist. 3: 343-348.

Hart, T. J. & Currig, R. I. 1960. The Benguela current. ‘Discovery’ Rep. 312 155-165.

KLAPPENBACH, M.A. 1966. Nueva especie de Modiolus (Mollusca, Pelecypoda) de la costa

Brasilena. Papéis Dep. Zool. § Paulo 19: 251-257.

Lamy, E. 1931. Voyage de Mons. P. Lesne dans |’Afrique du Sud, 1928-1929. Mollusques

marins. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris (2) 3: 304-307.

PenritH, M.-L. & Kenstey, B. F. The constitution of the intertidal fauna of rocky shores of

South West Africa. Part 1. Liideritzbucht. Cimbebasia (in press).

Soot-RyEn, T. 1955. A report on the family Mytilidae (Pelecypoda). Allan Hancock Pacif. Exped.

20: 1-175.

Soot-RyYEN, T. 1959. Reports on the Lund University Chile Expedition 1948-49. 35. Pelecypoda.

Acta Univ. Lund. (N.F.Avd. 2) 55 (6) 1-84.

STANDER, G. H. 1964. The pilchard of South West Africa (Sardinops ocellata). The Benguela

current off South West Africa. Investl Rep. mar. Res. Lab. S.W. Afr, 122 1-43.

EVortRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE, 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 42 in. x 7 in. (74 in. including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the

same author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in

parentheses, volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses,

pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

BuLLoucu, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHer, P.-H., DuvAL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Kool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Konn, A. J. 19605. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from

the Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn Schultze, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51).

The Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references

incorporated in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the

synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, 5; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

wy.65

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 ~~ Band

November 1970 November

Part (3 Deel

| =

‘ = fe

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA)

KEYS TO SOUTH AFRICAN GENERA AND SPECIES,

AND A DISTRIBUTION LIST

Ret DICK

Cape Town Kaapstad Ric \

LiBRAR\E-

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, 2(I, 39 5» 7-8), 3 (1-2, 5» t.—p.1.), 51-2, 5; 7-9),

6(1, t.—p.i.), : 7(1-3), 8, 9(1-2), 10(1),

DL(i-2; 5> 7s Eels) 21, 24(2), 27; 31(1-3), 33> 38,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

R3.80

Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1970

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA)

KEYS TO SOUTH AFRICAN GENERA AND SPECIES, AND A

DISTRIBUTION LIST

Rl: rex

GiS-LR. Oceanographic Research Unit, University of Cape Town*

(With 16 figures)

[M1S. received 17 October 1969]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction . é : : : : ; : : : Byes

Material and Pe teds : ‘ ‘ eR La

Key to the families of South Gian epee borsieeda 5 : eu ay? 2)

Key to the genera and species of South African Lanceolidae : 20

Key to the genera and species of South African Scinidae_ i heir:

Key to the genera and species of South African Vibiliidae . : ea

Key to the species of South African Paraphronimidae . A ‘ heed

Family Cystisomidae Willemoes-Suhm, 1875 . : i : ah ary

Key to the genera and species of South African Hepentes : : Rae oy)

Family Dairellidae Vosseler, 1901. ae 386

Key to the genera and species of South Nipeas Peranendae , 36

Key to the genera and species of South African Phrosinidae ; A ee)

Key to the species of South African Lycaeopsidae . 2 . Peo

Key to the genera and species of South African Pronoidae . 5 ae

Key to the genera and species of South African Lycaeidae . : 1) 30

Key to the genera and species of South African Brachyscelidae . pita fis

Key to the genera and species of South African Oxycephalidae . ah

Key to the genera and species of South African Parascelidae i ie eat

Key to the genera and species of South African Platyscelidae . cia

Distribution list of South African eee a ae ie : é : We)

Summary. : : seid

Ree ements ‘ : aq ol

Key to authors’ numbers med in Uerorid dicteneion ends ; ish OT

References . f : ; : . : ; te G2

INTRODUCTION

It is twenty-nine years since the late Dr. K. H. Barnard published the first

comprehensive keys to the South African genera and species of Tanaidacea,

Isopoda and Amphipoda. The intervening years have seen, exemplified in the

contributions of South Africa to the International Geophysical Year (NGY;

1957-1958) Programme and the International Indian Ocean Expedition

(IIOE) as well as the Routine Programmes of the Division of Sea Fisheries, the

most intensive sampling of the oceanic marine environment round South Africa

that has ever taken place.

A direct result of this was a considerable increase in the volume of zoo-

plankton material available for study, which resulted in a similar increase in the

* Present address: Chemistry Department, University of Cape Town.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (3), 1970: 25-86, 16 figs.

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VION LS 3dVv5

S3ANOYVW ODN3YNOT

NOGNO? LSW3

Sear oaSiMad Evan

WOIISAHdOS9 IWNOILVNYSILNI

—} —-—— -JSind> SNILNOw E961 Ant

—X— 'S3SINYD SNILNOY £961 Tlddv

GNV £961 AYWANVE ‘7961 YAGOLDO

—— --—:3SINUD 3O!! 196!

:(€961 GalusOaIS) 6S61'8S61'ZS6!

-S3ASINYD

SSIYSHSIS VAS JO NOISIAIO

| SVHINOV

Vx 3dv>

139V2ZI73 LYOd Ly

HLOTION LYOd

AVE SIATYM

Fig. 1. Areas within South African waters investigated during oceanographic cruises in the

years 1957 to 1963.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 27

number of recorded hyperiid amphipod species (of 105 now recorded, 26 are

new to South African waters), as well as vastly increased numbers of records for

each species. It was for these reasons that a new distribution list and keys to the

families, genera and species of South African hyperiid amphipods were compiled.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

The material used by the present author was collected during the Inter-

national Geophysical Year cruises of S.A.S. Natal (hereafter referred to as the

NGY cruises), the firsts SGOR-UNESCO International Indian Ocean Expedi-

tion Cruise of R.V. Africana II of the Division of Sea Fisheries and the cruises of

R.V. Africana IT and R.V. Sardinops made in October 1962, January 1963,

April 1963 and July 1963, under the Routine and Extended Routine

Programmes of the Division of Sea Fisheries. These cruises contributed 502

samples with hyperiids, which samples yielded approximately 9 000 specimens.

All samples used were obtained using nets of the ‘Discovery’ pattern, and

although nets with mouth apertures of 70 cm, 100 cm and 200 cm were used at

various times, most of the material originated from samples collected with the

100 cm net. The latter was hauled horizontally over a depth range of from

five metres to the surface and obliquely from 150 metres to the surface.

The South African records for the check list were augmented with data

obtained from publications relevant to the area under consideration which was

defined as that south of latitude 20° South and up to 320 km from the coast

(measured normal to the coast). Where records were rare or scattered over a

large area, each was referred to the degree square in which it occurred. The

latter was designated in terms of the latitude and longitude co-ordinates of the

left upper corner. If records were particularly numerous in a given area or

positions were not given for the original stations the distribution of the species

was stated in terms of the area(s) in question (this procedure had to be adopted

with the data of Siegfried (1963), which only contained position references

where species were rare).

In order to gain some idea of the world distribution of the species it was

decided to list as many as possible of the records of various authors (designated

by numbers indicating the author and the page on which the record occurred).

It is not claimed that the list is complete.

As a result of the wide distribution of many hyperiids a great deal of

confusion exists in the taxonomy of many species. For this reason, references are

given to publications containing the most complete synonymies and/or discus-

sions of these where the degree of confusion merits this. It must be emphasized

that the references are not the most recent but rather the most complete in

many cases.

In so far as they concern South African records of species, depth ranges of

occurrence have only been given where these are 300 metres or less. This

limitation was imposed because of the practice of the earlier expeditions of

28 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

hauling plankton nets through water columns of 1 000 metres and more, thus

destroying any depth distinction between epipelagic and mesopelagic forms.

The keys published cannot be claimed to be completely original. Where

only minor changes have been made to earlier authors’ keys the original

authors are acknowledged. In all other cases an attempt has been made to

incorporate the observations of the present author. In the keys to the Lanceo-

lidae and Scinidae, species not yet recorded from South Africa have been

included and appear in parentheses. This has been done in anticipation of

future additions to the fauna, while at the same time obviating the introduction

of an unnecessarily artificial character into these keys. The drawings for the

keys have, as far as possible, been made from actual specimens using a Zeiss

(West Germany) Abbé drawing apparatus mounted on a stereomicroscope.

Where this was not possible, the best published drawings were reproduced with

acknowledgements.

KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN HyPERIID AMPHIPODA

1. Mandible without palp 5 he ae - at ae ae re 2

Mandible with palp .. ae sh ae a as x. a x 6

2. Uropod 2 absent a ae Sh os Bi ae ie pa, (p. 34)

Uropod 2 present am 3

a Uropod i inner rami fused with edeneles. proneds I ed a anise. rami lees a

spines . ‘ Ae Scinidae (p. 29)

Uropod inner rami noe faced! ie sndhenelles: reeds I aad 2, outer rami not

reduced to spines... 4

4. Pereiopod 3, 5th joint Roane or eloneate sil weenie faatbed wits 6th aan ath

joints folding against it es .. Phronimidae (p. 36)

Pereiopod 3, 5th joint unmodified sith 6th nal 7th fofaes noe folding against it . 5

5. Gnathopod 1, 2nd joint longer than combined length of 3rd to 7th joints

Paraphronimidae (p. 34)

Gnathopod 1, 2nd joint shorter than combined length of 3rd to 7th joints

Dairellidae (p. 36)

6. Uropods lack rami ea axe a ee a we a Phrosinidae_ (p. 38)

Uropods normal, biramous .. Ew ae at 7

7. Pereiopod 4, 3rd joint inserted auitenivelle on ond foreen a = iM 9

Pereiopod 4, 3rd joint inserted terminally on 2nd joint .. oy A ue 8

8. Pereiopod 5, all joints present - II

Pereiopod 5, reduced to 1st and 2nd fone aie Padnent Be cone 3 to 7

Pronoe (Pronoidae) (p. 39)

9g. Mandibular palp, 2nd joint less than half length of 1st joint ch Pronoidae (p. 39)

Mandibular palp, and joint greater than half length of 1st joint .. 10

10. Pereiopod 3, 3rd joint inserted terminally on 2nd joint; pereiopod 5 ah all senate

usually; flagellum of antenna 2, male, 4th joint half to three-quarters length of

grd joint a ie Parascelidae (p. 44)

Pereiopod 3, 3rd joint peered | ina lemmine Toteh or : subteruinsily on 2nd joint;

pereiopod 5 reduced to 1st and 2nd joints plus variable number of rudiments of

3rd to 7th joints; flagellum of antenna 2, male, grd and 4th joints subequal

Platyscelidae (p. 44)

(

11. Pereiopod 4, 4th joint about twice width of grd and 5th joints .. Lycaeopsidae (Pp. 39)

Pereiopod 4, 4th joint equal in width to 3rd and 5th joints ' o et 12

12. Pereiopods 3 to 5, 7th joint covered by hooded process of 6th feu Lanceolidae_ (p. 29)

Pereiopods 3 to 5, 7th joint not covered by hooded process of 6th joint .. , 13

13. Flagellum of antenna 1, 1st joint large and more than three times combined leneee

of rest of joints

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 29

Flagellum of antenna 1, Ist joint small to medium sized and many times shorter

than combined length of rest of joints... . oe Hyperiidae (p. 34)

14. Flagellum of antenna 1, Ist joint straight with and. poem ity inserted on it

Vibiliidae (p. 34)

Flagellum of antenna 1, Ist joint curved with 2nd subterminally inserted on it .. 15

15. Mandibular palp, 2nd and grd joints subequal; rostrum present .. ak sani (p. 42)

Mandibular palp, ist and grd joints subequal; rostrum absent .. 16

16. Inner rami of uropods, not fused with peduncles; gnathopods 1 and 2 aicias

Brachyscelidae (p. 41)

Inner rami of uropods, one or more pairs fused with peduncles; gnathopods 1 and 2

simple or tending to subchelate_.. ih se oe i Lycaeidae (p. 39)

Key TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN LANCEOLIDAE

1. Eyes medium sized; ‘reflecting cups’ present adjacent to eyes

Ro aaa vanhoeffent

Eyes small; no ‘reflecting cups’ present me as Lanceola 2

2. Pereiopod 4 longer than peraeon oe a: fe A ba th oe 3

Pereiopod 4 shorter than peraeon .. vs Ae be a re ai 4

3. Peduncle of uropod 3 longer than telson... a ee ze L. serrata

Peduncle of uropod 3 equal to length of telson 33 ie L. pacifica

4. Pereiopod 2 equal to the combined length of Ist to 5th fone of pereiopod 4

(L. felina)

Pereiopod 2 subequal to pereiopod 4 bd Me ae ne (L. claus?)

head - lateral aspect, urpds& telson, after

after Woltereck. Stebbing

reflecting cup lateral aspect,

after Stebbing

Scypholanceola

vanhoeffeni yA Lanceola pacifica

Fic. 2. Family Lanceolidae

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN SCINIDAE

(modified from Hurley, 1956, after Wagler, 1926)

1. Terga of body segments produced in erect middorsal spines; peraeon segments

Toauid oi free... 4: it as ie Fe a hi Citenoscina

g middorsal spines a By te C’. brevicaudata

Terga of body segments pritiiont mudora spins Be .. Scina 2

2. All appendages, especially antenna 1, pereiopod 3, and “yaa seen elongated

S'. stenopus

All appendages not greatly elongated : 3

3. Gnathopods 1 and 2, 6th joint anteriorly produced beyond moeenion of ath Sain

6th joint of gnathopod I, posterior margin toothed; 6th joint of gnathopod 2,

anterior margin toothed 55 S. marginata

Gnathopods 1 and 2, 6th joint not sp ignieny nrodueed kerondl insertion of ie joint 4

4. Pereiopod 3, anterior margin of 2nd joint smooth .. ats : a

Pereiopod 3, anterior margin of 2nd joint with at least one Heel footer ae

5. Pereiopod 3, posterior margin of 2nd joint smooth, anterodistal angle of ond joint

with a strong spine .. ait He a ne ays ms = ie 6

30 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

lateral aspect - after Wagler

Ctenoscina brevicaudata

gnpd. 1

Scina stenopus

gnpd. 2 0-1,

Scina marginata

after Wagler f after Wagler

urpd. 1

prpd. 3

Scina rattrayi Scina_tullbergi

prpd.3

urpd.1 -

after Wagler

0-5mm

. . . . ——___-—___

Scina similis

Scina nana

after Wagler

urpds & telson

after Wagler after Wagler

prpd. 3

prpd4

é prpd. 4

Scina excisa prpd.3 prpd. 3

urpd.1

Scina Scina

oedicarpus wolterecki

Fic. 3. Family Scinidae

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA)

urpd. 1

prpd. 3

after Wagler

Scina incerta

Scina crassicornis

Scina curvidactyla 0-5 after Wagler

prpd. 3

urpd.

: prpd.2 urpd.1

prpd.

urpds & telson Scina langhansi

en urpds & telson

after

Wagler prpds 34&5

after Wagler

Scina borealis

Scina uncipes spinosa

var. affinis

Fic. 3 (cont.). Family Scinidae

1S |

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Pereiopod 3, posterior margin of 2nd joint toothed, anterodistal angle of 2nd joint

with a weak spine

Pereiopod 3, outer surface of od fone Sei sack 8 fee (S. armauer-hansent)

Pereiopod 3, outer surface of 2nd joint smooth a a .. (S. stebbingz)

Uropod 1, inner margin smooth Ae ee bec ay .. (S. latifrons)

Uropod 1, inner margin toothed 2% : .. (S. inermis)

Pevcono:. 3, anterior margin of 2nd joint eae dee, toothed

Pereiopod 3, anterior margin of 2nd joint toothed entire length ..

Uropod 1, inner margin smooth :

Uropod 1, inner margin toothed Pi ; ; A S. rales

Outer ramus of uropod 1 very long, about two- aes het of inner ramus and

twice length of outer ramus of uropod 2; pe 3 and 4, 7th joint with a

long seta from 6th joint over it .. .. (S. setigera)

Outer ramus of uropod 1 not very wae ane not ioaeee ise outer ramus of

uropod 2 ‘

Second joint of sareibaed 3 aap to ap coribiaed ‘eaeit a aid to ath comes

(S. albert) -

Second joint of pereiopod 3 not a great deal longer than 4th joint

Outer ramus of uropod 1 about one-tenth length of peduncle... S. semilis

Outer ramus of uropod 1 about one-sixth length of peduncle : e

Uropod 1, outer margin of peduncle smooth te gr | Stra S. nana

Uropod 1, outer margin of peduncle finely toothed - oP S. tullbergi

Inner margin of uropod 1 smooth sed

Inner margin of uropod 1 toothed .. a ee ars a

Outer ramus of uropod 1 long, half length oF pedeenle ve .. (S. typhlops)

Outer ramus of uropod 1 short, one-sixth (or less) length of peduncle ate

Second joint of pereiopod 3, teeth on anterior and Ree margins subequal;

telson half length of peduncle of uropod 3 an : ‘: (S. pusilla)

Second joint of pereiopod 3, teeth on anterior qa larger than those on

posterior margin; telson less than one-third of length of peduncle of uropod 3

Second joint of pereiopod 3 shorter than combined length of 4th and 5th joints ;

inner ramus of uropod 2 curves inwards .. S. excisa

Second joint of pereiopod 3 longer than Opens ieqeth Bf ath aad 5th joints;

inner ramus of uropod 2 does not curve inwards 7 .. (S. damasit)

Inner margin of uropod 1 with one large tooth and fine teeth proximal and

distal to it

Inner margin or uropod I Keith teeth Sibeguall fel or coarse

Pereiopod 4 subequal in length to pereiopod 3, slender; 7th joint of pereiaeeel 4

small .. .. S. wolterecki

Pereiopod 4 chores than combined Tenet 3h Ist to ata one of pereiopod 3;

7th joint of pereiopod 4 about one-third length of 6th joint .. 8. oedicarpus

Inner margin of uropod 1 with usually more than 12 fine teeth

Inner margin of uropod 1 with a maximum of 12 large teeth

Antenna 1 longer than peraeon, subequal in length to pereaeon plus pleon;

6th joint of pereiopod 3 shorter than, or subequal in length to 5th joint; 7th joint

of pereiopod 3 very short

‘Antenna 1 subequal in length to Sieyneone 6th ath. of nereiopael 3 iene iia

5th joint; 7th joint of pereiopod 3 half length of 6th joint .. (S. lepisma)

Sixth joint of pereiopod 3 less than half length of 5th joint

Sixth joint of pereiopod 3 subequal in length to 5th joint . ‘Ss. Bre

Seventh joint of pereiopod 4 almost one-third length of 6th joint: 4th joint of

pereiopod 4 subequal in length to 6th joint A .. oS. crassicornis

Seventh joint of pereiopod 4 less than one-eighth length af 6th joint, hook-like;

4th joint of pereiopod 4 twice length of 6th joint oN .. §. curvidactyla

Antenna 1 longer than peraeon, subequal in length to peraeon plus pleon

Antenna 1 subequal in length to peraeon

Fourth joint of pereiopod 3 three times length of 6th jones aniterodistal angle of

2nd joint of pereiopod 3 with a short smooth spine; pereiopods 1 and a, 4th joint

equal in length to 6th joint ay oh te ye .. S. langhansi

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 33

Fourth joint of pereiopod 3 subequal in length to 6th joint; anterodistal angle of

2nd joint of pereiopod 3 with a strong spine toothed on the anterior and

posterior margins; pereiopods 1 and 2, 4th joint two-thirds length of 6th joint

(S. vosseleri)

26. Fourth joint of pereiopod 3 subequal in length to 5th joint; uropod 2, outer margin

of peduncle and inner ramus smooth; uropod 3, inner margin of peduncle

smooth Ne #7 ie ss 3 ie es ve fe be 27

Fourth joint of pereiopod 3 twice length of 5th joint; uropod 2, outer margin of

peduncle and inner ramus finely toothed; uropod 3, inner margin of peduncle

with large teeth Bs i

(S. antarctica)

27. Pereiopod 5 slender, not longer than combined length of 1st to 3rd joints of

pereiopod 3

Pereiopod 5 stout, subequal to the combined length of Ist to 4th joints of

pereiopod 3 .. sf Bk -

28. Pereiopods 3 and 4 are thickly setose

Pereiopods 3 and 4 have few hairs .. af

| f 2mm

S. borealis

*. a 28

i, (S. pubera)

S. uncipes spinosa var. affinis

3rd to 7th epimeral

plates

urpds & telson

Cyllopus magellanicus

3rd urpds & 3rd urpds &

telson telson 0.2

04,

Vibilia chuni Vibilia armata prpd. 5

04, Vibilia

mm cultripes

gnpd. 2 prpd. 5,

0.2, after Vosseler

_imm_, prpd.5

prpd1

prpd. 2 L.urpd. 1,

0-1, | ventral

mm aspect

gnpd. 2 Ot, prpd. 5

Vibilia stebbingi 0.5

R. ate 1,

entra ee ae:

aspect Vibilia viatrix

0-1

Fic. 4. Family Vibilitdae

34. ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN VIBILIIDAE

1. Eyes large, occupying whole of head; antenna 2 inserted on inferior surface of head;

pereiopods 1 and 2, not longer than combined length of 1st to 5th joints of

pereiopods 3 and 4; peduncle of uropod 3 longer than that of uropod 1

(Cyllopus) ; Peraeonal ee se 3 and 4 twice cue of 5th to 7th epimeral

plates .. : C’. magellanicus

Eyes small to Fae diuen nea not fpsao ce Ww nae on ewer antenna 2 inserted on

anterior surface of head; pereiopods 1 and 2, longer than combined length of

Ist to 5th joints of pereiopod 3 and 4; pecans of uropod 3 shorter than that

of uropod1 . -: M2 By Vibilia 2

2. Posterodistal corners a onal urosome peernent voradmeed 3 t

Posterodistal corners of 3rd urosome segment not produced 5

3. Second joint of pereiopod 5 longer than combined length of grd to ath jonas

V. chuni

Second joint of pereiopod 5 shorter than, or equal to combined length of 3rd to

7th joints ue 4 ‘

4. Pereiopod 5, snimindiet corners of 6th nad 6th fomnes a deace rote

V. armata

Pereiopod 5, anterodistal corners of 5th and 6th joints obviously produced

V. cultripes k

5. Pereiopods 1 and 2, 4th joint as wide as grd and 5th joints .. V. antarctica |

Pereiopods 1 and 2, 4th joint wider than grd and 5th joints : 6 j

6. Fifth joint of gnathopod 2, produced anteriorly more than half ienerh of 6th jae 7 ;

Fifth joint of gnathopod 2, produced anteriorly half length of 6th joint V. propinqua

7. Second joint of consarad 5 with antero- and posterodistal corners obviously

produced; uropods 1 and 2, inner side of outer ramus with small teeth proxi-

mally and large teeth diseill: 3 ey .. V. stebbingi

Second joint of pereiopod 5 with antero- val poserederd corners not obviously

produced; uropods 1 and 2, inner side of outer ramus has only small teeth

V. viatrix !

KEy TO THE SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN PARAPHRONIMIDAE

1. Pereiopod 5 not longer than combined length of 1st to 4th joints of pereiopod 4

Paraphronima gracilis

Pereiopod 5 subequal to pereiopod 4 ne e. on *: P. crassipes

Imm

prpd. 5

prpd.4

Paraphronima gracilis

hic. 5. Fanuly Paraphronimidae

FAMILY CySsTISOMIDAE WILLEMOES-SUHM, 1875

In view of the considerable confusion existing in the taxonomy of species of

Cystisoma, no key is given here.

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN HyPERIIDAE

1. Pereiopods 1 to 5, 6th joint distally produced opposite long 7th joint

Phronimopsis spinifera

Pereiopods 1 to 5, 6th joint not produced

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 35

Parathemisto

gaudichaudi

L Phronimopsis

spinifera

ventrolateral

gnpd.1 | margin of pleon

= : | segment

0-1 gnpd. 1

0.5

gnpd. 2 i

. gnpd. 2

Hyperoche medusarum

Hyperioides longipes

Hyperoche martinezii

gnpd. 2

gnpd.2 - after Stebbing Hyperia

204, ¥ macrodactyla

ne we

Hyperoche mediterranea Ayperene

cryptodactylus

Hyperia

schizogeneios

prpd.4 -j.6 &j.7 Hyperia A

crucipes

0.1 Hyperia 0.1

mm macrophthalma mm

Hyperia atlantica

Fic. 6. Family Hyperiidae

10.

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Pereiopods 1 and 2, 5th joint wider than 4th and 6th joints

Pereiopods 1 and 2, 5th joint not wider than 4th and 6th joints ..

Pereiopods 1 and 2, 7th joint less than half length of 6th joint

Parathemisto gaudichaudi

Pereiopods 1 and 2, 7th joint subequal to 6th joint .. Hyperia macrodactyla

Gnathopods 1 and 2, process of 5th joint laterally bic? and Bea more

than half length of 6th joint ws

Gnathopods 1 and 2, process of 5th joint wines and foes: aie aa not bi ae more

than half length of 6th joint Sus 453 Hyperia

Dorsal surface of head flattened; enaihemade! I iil 2, anterior edge of process of

5th joint flattened .. ; : .. Hyperioides longipes

Dorsal surface of head scale eaauieenes: I rae) 2, anterior edge of process of

5th joint knife-like .. eC: de Hyperoche

Posterodistal corners of pleon (ene yan st as email qe ; im

Posterodistal corners of pleon segments smoothly rounded ‘

Sixth joint of gnathopod 2 with a hooded process covering two- fds ae ath joe

Hyperoche cryptodactylus

Sixth joint of gnathopod 2 with a minor process .. H. medusarum

Posterior margin of 4th joint of gnathopod 2 produced neti 5th joint

H. mediterranea

Posterior margin of 4th joint of gnathopod 2 not produced .. HH. martinezii

Species longer than 10 millimetres... e a a Epes gaudichaudi

Species maximally 10 millimetres long

Sides of head with a sharp pointed ventral eee eerete evel of iienailpiane

Sides of head with a blunt ventral process not reaching level of mouthparts

Pereiopods 3 to 5, 6th joint with a distal forked spine opposing 7th joint

H. crucipes

Pereiopods 3 to 5, 6th joint without a distal spine .. H. schizogeneios

Pereiopods 3 to 5, width of 2nd joint greater than half iene a H. ile

Pereiopods 3 to 5, width of 2nd joint less than half length

Pereiopod 4; 7th joint with a group of hairs in its crook and 6th jth _itneee a

distal spine .. mM .. AZ. atlantica

Periopod 4, 7th joint without: a oe ne haves in its vonngte 6th joint with a distal

spine opposing 7th joint .. bee “Ae a? Be 1. macrophthalma

FAMILY DAIRELLIDAE VOSSELER, IQO1

Dairella latissima is the only representative of the family.

dorsal aspect

Dairella latissima

lic. 7. Family Dairellidae

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN PHRONIMIDAE

All appendages greatly elongate; 5th joint of pereiopod 3 about three times as long

as broad, with anterior margin toothed and 6th and 7th joints folding against it

Phronimella elongata

gnpd.1

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) B47

prpd.3 - jj.3 to7

0.5

LAs A

A Phronima

sedentaria Phronima

atlantica

aU Phronima atlantica

var. solitaria

0.5

urpds & telson ey

0-5

mm é

Phronima

colletti

Phronima pacifica

Fic. 8. Family Phronimidae

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

d 3 distally expanded

; f Phronima 2

an 3

All appendages not greatly elongate; 5th joint of pereiopo

and toothed, not three times as long as broad .. ;

Sixth joint of pereiopod 3, as long as maximum width of 5th joint

Phronima sedentaria

Sixth joint of pereiopod 3, longer than maximum width of 5th joint

3. Fifth joint of pereiopod 3, anterodistal process more than twice length of tuberc

distal process subequal to tubercle on expanded end

P. atlantica

on expanded end

Fifth joint of pereiopod 3, antero

4. Fifth joint of pereiopod 3, tubercle preceded by a single tooth

P. atlantica var. solitaria

Fifth joint of pereiopod 3, tubercle not preceded by any teeth

P. pacifica

P. colletti

Inner ramus of uropod 2, less than half length of outer ramus

Inner ramus of uropod 2, subequal to outer ramus

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN PHROSINIDAE

Primno macropa

nst 5th joint. . 2

Pereiopods 1 and 2 simple ae vy a; te

th and 7th joints folding agai

Anchylomera blossevillei

Pereiopods 1 and 2 prehensile with 6

Fifth joint of pereiopods 1 and 2, with a single pointed process

Phrosina semilunata

Fifth joint of pereiopods 1 and 2, with a multiple toothed process

mm —

Lj UO |

Primno macropa

Phrosina

semilunata

Fic. 9. Family Phrosinidae

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 39

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN LYCAEOPSIDAE

1. Telson more than half as long as uropod 3, apical angle less than 45°

Lycaeopsis zamboangae

Telson less than half as long as uropod 3, apical angle greater than 45°

L. themistoides

urpds &

telson

urpds & telson 01

_0-5mm _,

Lycaeopsis zamboangae

Lycaeopsis themistoides

Fic. 10. Family Lycaeopsidae

Key TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN PRONOIDAE

1. Gnathopods 1 and 2 both simple se Me: ifn as if, Ee S,

Gnathopod 1 subchelate; gnathopod 2 andere oe 3

2. Gnathopods 1 and 2 nslbaeie maximum width of pereiopod 5 arenes flan half

length; 2nd joint of eae 5 ay angled where rudiment of 3rd joint is

inserted : ; .. Pronoe capito

Gnathopods 1 vd 2 dander maximum wid of senso 5 less than half length

Paralycaea gracilis

3. First urosome segment greater than half combined length of 2nd and 3rd urosome

segments aa Eupronoe 4.

First urosome segment ‘es than hale eambined ‘Snaih of aad sal 3rd urosome

segments 4 re : 7

4. Fourth joint of paatiasod I mrodticedt weatien sdb Cia i epee es

Fourth joint of gnathopod 1 not produced under 5th joint 5

5. Gnathopod 2, posterior margin of process of 5th joint apically peated E. ee

Gnathopod 2, process of 5th joint apically acute .. ie she 6

6. Gnathopod 2, anterodistal corner of 5th joint produced .. ae E. inane

Gnathopod 2, anterodistal corner of 5th joint not produced .. E. intermedia

7. Rami of uropod 3 broadly oval e. a “oh se Sympronoe parva

Rami of uropod 3 lanceolate .. Lis me aA Parapronoe crustulum

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN LYCAEIDAE

1. Pereiopods 1 to 4, 6th joint with small distal process to which 7th joint is opposed

Tryphana malmii

Pereiopods 1 to 4, 6th joint without a distal process 4 2

2. Pereiopods 3 and 4 equal in length, with 4th joint wider shee ard and oth zafinves

Pseudolycaea pachypoda

Pereiopod 4 as long as combined length of Ist to 5th joints of pereiopod 3;

pereiopods 3 and 4 with 4th joint as wide as 3rd and 5th joints Lycaea 3

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

gnpd. 2

Imm _, 01

prpd 5

prpd. 5

gnpd. 1

01,

Paralycaea gracilis

20s gnpd. 1

gnpd. 2

Eupronoe maculata

gnpd

Eupronoe minuta

NEN

Eupronoe intermedia

laticarpa

urpds & telson

Imm

Parapronoe crustulum

05 urpds & telson

Sympronoe parva

Imm ;

f Eupronoe

SLL

Fic. 11. Family Pronoidae

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) AI

urpds & telson

Lycaea pulex

SZ2

f JN 0.5

i) ‘yy WY) ®, ad

NUS mm

ROY

RY onpd:

NMOOY

en oF 2

Pseudolycaea pachypoda

Fic. 12. Family Lycaeidae

3. Fifth joint of gnathopods 1 and 2, length greater than maximum width; pleon

segments with strong middorsal ridges Lycaea serrata

Fifth joint of gnathopods 1 and 2, length subequal to maximum width .. e 4

4. Inner ramus of uropod 2 fused with peduncle es Bi a L. nasuta

Inner ramus of uropod 2 not fused with peduncle .. i Mt: L. pulex

KEry TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN BRACHYSCELIDAE

1. Pereiopods 1 to 4, 4th and 5th joints with long hairs on anterior and posterior

margins a A se = As Thamneus platyrrhynchus

Pereiopods 1 to 4, 4th and 5th joints without long hairs .. Brachyscelus 2

2. Gnathopods 1 and 2, process of 5th joint has major teeth interspersed with minor

ones; uropod rami not broad .. : ot sg sis B. rapacoides

Gnathopods 1 and 2, process of 5th joint has major teeth only; uropod rami broad

B. crusculom

42 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Thamneus

platyrrhynchus

urpds & telson gnpd.1

0.1

1 mm

— Brachyscelus

1 mm .

Brachyscelus crusculum = rapacoides

Fic. 13. Family Brachyscelidae

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN OxyYCEPHALIDAE

1. Inner rami of uropods not fused with peduncles ; 2

Inner rami of one or more pairs of uropods fused with pedals , ac 7

2. Head elongate with a long pointed rostrum a “i os Streetsia 3 .

Head globular with a short rostrum .. 6

3. Head plus rostrum subequal to length of asasar. or eetenes 4 4

Head plus rostrum longer than peraeon 5

4. Rostrum about half sade of eyes; no obvious conehnieten of Read posteaaen to

yes ce ns End Streetsia steenstrupt

Rostrum ineeee fen eyes ; Read aerignelte bonceniared posterior to eyes

S'. mindanaonis

5. Rostrum as long, or longer than eyes oh BA ‘ .. §. challengeri

Rostrum shorter than eyes... ee su at é S. porcella

6. Rostrum sharp-pointed ae i mu Be *Gianacenah scleroticus

Rostrum blunt, beaked Sk ee .. Glossocephalus milne-edwardsi

7. Inner ramus of uropod 2 not fused oa peduncle; 1st urosome pee about

one-third combined length of znd and 3rd segments... 8

Inner ramus of uropod 2 fused with peduncle; 1st urosome segment iawn one- half

combined length of 2nd and grd segments che 9

8. Rostrum sharply pointed, without lateral expansions; inner ramus oF cone I fess

than a quarter length of outer ramus; uropods 1 and 2, inner margins of

peduncles with large teeth .. : a fy Sd Leptocotis tenuirostris

Rostrum dorso-ventrally flattened and pointed, with lateral expansions; rami of

uropod 1 subequal; uropods 1 and 2, inner margins of peduncles with small

teeth Pe he af ae Calamorhynchus pellucidus

g. Rostrum very long Lind needle: lie oe A 7 sin .. Rhabdosoma 10

Rostrum not long and needle-like .. : : 12

10. Telson as long, or longer than peduncle of uropod a5 uropods : 2 and 3, rami

subequal 7 whe Rhabdosoma whitet

Telson maximally half length of peduncle of uropod 3; uropods 2 and 3, outer

ramus less than a quarter length of inner ramus .

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 43

Streetsia.

mindanaonis ASS

Streetsia

challengeri

Streetsia |

steenstrupi

Imm

Glossocephalus milne-edwardsi

~ 5mm

urpds & telson

Imm head \

- ventral

Zwei y aspect

Calamorhynchus pellucidus

Leptocotis tenuirostris

urpds & telson

_imm | Imm

Rhabdosoma

minor

Rhabdosoma Rhabdosoma

brevicaudatum whitei

head - dorsal &

lateral aspects

Oxycephalus

latirostris

Simorhynchotus antennarius

head - dorsal &

lateral aspects

Oxycephalus piscator

Fic. 14. Family Oxycephalidae

44 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

11. Peduncle of uropod 3 not three times length of telson “2 R. minor

Peduncle of uropod 3 at least three times length of telson . . R. brevicaudatum

12. Gnathopods 1 and 2 subchelate me a Me Simorhynchotus antennarius

Gnathopods 1 and 2 chelate .. ; Par .. Oxycephalus 13

13. Pleon segments with two teeth at pos teradisal comers Cees claust

Pleon segments with one tooth at posterodistal corners... 14

14. Rostrum terminally rounded .. as mi ai ne sis 4p ane Jatieoniete

Rostrum terminally pointed .. td on whi * ste O. piscator

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN PARASCELIDAE

1. Fifth joint of gnathopod 2 not produced ... 2

Fifth joint of gnathopod 2 with a process as one as Wet feoae weiea ee a all

inwardly directed process .. ee .. Schizoscelus ornatus

2. Rami of uropod 1 narrow; 4th joint of pereiopod 4 produced well beyond insertion

of 5th joint and teeth on anterior margin larger than those on anterior margin of

5th joint eS 2 Parascelus 3

Rami of uropod 1 prone: 4th font ah pereiopod he =at seis? beyond insertion

of 5th joint and teeth on anterior margin subequal to those on anterior margin of

5th joint he ge .. Thyropus sphaeroma

3. Second joint of merce” 4 not se areal BOE si .. Parascelus typhoides

Second joint of pereiopod 4 tapers greatly .. a oh ..P. edwardsi

KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN PLATYSCELIDAE

1. Gnathopods 1 and 2 simple, 5th and 6th joints without processes . . Paratyphis 2

Gnathopods 1 and 2 either chelate or subchelate, 5th and 6th joints with processes 4

2. Second joint of pereiopod 3 with a distal notch for insertion of 3rd joint . 3

Second joint of pereiopod 3 with distal margin rounded and 3rd joint ioe

subterminally on inner surface a oe Paratyphis spinosus

3. Outer ramus of uropod 3 three-quarters amet one inner ramus... P. promontorii

Outer ramus of uropod 3 half length of inner ramus ue .. P. maculatus

4. Sixth joint of gnathopods 1 and 2 not produced .. a Hf ns - 9

Sixth joint of gnathopods 1 and 2 produced : 5

5. Gnathopods 1 and 2 coun chelate, 5th joint arodgeed hecene insertion a

6th joint ae oe or .. Amphithyrus 6

Gnathopods 1 and 2, sith «stn not prcdneeds a .. Tetrathyrus forcipatus

6. Fifth peraeonal epimeral plate bears a diagonally projecting spine

Amphithyrus bispinosus

Fifth peraeonal epimeral plate bears no spine fs 7

7. ‘Telson base broader than, or as broad as telson is long; heat and ape mths

sculptured surfaces .. : . A. sculpturatus |

Telson base width less than, or * apeall to ene on icone eae sae appendages

with smooth surfaces ‘ 8

8. Fourth joint of pereiopod 4 modueed (Sone insertion 5 ath Bini and ath juin

produced beyond insertion of 6th joint; telson terminally rounded A. glaber

Fourth joint only of pereiopod 4 produced; telson terminally pointed A. similis

9g. Gnathopod 1 chelate, process of 5th joint about two-thirds length of 6th joint

Hemityphis rapax

Gnathopod 1 chelate, process of 5th joint subequal to 6th joint .. Platyscelus 10

10. Sixth joint of pereiopod 1 less than half length of 5th joint ‘ts P. armatus

Sixth joint of pereiopod 1 subequal to 5th joint .. “ 7 as Me II

11. Anterior margin of 6th joint of gnathopods 1 and 2 toothed along whole length

P. ovoides

Anterior margin of 6th joint of gnathopods 1 and 2 smooth .. PP. serratulus

LO)

—|E ©

+ ale AS)

re)

ATS

Sle “) ig x

ie, 4

= vA =

& rs)

\ ss n

\ £ '

s fee § « \ S rE

a UO Ms \ te tole

6 ie = or OE

s eg

3 oo:

ro)

Ww >

re) on

IN —

WY)

‘

prpd.4

Fic. 15. Family Parascelidae

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA)

Parascelus edwardsi

46 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

urpds & telson urpds & telson 1

0-1, ,

mm q

Y 7 4

Paratyphis i ;

promontorii 0-1,

mm 4

prpad—ji2 Paratyphis spinosus Paratyphis maculatus ;

AX, 7 gnpd.1

wean

aN 04,

7 mm

gnpd. 2

Tetrathyrus forcipatus q

O41, 4

mm a

@ 3rd urpds j

telson 3rd urpds j

gnpd. 2 & telson 4

pe 01,

0:1, mm

01, | prpd.4

Amphithyrus bispinosus Amphithyrus similis Amphithyrus glaber

0-1 pred.3Y\ 03

mm.

gnpd.1 gnpd. 2

Hemityphis rapax

0.5

gnpd.1

HH gnpd.

1 Hi gnpd. 2

ei prpd.

prpd. 3 gnpd2 Platyscelus

Imm serratulus

Platyscelus ovoides

Fic. 16. Family Platyscelidae

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 47

DIsTRIBUTION List OF SOUTH AFRICAN HyPERIID AMPHIPODA

(A key to authors’ numbers used appears before the references)

Family Lanceolidae Bovallius, 1887

Lanceola pacifica Stebbing, 1888

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1932: 254.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:2553 17:1353 32:443 36:11; 43:209; 50:30; 53:14;

72:64; Pacific 48:1306; 63:195.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 33/16, 950-850 m.

Remarks : The species is widely distributed in the tropical and temperate regions

of the oceans. The South African record only confirms the mesopelagic nature

of the species.

Lanceola serrata Bovallius, 1885

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1932: 255.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:254; 17:136; 43:209; 48:1315; 53:15; 57:67;

59:17; Indian 5:255; Pacific 63:195.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16, 1410-1310 m.

Remarks: The species is known from widely separated records in temperate

regions. The mesopelagic nature of the species is confirmed by the South

African record.

Sceypholanceola vanhoeffeni Woltereck, 1905

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1932: 257.

World distribution: Atlantic 1:291; 5:257; 17:139-140; 32:45; 43:215-218;

71:414; Indian 64:7; 71:414; Pacific 63:196; 64:7.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1916. 34/17.

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Remarks: ‘The species is known from widely distributed records, mainly in

temperate regions. The South African records only consolidate the information |

on the geographic range of the species.

Family Scinidae Stebbing, 1888

Scina borealis (G. O. Sars, 1882)

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 335.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:260; 17:143-145; 32:79; 36:13; 38:20; 43:230;

44:8; 50:28; 53:30; 54:10; 57:66; 59:9; 65:104; 66:343; 67:94-95; Indian

6:181; 44:8; 62:162; 64:12; 66:344; 67:94-95; 69:53; Pacific 3:401; 26:9;

33:9; 61:86; 63:206; 64:12; Mediterranean 22:190; 53:30.

48 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/16, 33/18.

Wagler, 1927. 35/13.

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

siegiried, 1969" Sectors 1, 2, 3.

NGY Samples. 30/30, 5—o m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/17, 150-0 m.

Remarks: ‘The species is almost completely cosmopolitan in its geographic

distribution. The South African records suggest that it may be both eurythermal

and euryhaline in nature.

Scina crassicornis (Fabricius, 1775)

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 324.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:401; 5:258; 10:279; 17:146-148; 20:203; 32:65-

66; 36:12; 43:228; 44:8; 48:1277; 49:365; 50:25; 53:19-21; 54:9; 59:73

66:328; 67:90; Indian 6:181; 44:8; 62:163; 66:328; 67:90; 69:52; Pacific

PAO 2 ORG 27.2 7 OGnA G12) 7)-

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/16, 33/18, 34/18.

Wagler, 1927. 33/18.

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16, 250-0 m.

Sieginicdy 1969>\SeCtors: 142519714.

Remarks: The species is known from numerous widely scattered records in

tropical and temperate regions. The South African records suggest a possible

preference for warm temperate conditions.

Scina curvidactyla Chevreux, 1914

Synonomy: Wagler, 1926: 328.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:401; 5:259; 17:148; 43:230; 53:31; 66:331;

67:92; Indian 6:181; 66:331; Mediterranean 17:148.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 31/29, 5-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species known from relatively few records in tropical and

temperate regions. It is a new addition to the South African hyperiid fauna.

The solitary record consolidates the information on the geographic range in the

Indian ocean, in which region records are particularly scarce.

Scina excisa Wagler, 1926

World distribution: Atlantic 43:230; 66:401; 67:104; Indian 66:401; 67:104.

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/18.

Remarks: On the basis of present information this species is particularly rare.

The known records are from tropical and temperate regions.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 49

Scina incerta Chevreux, 1900

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 331.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:260; 16:123; 17:150; 43:230; 66:335; 67:93;

Indian 66:335; Pacific 63:205.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Remarks: An uncommon species known from widely scattered records in

tropical and temperate regions.

Scina langhansi Wagler, 1926

World distribution: Atlantic 5:260; 66:337.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Remarks: A very rare species only recorded from the tropical and temperate

regions of the Atlantic.

Scina marginata (Bovallius, 1885)

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 361.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:261; 16:122; 17:154; 32:76; 43:232; 50:26;

53 :27-28; 65:110; 67:98; Indian 6:181.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 31/25, 150-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon species known from scattered records in tropical and

temperate regions. The NGY record is a new record for the South African

region.

Scina nana Wagler, 1926

World distribution: Atlantic 66:395; 67:103; Indian 66:395; 67:103; Pacific 26:9.

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/18.

Wagler, 1927. 33/16, 250-0 m.

NGY Samples. 35/26, 150-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species known from widely separated records in tropical and

temperate regions. The NGY record and that of Wagler (1927) suggest that the

species may be epipelagic in nature but further information on the depth

distribution is needed for confirmation of this.

Scina oedicarpus Stebbing, 1895

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 369.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:261; 17:1553 32:67, 68; 49:357; 50:25; 59:11;

66:372; 67:100; Indian 66:372.

50 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/18.

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Remarks: An uncommon species recorded mainly from the tropical regions of the

Atlantic.

Scina rattrayi Stebbing, 1895

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 375.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:261; 16:123; 17:156; 32:84; 49:359; 50:27;

53:29; 59:10; 66:380; 67:104; Indian 66:380; 67:104; Red Sea 66:380.

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/18.

Remarks: An uncommon species recorded mainly from the tropical regions of

the Atlantic.

Scina similis Stebbing, 1895

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 390.

World distribution: Atlantic 17:157; 32:85; 49:363; 66:393; 67:102; Indian

66:393; 67:102; Mediterranean 53:29.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 33/28, 150-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species with a wide distribution, mainly in tropical areas. It is

new to the South African region.

Scina stenopus Stebbing, 1895

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 4109.

World distribution: Atlantic 17:158; 32:66; 43:233; 49:356; 65:104; 66:422;

67:108; Indian 66:422; 67:108.

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/18, 34/18.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 31/30, 31/31, 34/25, 34/27, 35/26: 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/17, 150-0 m.

Remarks : Prior to the present study, the species was known mainly from records

in the tropical regions of the Atlantic. In the NGY samples it was the most

abundant member of the genus Scina, which suggests that it has a preference for

warm conditions.

Scina tullbergi (Bovallius, 1885)

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 384.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:261; 17:146; 32:85; 43:232; 44:8; 49:362, 365;

65:113; 66:389; 67:101; Indian 64:13; 66:389; Pacific 4:126; 26:9; Mediter-

ranean 17:146.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 51

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3.

Remarks: The species is known from widely distributed records in tropical and

temperate regions.

Scina uncipes spinosa var. affinis Wagler, 1927

Synonymy: Wagler, 1926: 352. Wagler, 1927: 96.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:260; 67:96; Indian 66:354; 67:96.

South African records :

As Scina uncipes Stebbing, 1895, forma affins Wagler, 1926. Barnard, K. H.,

1932. 34/16.

Remarks: A relatively uncommon species known from widely separated records

in tropical and temperate regions. Several subspecies and forms of these are

described, producing a situation which is badly in need of clarification when

enough material for comparative studies can be accumulated.

Scina wolterecki Wagler, 1926

World distribution: Atlantic 5:261; 66:375; 67:100; Indian 64:13; 66:375;

Pacific 63 :207.

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/18.

Remarks: A rare species known from widely separated records in tropical and

temperate regions.

Ctenoscina brevicaudata Wagler, 1926

World distribution: Atlantic 66:439; Indian 64:15; 66:439.

South African records :

Wagler, 1926. 33/18.

Remarks: A very rare species known from widely separated records in tropical

and temperate regions.

Family Vibiliidae Claus, 1872

Vibtlia antarctica Stebbing, 1888

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1932: 263.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:263; 8:486; 18:514; 47: charts facing 102, 103;

Indian 3:404; 27:278; 64:16; Antarctica 5:263.

South African records :

Behning, 1925. 34/18, 35/18.

Remarks : 'The species is apparently restricted to the temperate and polar regions

of the southern hemisphere.

Vibilia armata Bovallius, 1887

Synonymy: Behning, 1927: 119.

52 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

World distribution: Atlantic 2:376; 5:264-265; 8:491; g:121: 17:169-170, 173;

20:2083; 23:300; 32:101; 36:13; 40:222; 44:8; 50:31; 539:485. 57:04) meee

59:15; 65:125; Indian 3:404; 6:182; 8:491; 44:8; 62:164; 64:16; 69:53;

Pacific 3:404; 4.:126; 14:388-389; 26:11; 27:279; 29:32; 33:11; Mediterranean

22:190; 53:46—48.

South African records :

Barnard, KE, 1925. 99/27.

Behning, 1925. 33/16, 33/18, 34/18.

miegiried,) 1909: Sectors 1,2) 35/4.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/36, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/15, 32/16,

32/17, 33/16, 33/18, 34/16, 34/17, 34/18, 35/16, 35/17, 35/18, 36/18, 36/19:

150-0 m. and 5-0 m.

As Vibilia gracilenta Bovallius, 1887, Stewart, 1913. 34/15.

Remarks: This species has a wide distribution in tropical and temperate regions.

Its distribution in South African waters suggests a preference for hydrological

conditions associated with warm temperate regions.

Vibilia chuni Behning & Woltereck, 1912

World distribution: Atlantic 8:496; 9:121; 32:99; 58:251; Pacific 3:405; 27:279.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 31/25, 150-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species known from widely separated records in tropical and

temperate regions. The NGY record is both the first for the Indian ocean and

for the South African region.

Vibilia cultripes Vosseler, 1901 |

World distribution: Atlantic 5:265; 8:495; 9:121; 17:172-1733; 32:100; 43:234;

44:8; 53:54; 65:123; Indian 8:495; Mediterranean 17:173; 53:53-54.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. 24/14, 150-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon species known mainly from the tropical and temperate

regions of the Atlantic. Siegfried’s record is the first from the South African

region.

Vibilia propinqua Stebbing, 1888

Synonymy: Behning, 1927: 118.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:404; 5:263; 8:484; 9:121; 17:174; 20:203;

32:97-98; 44:8; 50:32; 53:44; 58:246; 59:14; 65:125; Indian 6:182; 8:484;

Pacific 3:404; 27:279; 48:1283; Mediterranean 53 :43-44.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sector 2.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 53

Remarks: A species with a wide distribution in tropical and temperate regions

only recently recorded by Siegfried (1963) from the South African region.

Vibilia stebbingi Behning & Woltereck, 1912

Synonymy: Behning, 1927: 118.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:403-404; 8:482; 9:121; 17:175; 23:300; 32:97;

53:40; Indian 28:111; 64:15; Pacific 3:404; 25:125; 27:279; 28:111; 64:15;

Mediterranean 53:40.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 34/25, 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/15, 32/16,

32/17, 33/16, 33/17, 34/15, 34/16, 35/15, 35/16, 35/17, 35/18, 36/19, 37/17;

37/18: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A widely distributed species known from temperate and tropical

regions which becomes exceedingly abundant when salp swarms occur. It is

new to the list of hyperiids from South African waters.

Vibilia viatrix Bovallius, 1887

Synonymy: Behning, 1927: 117.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:403; 5:262; 8:482; 9:121; 17:175-176; 20:204;

meeen. 90-145 49:294; 44:0; 53:41; 56:247; 65:124; Indian 8:482; 44:8;

62:160-161; 69:53; Red Sea 45:22; Pacific 3:403; 4:126; 14:389; 24:492;

26:10; 29:32; 33:10; 42:41; 48:1287; Mediterranean 53:41.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 31/30: 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/16, 34/17, 35/15;

37/18: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: ‘The species is widely distributed in temperate and tropical regions.

The reduced abundance in the Indian ocean is probably due to the lower

number of samples taken in this region rather than to biological or hydrological

reasons.

Cyllopus magellanicus Dana, 1852

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1930: 408.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:266; 58:248; Indian 3:408; 28:111; 64:17;

Pacific 3:408; 25:132; 28:111; 64:17; Antarctica 5:266; 28:111; 64:17.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Remarks: ‘The species is restricted to the temperate and polar regions of the

oceans of the southern hemisphere. Its presence in South African waters at

considerable depth is no doubt due to upwelling of Antarctic water.

54 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Family Paraphronomidae Bovallius, 1887

Paraphronima crassipes Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 234.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:409; 5:268; 16:136; 17:179; 32:106; 36:15;

43 3234; 44:8; 46:166; 55:77; 58:253; 65:100; Indian 6:183; 28:113; 62:160—

161; 64:18; Pacific 3:409; 47127; 14:391; 26:19; 27:2G0; 63:2007 sascmee

Mediterranean 55:77.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16, 250-0 m.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 31/31, 32/30, 34/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 35/15, 35/20,

36/18: 150-0 m.

Remarks: A very widely distributed species known from tropical and temperate

regions. It is widely distributed in waters off the coasts of South Africa.

Paraphronima gracilis Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Spandl, 1927: 165.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:267; 16:135; 17:179-180; 20:202; 23:300;

32:104-105; 44:8; 46:165; 55:75-76; 58:253; 65:100; Indian 6:183; 62:165;

69:52; Pacific 14:390-1; 26:13; 33:12; Mediterranean 55:75.

South African records : :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 29/14, 200-0 m.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 29/32, 30/31, 31/30, 32/30, 33/28, 34/25, 34/26, 34/27: 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/16, 36/19:

150-0 m.

Remarks: Previous records indicate that the species has a wide distribution in

tropical and temperate regions. The distribution in South African waters seems

to indicate a preference for warmer conditions.

Family Cystisomidae Willemoes-Suhm, 1875

Cystisoma africanum K. H. Barnard, 1916 !

World distribution: Indian 1 :289.

South African records :

Barnard), i. fl 19 16: 39/27:

Remarks : This species has only been recorded once. According to the logbook of

the Pieter Faure in the South African Museum the type specimen was a moult.

It is not present in the museum collection. Future work on South African

members of the genus Cystisoma may place the species under C. spinosum.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 55

Cystisoma coalitum (Woltereck, 1903)

World distribution: Atlantic 70:458; Indian 70:458.

South African records :

Woltereck, 1903. 33/18.

Remarks : This species is only known from Woltereck’s records in the Atlantic and

Indian oceans. Like the previous species its status may change when the genus

Cystisoma is revised.

Family Hyperiidae Dana, 1852

Hyperia atlantica Vosseler, 1901

Synonymy: Yang, 1960: 28.

World distribution: Atlantic 43:300; 65:70; 73:32.

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 35/15, 35/18:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: Prior to the present study this species had only been recorded from the

temperate and tropical regions of the north-western Atlantic. The present

records are therefore the first from the South Atlantic.

Hyperia crucipes Bovallius, 1889

World distribution: Atlantic 55:90; Indian 6:184; 68:236.

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1962. 35/20, 5—O m.

Remarks : A very rare species previously known from widely separated records in

temperate and tropical regions. It is new to the south-west Indian ocean.

Hyperia fabrei (Milne-Edwards, 1830)

Synonymy: Yang, 1960: 33.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:410; 20:201; 23:300; 36:15; 46:153; 55:83;

65:59; 73:35; Red Sea 45:22; Pacific 3:410.

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/16, 33/16, 35/15,

35/17, 35/19, 36/19: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon species recorded mainly from tropical and temperate

regions in the Atlantic. The present records are the first from the south-eastern

Atlantic and south-western Indian oceans.

Hyperia gaudichaudi Milne-Edwards, 1840

Synonymy (discussed): Barnard, K. H., 1932: 273. Hurley, 1955: 143.

World distribution: Atlantic 1:286; 3:411; 5:273; 18:513; 44:8; Pacific 3:411;

48 :1308.

56 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1916. West coast —on scyphomedusae.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/18, 33/16, 33/17,

33/18, 34/18: 60-0 m and 5-0 m.

As Hyperia galba (Montagu, 1813). Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

Remarks : Bowman (personal communication) asserts that all reliable records of

this species indicate its restriction to cold temperate and polar regions of the

southern hemisphere oceans, being replaced in the northern hemisphere by

HA. galba.

Hyperia macrodactyla Stephensen, 1924

World distribution: Atlantic 73:38; Pacific 27:279; Mediterranean 55:90.

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 35/17:

150-0 m.

Remarks: An apparently rare species known from widely separated records in

tropical and temperate regions. The South African records are the first from

the south-eastern temperate Atlantic.

Hyperia macrophthalma Vosseler, 1901

Synonymy: Yang, 1960: 19.

World distribution: Atlantic 23:300; 55:92; 65:71; 73:24; Mediterranean 55:92.

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 33/16, 34/17,

35/17, 35/18, 35/20: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: Prior to the present study, this species was only recorded from the

tropical and temperate regions of the North Atlantic and the Mediterranean.

The South African records are the first from the south-eastern Atlantic and

south-western Indian oceans.

Hyperia schizogeneios Stebbing, 1888

Synonymy: Yang, 1960: 15.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:411; 16:139-140; 17:188-189; 20:201; 23:300;

32:121-122; 44:8; 48:1387, 1393; 55:87; 58:256; 65:64, 67; 73:18; Indian

6:183; 44:8; 62:160-161; Pacific 3:411; 29:32; 33:16—-17; 62:48, 58; Mediter-

ranean 22:193; 55:86-87.

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1962, 1963. 32/16, 32/17,

33/15, 33/16, 33/17, 33/18, 34/16, 34/17, 34/18, 34/19, 35/17, 35/18, 35/19,

36/19, 36/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

As Hyperia promontorii Stebbing, 1888. Stebbing, 1888. 34/18, surface. Siegfried,

1963. Sectors I, 2, 3, 4.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 57

Remarks: The species is very widely distributed in tropical and temperate

regions. Its abundance in South African waters has however been greatly

underestimated prior to the more recent surveys. This will probably prove to be

the case in the rest of the Indian and in the Pacific ocean as well.

Hyperioides longipes Chevreux, 1900

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 238.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:276; 16:143; 17:189-191; 23:300; 32:125-126;

36:18; 43:238; 44:8; 46:164; 50:36; 55:93; 58:256; 59:23; 65:63; Indian

6:184; 64:22; Pacific 3:414-415; 26:15; 27:280; 29:32; 33:20; 64:22; Mediter-

ranean 17:189—-191; 22:190; 37:1483 55:93.

South African records :

mamiara, K: H, 1932. 34/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. Uniformly distributed in waters off the east and south coasts of

the Republic from Durban to Cape Seal: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/16, 33/16, 34/16,

34/17, 34/18, 35/18, 35/19, 35/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: It is apparent that the abundance of this species has been seriously

underestimated in the Indian ocean area. In South African waters it displays a

preference for near tropical conditions.

Hyperoche cryptodactylus Stebbing, 1888

World distribution: Atlantic 48:1402; Indian 68:236.

South African records :

Stebbing, 1888. 34/18, surface.

Remarks: The species is only known from the above records and its status is in

doubt. Barnard (1930) infers that the original description was based on a

specimen in the process of moulting.

Hyperoche martineziu (Fr. Miiller, 1864)

World distribution: Atlantic 13:108.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 33/27, 34/25: 150-0 m.

Remarks : In common with most of the species within the genus, this is a very rare

species but is considered valid by Barnard (1930). The NGY records are the

first from the Indian ocean and apparently the only ones since the species was

established.

Hyperoche mediterranea Senna, 1908

World distribution: Atlantic 17:191; Pacific 25:150; Mediterranean 39a:159;

55*79-

58 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/17, 150-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species known from widely separated records in temperate

regions. It is new to the list of hyperiids from the south-eastern temperate

Atlantic.

Hyperoche medusarum (Kroyer, 1838)

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1930: 415.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:276; 10:279; 11:165-166; 12:139; 17:191;

23:3003 32:1193 38:93 44:83 54:13; 55:79; 57:61; 60:21; 65:55; Indian 28:112;

AAO; Pacihic 25:47; 20,14; 61:69, 097211.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/18, 35/17:

5-0 m.

Remarks: This species, the most common in the genus, is widely distributed in

cold temperate and polar regions. In South African waters it is restricted, along

with other members of the genus, to the cold upwelled neritic waters near the

coasts.

Parathemisto gaudichaudi (Guérin Méneville, 1825)

Synonymy: Bowman, 1960: 379.

World distribution: Atlantic 2:3743 3:420; 5:280; 10:279; 11:156—-165; 12:142—

144; 16:1465; 17:19I—192; 18:5145 232300; 92:1209;°95:76; 30:19, a5, aurea

44:8; 47: charts facing 102, 103; 48:1409; 50:38; 54:27—29, 31-323 55:104-105,

107; 57:63-64; 58:256, 257; 59:24; 60:21; 65:84, 85; Indian 5:281; 28:112;

44:8; 46:165; 48:1413, 1416; 64:22; Pacific 3:420; 25:163; 28:112; 48:1413;

64:22; Mediterranean 55:104, 107.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 33/16, 1410-1310 m.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/16, 32/17,

33/16, 33/17, 33/18, 34/15, 34/16, 34/17, 34/18, 34/19, 35/16, 35/17, 35/18, 35/19,

36/20, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

As Euthemisto gaudichaudi (Guérin, 1825). Barnard, K. H., 1925. 33/18, surface.

Remarks: The species is widely distributed in the temperate regions of both

hemispheres and penetrates both the Arctic and Antarctic regions. In South

African waters it is confined to areas where water originating from upwelling

occurs.

Phronimopsts spinifera Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 242.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 59

World distribution: Atlantic 16:138; 43:242; 46:165; 55:111; 65:54; Indian

62:160-161; 69:51; Red Sea 45:23; Pacific 26:13; 29:32; 33:20; 48:1377;

62:58; Mediterranean 55:111.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 30/31, 30/32, 31/31, 32/29, 32/30, ake 33/28, 34/23, 34/25,

34/26, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 34/16, 34/17,

35/19: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A relatively uncommon species widely distributed in tropical and

temperate regions. The distribution in South African waters suggests a

preference for near tropical and tropical conditions. It is new to the South

African faunal list.

Family Dairellidae Vosseler, 1901

Dairella latissima Bovallius, 1887

Synonymy: Spandl, 1927: 160.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:282; 17:184; 23:300; 32:108; 36:19; 46:169;

48 313463 55:112; 58:2543; 59:18; 65:51; Indian 6:184; Mediterranean 17:184;

55 i112.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/16, 34/17, 35/18:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species previously known mainly from records in the tropical

and temperate regions of the North Atlantic. The latest records only consolidate

the information on distribution in the temperate region of the south-eastern

Atlantic.

Family Phronimidae Dana, 1852

Phronima atlantica Guérin Menéville, 1836

Synonymy: Shih, 1969: 14, 15.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:422; 5:285; 10:279; 11:166; 16:137; 17:184;

eG? 20:199- 39:113-114; 36:20; 41:57; - 43:23960;-.44:9; 55:122-1293;

Indian 6:185; 7:484; 28:113; 30:132; 41:57; 44:9; 62:160-161; Red Sea

45:24; Pacific 3:422; 33:14; 41:57; 48:1352; 64:20; Mediterranean 17:184;

412573 55:121-122.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Barnard, K. H., 1940. 29/31, surface.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

Shih, 1969. 23/38, 24/36, 35/23, 35/18, 30/13: 300-0 m, 100-0 m and 50-0 m.

60 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

NGY Samples. 30/32, 31/31, 34/25, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/15, 32/16, 32/17,

33/15, 33/16, 33/17, 34/15, 34/16, 34/17, 35/16, 35/18, 36/19, 37/21: 150-0 m

and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A common species widely distributed in tropical and temperate

regions. The wide tolerances of the species are confirmed by the occurrence of

the species off South Africa in hydrological conditions ranging from tropical to

warm temperate.

Phronima colletti Bovallius, 1887

Synonymy: Shih, 1969: 21.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:286; 16:137; 17:184-185; 20:202; 30:139;

32:115; 35:70; 36:20; 41:59; 43:236; 44:9; 55:128; 65:36; Indian 6:186;

7:4843- 30:139; 41:59; 44:9; 62:160-161; Pacific 26:17; 27:2de. seaceee

33:15; 41:59; Mediterranean 41:59; 55:128.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1940. 29/31, surface.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 4.

Shih, 1969. 23/38, 24/36, 31/30, 30/13: 300-0 m, 100-0 m and 50-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/30, 30/32, 31/29, 32/30, 34/26, 35/26: 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34, 26/35, 26/37: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/18, 150-0 m

and 5-0 m.

Remarks: Although the species is widely distributed in tropical and temperate

areas, like the previous species the distribution in South African waters shows a

preference for tropical and subtropical conditions.

Phronima pacifica Streets, 1887

Synonymy: Shih, 1969: 18.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:423; 5:285; 17:185; 30:140; 36:21; 41:58;

43 :236; 44:9; 48:13503 55:130; 65:32; Indian 41:58; 69:51; Red Sea 45:25;

Pacific 41:58; 62:58.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 29/14, 200-0 m.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3.

Shih, 1969. 23/38, 24/36, 32/30: 100-0 m and 50-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/32, 31/30, 33/29, 34/23, 34/26, 34/27, 35/26: 150-0 m

and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/15, 32/16,

32/17, 33/15, 33/16, 34/15, 34/16, 34/17, 35/15, 35/16, 35/17, 35/18, 36/19,

36/21, 37/18, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 61

Remarks: Prior to the present study this species was known from relatively few

records in South African waters. Its preferences are not as clear as the previous

species but there is some indication of a preference for warmer conditions.

Phronima sedentaria (Forskal, 1775)

Synonymy: Shih, 1969: 10, II.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:422; 5:283; 10:279; 11:166; 16:136; 17:185-186;

meeeG2- 30:120; 92:11I-112; 36:21; ‘41:55; 43:230; 44:95. 50:32; 51:475;

54:353 55:116-117; 58:254; 59:18; 65:20; Indian 6:185; 28:113; 41:55;

HAO; 46:1950; 62:161; 64:20; 69:51; Pacific 3:422; 14:389-300; 24:4090;

@aetag; 20:16; 27:280; 33:13; 41:55; 48:1354, 1357; 61:92; 63:210; 64:20;

Mediterranean 17:185—-186; 22:190; 55:115-116; 41:55.

South African records :

Stebbing, 1910. 33/16.

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 29/14, 33/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

Shih, 1969. 23/38, 24/36, 31/30, 35/18, 30/13: 300-0 m, 100-0 m and 50-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 300-0 m and 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/15, 32/16,

33/16, 34/16, 34/17, 35/15, 35/17, 36/19: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: The species is the most frequently recorded member of the genus and

is very widely distributed. Its distribution in South African waters supports the

wide hydrological tolerances that the world distribution infers.

Phronima solitaria Guérin Meéneville, 1836

(P. atlantica var. solitaria in key to Phronimidae).

Synonymy: Shih, 1969: 16, 17.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:4233 30:1333 41:57; 43:2363; 44:9; 65:23; Indian

6:186; 30:133; 41:57; Pacific 41:57; Mediterranean 41:57; 55:125.

South African records :

Shih, 1969. 23/38, 24/36, 31/30, 35/23: 300-0 m, 100-0 m and 50-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/32, 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/16, 34/17,

35/16: 150-0 m.

As Phronima atlantica var. solitaria (Guérin Meéneville, 1836), Vosseler, 1901.

Siegfried, 1963. 33/14, 5-o m.

Remarks: A rare species known from widely separated records mainly in tropical

regions. The distribution in South African waters confirms the preference for

conditions of a tropical or subtropical nature.

Phronimella elongata (Claus, 1862)

Synonymy: Shih, 1969: 30, 31.

62 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

World distribution: Atlantic 3:423-424; 5:286; 11:166; 16:138; 17:187; 20:202;

30:1423 32:117; 35:70; 36:22; 41:61; 43:237-238; 44:9; 46:5g70,0mgeee

55:132; 65:43; Indian 6:186; 7:485; 30:142; 41:61; 44:9; 62:160-161; 69:51;

Pacific 3:423-424; 27:280; 33:16; 41:61; 48:1365, 1368, 1369; Mediterranean

22:190; 41:61; 55:130—-132.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1940. 29/31, surface.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors I, 2, 3, 4.

Shih, 1969, 23/38, 24/36, 35/23: 300-0 m. 100-0 m and 50-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 30/32, 31/29, 31/30, 31/31, 32/29, 32/30, 33/27, 34/25,

34/26, 34/27, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/15, 32/16,

32/17, 33/16, 34/17, 35/15, 35/16, 35/17; 35/18, 35/19, 35/20, 36/21: 150-0 m

and 5-0 m.

Remarks: Like the other members of the Phronimidae this species is very widely

distributed in tropical and temperate regions. In South African waters the same

tolerance of widely varying oceanographic conditions is exhibited with a slight

preference for warm temperate and subtropical conditions.

Family Phrosinidae Dana, 1852

Anchylomera blossevillet Milne-Edwards, 1830

World distribution: Atlantic 3:425; 5:288; 16:147-148; 17:180-181; 18:516;

20:200; 23:300; 32:132; 35:69; 36:22; -43:2994; 44:9; 40: 1g eee

55 2135-136; 58:258; 65:89; Indian 6:188; 44:9; 62:160-161; 64:19; 69:52;

Red Sea 45:26; Pacific 3:425; 26:18; 27:281; 29:32; 33:21; 42:42; 38:1439—

1440; 62:58; Mediterranean 37:149; 55:134-135.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 33/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 4.

NGY Samples. More or less uniformly distributed in the waters off the south and

east coasts of the Republic from Durban to Cape Seal: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/15, 32/16,

33/16, 34/15, 34/16, 34/17, 35/15, 35/16, 35/17, 35/18, 35/19, 35/20, 36/19,

36/20, 36/21, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A common species which is very widely distributed in tropical and

temperate regions. In waters off South Africa the distribution seems to be

determined more by salinity-associated factors than by temperature.

Phrosina semilunata Risso, 1822

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 236.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:4243; 5:287; 11:166; 16:147; 17:182-183; 20:202;

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 63

23 :300; 32:133-134; 36:22; 43:236; 44:9; 46:168; 48:1429; 51:477; 55:140;

Bee257> 59:24; 65:90; Indian 1:293; 6:187; 44:9; 46:168; 62:160—-161;

pia 00:52; Red Sea 45:26; Pacific 3:424; 26:18; 27:281; 29:32; 33:23;

48:1430, 1431; Mediterranean 17:182—183; 22:190; 55:138-140.

South African records :

Spence Bate, 1862, according to Stebbing, 1910. 34/18.

Spandl, 1927. 35/19.

Barmard, K.H:, 1932. 290/14, 33/16, 34/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors I, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. More or less uniformly distributed in the waters off the south and

east coasts of the Republic from Durban to Cape Seal: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/15, 32/16,

33/16, 34/15, 34/16, 34/17, 35/15, 35/17, 35/18, 35/19, 36/20, 36/21, 37/18,

37/20, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: The species is very common and widely distributed in tropical and

temperate areas. In spite of this its distribution in waters off South Africa

demonstrates that it has definite preferences for tropical and near tropical

conditions.

Primno macropa Guérin Meéneville, 1836

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 234.

World distribution: Atlantic 2:375; 5:288; 16:148; 17:181—-1823; 20:200; 23:300;

32:130-131; 36:23; 43:234-236; 44:9; 46:169; 47: charts facing 102, 103;

50:40; 55:1443 58:2583 59:25; 65:88; Indian 6:187; 28:113; 46:169; 48:1448,

1450; 62:160-161; 64:19; 69:52; Red Sea 45:25; Pacific 3:425; 4:128; 14:386—

eee 74 2010, 27:290; 26:113; 20:32; 33:29 48:1444, 1447; 61:94;

63:209; 64:19; Mediterranean 17:181-182; 22:190; 55:143-144; Antarctica

5 :288.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 29/14, 34/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. More or less uniformly distributed in the waters off the south

and east coasts of the Republic from Durban to Cape Seal: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 33/16, 34/16,

34/17, 35/16, 35/17, 35/18, 35/19, 35/20, 36/19, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: The world distribution of this species is very nearly cosmopolitan in

terms of geographic range. In South African waters the species is vastly more

common off the east and south coasts than off the west coast. This suggests that,

in spite of its wide geographic distribution, the species prefers conditions

approximating those in subtropical areas.

64 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Family Lycaeopsidae Chevreux & Fage, 1925

Lycaeopsis themistoides Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1930: 425.

World distribution: Atlantic 3 :425; 17:193; 20:201; 23:300; 32:1433; 36:23; 44:9;

46 :213; 56:154; Indian 23:64; 69:53; Red Sea 45:28; Pacific 3:425; 4:128;

29:32; 33:28; 48:1458; Mediterranean 22:190; 37:149; 56:154.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. 23/12.

NGY Samples. 32/30, 34/26, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon species which is widely distributed in tropical and

temperate areas. Its greater abundance in South African waters off the south and

east coasts points to a preference for tropical and subtropical conditions.

Lycaeopsis zamboangae (Stebbing, 1888)

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1930: 426.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:426; 16:148; 17:195; 32:144; 46:213; 48:1454,

1461; Red Sea’ 45:27; Pacific 4:129; 26:20; 27-261; 39-907 4e—iaame

South African records :

NGY Samples. 34/26, 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/17, 5-O m.

Remarks: An uncommon species widely distributed in tropical and temperate

regions. The South African records are the first from the south-east Atlantic and

south-west Indian oceans.

Family Pronoidae Claus, 1879

Eupronoe armata Claus, 1879

World distribution: Atlantic 3:427; 16:152; 44:9; 46:224; 56:159; 58:262;

Indian 6:189; 44:9; 69:54.

South African records :

Siegiried, 1969.;Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

Remarks: A relatively rare species known from widely separated records in

tropical and temperate areas.

Eupronoe intermedia Stebbing, 1888

World distribution: Atlantic 20:200; 46:222; 48:1519.

South African records :

NGY Samples. More or less uniformly distributed in waters off the south and

east coasts of South Africa from Durban to Cape Seal: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 35/15, 150-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species previously known mainly from the tropical Atlantic.

It is felt that the status of the species is questionable and that re-examination of

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 65

the type specimens may lead to its being united with E. maculata. Barnard (1930)

synonymizes it with EF. armata.

Eupronoe laticarpa Stephensen, 1926

World distribution: Atlantic 23:300; 56:161; Pacific 4:129; 33:35.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 30/31, 30/32, 31/31, 32/27, 32/29, 32/30, 33/28, 34/23, 34/26,

34/27, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A rare but distinctive species previously known from widely separated

records in tropical and temperate areas. The South African records are the first

from the south-western Indian ocean and point to a possible preference for

tropical or subtropical conditions.

Eupronoe maculata Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Stephensen, 1926: 156.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:289; 20:201; 32:149; 36:24; 43:245; 44:9;

46 :222; 48:1513; 56:156; Indian 6:188; 44:9; 64:25; Pacific 3:426; 4:129;

33:34; 48:1513; Mediterranean 37:150; 56:156.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 31/30, 32/29, 34/23, 34/25: 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/16, 34/17, 35/15,

35/17, 35/18, 35/19, 35/21, 36/18, 36/19, 37/18, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks : A common species known from records in tropical and temperate areas.

The NGY records are the first from waters off the south and east coasts of

South Africa.

Eupronoe minuta Claus, 1879

World distribution: Atlantic 5:289; 17:197; 32:148; 36:25; 43:236; 44:9;

56:160; Indian 62:160-161; 64:25; Pacific 3:426; 14:386; 26:19; 27:281;

29:32; 33:35; 48:1517; Mediterranean 22:190; 56:160.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 29/14, 34/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 30/32, 31/29, 32/29, 32/30, 33/29, 34/25, 34/26, 34/27,

35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/35, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/15, 32/16,

33/16, 34/16, 34/17, 35/15, 35/16, 35/17, 35/18, 36/20: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks : A widely distributed species known from tropical and temperate areas.

The distribution in South African waters points to a preference for subtropical

or warm temperate conditions.

66 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Paralycaea gracilis Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Hurley, 1955: 175.

World distribution: Atlantic 32:135; 48:1571; 56:166; 59:27; Indian 48:1570;

Pacific 3 :427; 25:179; 26:20; 27:281; 33:30; 64:26; Mediterranean 56:165-166.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 30/32, 31/31, 33/28, 34/27: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/15, 33/16, 34/16:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon but widely distributed species known from records in

tropical and temperate regions. The distribution in South African waters

suggests a preference for subtropical or warm temperate conditions.

Parapronoe crustulum Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 246.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:290; 16:152; 17:200; 32:150, 152; 36:24; 43:246;

44:9; 46:220; 48:15323 51:479; 56:165; Indian 1:294; 6:189; 44:9; 48:1529;

69:54; Pacific 39:4297; 27:201; 93:99: 46:1526, 1590, /04:25:

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3.

NGY Samples. 35/26, 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1962, 1963. 32/16, 34/16,

34/16, 34/17, 36/21, 37/18, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

As Parapronoe campbelli Stebbing, 1888, Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

As Parapronoe claust Stebbing, 1888, Barnard K. H., 1916. 33/28.

As Amphipronoe cuspidata Spence Bate, 1862, Spence Bate, 1862, according to

Stebbing, 1910. 34/18.

Remarks: A relatively uncommon species which is widely distributed in tropical

and temperate areas. The distribution in South African waters points to a slight

preference for temperate conditions. |

Pronoe capito Guérin Méneville, 1836

World distribution: Atlantic 5:289; 17:197; 32:147; 36:25; 46:217; 48:1509;

Indian 6:188; 69:54; Red Sea 45:34; Pacific 48:1509.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 33/28, 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 300-0 m.

Remarks: A relatively rare species known mainly from records in tropical areas.

The South African records are the first from the south-west Indian ocean and

point to a preference for subtropical or tropical conditions.

Sympronoe parva (Claus, 1879)

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 246.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 67

World distribution: Atlantic 5:291; 20:203; 32:1523 35:70; 36:23; 43:246; 44:9;

A6:225; 48:1537; 56:162; Indian 6:190; 31:62; 69:54; Pacific 3:427; 4:129;

26:19; 27:281; 29:32; 33:33; 42:42; 48:1537; Mediterranean 56:162.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 32/30, 34/23, 34/25, 34/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1962, 1963. 33/16, 33/17,

34/17, 35/18: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A widely distributed species known from records in tropical and

temperate regions. The distribution in South African waters suggests a

preference for subtropical or warm temperate conditions.

Family Lycaeidae Claus, 1879

Lycaea nasuta Claus, 1887

World distribution: Atlantic 5:291; 44:10; Pacific 3:430; Indian type locality.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3.

Remarks: Although the type locality is off Zanzibar the species has not been

recorded since from the Indian ocean, all of the later records being from the

Atlantic. In view of this and the general state of confusion in the taxonomy of

species of Lycaea, it is highly desirable that the type specimen be re-examined

since the figures given by Barnard (1930) are totally inadequate.

Lycaea pulex Marion, 1874

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 243.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:429; 16:156-157; 20:201; 32:137, 138; 36:25;

43:243; 48:1565, 1567; 56:168, 169; 58:262; Indian 6:190; 31:63; 69:54;

ed Sea 45:30; Pacific 3:430, 431; 4:120-130; 26:21; 27:282; 29:32; 33:24;

42:46; Mediterranean 56:167—168, 168-169, 169.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 32/30, 33/27, 34/23, 34/25: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 33/16, 34/16,

34/17, 34/19, 35/18, 35/19, 35/20, 36/18, 36/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks : This widely distributed species is known under various synonyms from

tropical and temperate regions. In South African waters the distribution points

to a high degree of tolerance to varying oceanographic conditions.

Lycaea serrata Claus, 1879

World distribution: Atlantic 43:243; Indian type locality; Mediterranean 56:168.

68 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/16, 35/17,

35/18: 150-0 m.

Remarks: A rare but distinctive species known from widely separated records in

tropical and temperate regions. The South African records are the first from the

south-eastern Atlantic.

Pseudolycaea pachypoda Claus, 1879

World distribution: Atlantic 16:160; 20:203; 32:139; 35:70; 46:216; Indian

64:24; Mediterranean 22:190; 56:169—170.

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/16, 34/17, 35/15:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A relatively rare species known from records in tropical and temperate

regions. It is new to the list of hyperiids from the south-eastern Atlantic.

Tryphana malmii Boeck, 1870

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 243.

World distribution: Atlantic 16:153; 32:136; 38:18; 43:243; 44:9; 48:1542;

56:171; 59:25; 60:21; Indian 44:9; 64:24; Pacific 3:428; 64:24.

South African records :

Slegiried,1G03- Sectors I, 2,.3, 4)

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/16, 34/16, 34/17:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon but widely distributed species known mainly from

records in temperate areas. The South African records are all located in areas

which experience the influx of Atlantic waters.

Family Brachyscelidae Stephensen, 1923

Brachyscelus crusculum Spence Bate, 1861

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 243.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:432; 5:292; 16:153, 154; 17:196-197; 20:200;

32:140; 36:26; 40:223; 43:242; 44:10; 46:210; 48:1557; 50:41; 5071733

58:262; 59:26; Indian 44:10; 62:160-161; 64:23; 69:54; Red Sea 45:32;

Pacific 3:432; 24:490; 27:282; 29:32; 33:25-26; 41:45-46; 48:1547, 1548;

Mediterranean 39:5-8; 56:172-173.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 33/16, 34/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. More or less uniformly distributed in the waters off the south and

east coasts of South Africa from Durban to Cape Seal: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 69

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/16, 34/17, 35/15,

35/18, 35/19, 36/18, 36/19: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A very widely distributed species known from both tropical and

temperate areas. The distribution in South African waters points to a preference

for subtropical or warm temperate conditions. The species within the genus are

not, in many cases, adequately described and illustrated and Spence Bate’s

drawings of the type of this, the most common species, are totally inadequate.

A revision of the genus is urgently required.

Brachyscelus rapacoides Stephensen, 1926

World distribution: Atlantic 35:70; 36:26; Indian 64:24; Pacific 3:432; 33:27;

Mediterranean 56:179.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 31/29, 31/30, 34/25: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species known from widely separated records in tropical and

temperate areas. The distribution in South African waters seems to indicate a

slight preference for tropical or subtropical conditions.

Brachyscelus rapax (Claus, 1871)

Synonymy: Stephensen, 1926: 250.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:291; type locality.

South African records :

Claus, 1871, according to Stebbing, 1910. 34/18.

Remarks : This species has only been recorded from the South Atlantic. Its status

must remain doubtful until the type specimen(s) is re-examined and its relation

to the other species of the genus clarified.

Thamneus platyrrhynchus Stebbing, 1888

Synonymy: Barnard, K. H., 1932: 293.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:293; 16:154; 17:197; 32:154; 44:10; 46:210;

56:180; Indian 6:191; 69:54; Pacific 48:1562; Mediterranean 56:180.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sector 4.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1962, 1963. 34/17, 35/20:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A relatively uncommon but widely distributed species known from

records in tropical and temperate areas. The distribution in South African

waters seems to be linked to waters of Atlantic origin.

Family Oxycephalidae Spence Bate, 1862

Calamorhynchus pellucidus Streets, 1878

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 31.

70 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

World distribution: Atlantic 3:4343; 17:202; 21:31; 32:164; 43:251; 46:198, 200;

48:1602; 51:481; 56:190; Indian 21:31; Pacific 3:434; 14:387; 21:31; 34:371;

Mediterranean 21:31; 56:190.

South African records :

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 25/36, 34/27: 300-0 m, 200-0 m, 150-0 m and 50-0 m.

NGY Samples. 34/26: 100-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1962. 33/16, 150-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon but widely distributed species recorded from tropical

and temperate areas. The distribution in South African waters suggests a fairly

high degree of tolerance to widely varying oceanographic conditions.

Cranocephalus scleroticus (Streets, 1878)

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 72.

World distribution: Atlantic 21:72; 32:167; 35:80; 36:30; 43:251-253; 46:193;

56:199; Indian 21:72; 69:55; Pacific 21:72; 27:282; 34:370; Mediterranean

17:202; 21:72; 56:199.

South African records :

Fage, 1960. 25/36, 29/32, 36/21: 200-0 m and 100-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m.

Remarks : A widely distributed but relatively uncommon species that is known

mainly from tropical areas. The distribution in South African waters seems to

confirm the preference for tropical conditions.

Glessocephalus milne-edwardsi Bovallius, 1887

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 83.

World distribution: Atlantic 21:87; 35:79; 43:2533; 46:196; Indian 6:193; 7:485;

19:221; 21:87; 69:237; Pacific 4:191-132; 21:87; /34:971; Meditemameam

2107500 7-200.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1940. 29/31, surface.

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 34/27, 35/23: 300-0 m, 250-0 m and 50-0 m.

Remarks : The species is known mainly from the tropical areas of the oceans. The

Dana expeditions found it to be most abundant in the Indian ocean. The

records from South African waters tend to confirm a preference for tropical

conditions.

Leptocotis tenutrostris (Claus, 1871)

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 37.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:435; 5:296; 17:163; 21:40; 32:168; 36:28;

43 3253-255; 46:203, 204, 205; 56:191; 58:264; Indian 6:194; 19:217-218;

31:40; 62:160-161; 69:55; Pacific 3:435; 4:132; 19:217-218; 21:40; 27:282;

29:32; 34:372; 48:1596; 62:58.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 71

South African records :

Fage, 1960. 24/33, 25/36, 29/31, 31/30, 34/27, 35/23, 36/21: 300-0 m and

100-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 30/32, 31/29, 31/30, 32/29, 32/30, 33/27, 33/28, 34/23,

34/25, 34/26, 34/27, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 35/17, 150-0 m.

Remarks: A very widely distributed species known mainly from tropical areas.

The tropical nature of the species is emphasized by the distribution in South

African waters being biased in favour of the waters off the south and east coasts.

Oxycephalus clausi Bovallius, 1887

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 20.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:433; 5:294; 7:485; 16:161; 17:200; 18:516;

21:21; 32:163; 36:20; 43:251; 44:10; 46:181; 48:1582; 56:189; Indian 6:192;

Bees. 10-2125 21:27; 31:65; 44:10; 52:11; 69:55; Red Sea 15:5, 6, 7; Pacific

42130; 14:387; 21:21; 34:367; 48:1584; Mediterranean 56:189.

South African records :

Stebbing, 1924. 29/31.

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 33/16.

Barnard, K. H., 1940. 29/31, 33/25, 34/18: surface.

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 25/36, 29/31, 29/32, 30/33, 31/30, 35/23, 36/21: 300-0 m,

200-0 m and 100-0 m.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Records. More or less uniformly distributed in the waters off the south

and east coasts of South Africa from Durban to Cape Seal: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/32, 26/33, 26/34, 26/35, 26/36:

300-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1962, 1963. 32/14, 32/16,

33/15, 33/16, 34/15, 34/17, 35/15, 35/16, 35/17, 35/19, 35/21, 36/18, 36/21,

37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

As Oxycephalus tuberculatus Spence Bate, 1862. Spence Bate, 1862, according to

Stebbing, 1910. 34/18.

Remarks: A very widely distributed species known from tropical and temperate

regions. The distribution in South African waters confirms the wide tolerances

of the species. In the NGY samples the species was most abundant in the upper

five metres of the water strata.

Oxycephalus latirostris Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 26.

World distribution: Atlantic 21:26; 44:10; Indian 7:485; 21:26; Pacific 21:26;

34.:367; Red Sea 45:32.

72 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1940. 29/31, surface.

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 25/36, 29/31, 34/27, 35/23: 300-0 m, 250-0 m, 200-0 m and

100-0 m.

Siegfried, 1963. 32/13, 150-0 m.

NGY Samples. 32/30, 34/23, 34/25: 150-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon species known from widely separated records, mainly

in tropical areas. The distribution in South African waters, biased in favour of

south and east coast waters, tends to confirm the preference for tropical

conditions.

Oxycephalus piscator Milne-Edwards, 1830

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 14.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:294; 16:160; 20:201; 21:14; 32:163; 36:29;

43 246-251; 46:180; 56:187; Indian 21:14; Pacific 3:433; 21:14; Mediter-

ranean 21:14; 56:187.

South African records :

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 25/36, 27/33, 34/27, 35/23: 300-0 m, 200-0 m, 100-0 m and

50-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/32, 33/28: 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m and

5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 35/15, 35/16, 35/18:

150-0 m.

Remarks: A relatively uncommon though widely distributed species known

mainly from records in tropical regions. The slightly biased distribution in

South African waters tends to support a preference for tropical conditions.

Rhabdosoma brevicaudatum Stebbing, 1888

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 104.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:436; 16:163; 17:203; 20:203; 21:1083; 43:255;

48:1614; Indian 62:160-161; Pacific 21:108; 29:32; Mediterranean 21:108;

56 :205.

South African records :

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/17, 150-O m.

Remarks: This relatively uncommon species appears for some unknown

(? biological) reason to be confined mainly to the tropical areas of the Atlantic

and Pacific oceans. The IIOE record is the first from the south-west Indian

ocean and the Indian ocean as a whole.

Rhabdosoma minor Fage, 1954

World distribution: Atlantic 21:108; Indian 21:108; Pacific 21:108.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 73

South African records :

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 25/36, 28/33, 29/31, 34/27, 36/21: 300-0 m, 200-0 m and

I00-O mM. |

NGY Samples. 30/31, 34/25: 150-0 m.

Remarks: This species is known almost exclusively from the records of the Dana

expeditions (Fage, 1960). Its distribution is centred on the Indian ocean,

mainly in the tropical areas.

Rhabdosoma whitei Spence Bate, 1861

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 6.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:436; 5:296; 17:203; 20:203; 21:102; 36:31;

43:2553 44:10; 46:209; 49:370; 56:207; Indian 6:193; 7:486; 21:102; 44:10;

46:209; 69:55; Pacific 4:132; 32:222; 21:102; 27:282; 34:373; Mediterranean

21:102.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1940. 29/31, surface.

Fage, 1960. 25/36, 29/31, 35/23: 200-0 m, 100-0 m and 50-0 m.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 34/23, 34/25: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/16, 34/17, 35/17,

35/19, 36/19: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: This, the most common of the species of Rhabdosoma, is very widely

distributed but recorded mainly from tropical and subtropical areas. In South

African waters the species is widely distributed but is not common enough to

permit amplification of the above statements.

Simorhynchotus antennarius (Claus, 1871)

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 11.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:433; 17:160; 21:11; 23:300; 32:161; 36:28;

44:10; 46:211; 48:1575; 56:185; Indian 6:191; 21:11; 31:64; 44:10; Pacific

34333 4:130; 21:11; 54:366; Mediterranean 21:11; 56:185.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 30/32, 32/29, 33/23, 34/23, 34/25, 35/26: 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 34/17, 35/18,

35/19, 35/20, 36/18: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks : A widely distributed species apparently with a high degree of tolerance

to varying oceanographic conditions, many of the records coming from tropical

areas. In South African waters the distribution is decidedly biased in favour of

areas influenced by tropical and subtropical oceanographic conditions.

74 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Streetsia challengeri Stebbing, 1888

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 51.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:4353 5:295; 16:161; 17:203; 21:51; 32:165, 166;

43:255; 44:10; 46:184, 187; 56:195; 58:263; Indian 6:192; 7:486; 19:219;

21:51; 69:55; Pacific 3:435; 14:387-388; 21:51; 26:19; 34:369; 48:1606;

Mediterranean 17:203; 21:51; 56:194-195.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 29/14, 200-0 m.

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 25/36, 28/33, 29/31, 29/32, 34/27, 35/23, 31/14: 300-0 m,

250-0 m, 200-0 m and 100-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/32, 31/29, 31/31, 33/27, 35/26: 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1962, 1963. 32/16, 34/16,

34/17, 35/15: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

As Streetsia pronoides (Bovallius, 1887). Barnard, K. H., 1940. 29/31, surface.

siegtried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

Remarks: A very common and widely distributed species whose abundance has

been grossly underestimated if the records of the Dana expeditions are considered.

The bias in the world distribution in favour of tropical areas is duplicated to

some extent by the distribution in South African waters.

Streetsia mindanaonts (Stebbing, 1888)

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 45.

World distribution: Atlantic 21:49; Indian 21:49; Pacific 21:49; 48:1599.

South African records :

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 28/33, 29/31: 300-0 m, 200-0 m and 100-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/32, 32/30, 34/25, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A rare but widely distributed, distinctive species known from records

in tropical and temperate regions. In South African waters it exhibits a remark-

able distribution, failing to penetrate waters west of Cape Agulhas. Further

information on the species is required before this can be explained.

Streetsia porcella (Claus, 1879)

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 63.

World distribution: Atlantic 3 :4353 5:2953; 21:63; 32:166; 36:29; 43:255; 46:188;

56:193; Indian 6:192; 21:63; 62:160-161; Pacific 3:495; 21°65 "@ycgees

29:32; 34:370; 48:1589; 62:58; Mediterranean 21:63; 56:192—193.

South African records :

Fage, 1960. 24/38, 25/36, 28/33: 200-0 m and 50-0 m.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/35, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 37/21, 5—O m.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 75

Remarks: A relatively uncommon species which is widely distributed, mainly in

tropical regions. Like the previous species its distribution in South African

waters is biased in favour of areas east of Cape Agulhas, suggesting a preference

for tropical conditions although the abundance is not great enough to provide

proof of this.

Streetsia steenstrupi (Bovallius, 1887)

Synonymy: Fage, 1960: 42.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:296; 21:45; 44:10; Indian 21:45; Pacific 21:45;

48 31593.

South African records :

Fage, 1960. 29/32, 31/30, 34/27, 35/23, 31/14: 300-0 m, 200-0 m and 100-0 m.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 30/32, 32/30, 34/27: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/16, 34/16, 35/17,

37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A rare but widely distributed species that has been recorded mainly

from tropical areas. In South African waters the distribution appears to indicate

a preference for subtropical rather than tropical conditions.

Family Parascelidae Bovallius, 1887

Parascelus edwards: Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 260.

World distribution: Atlantic 20:202; 35:72; 36:31-32; 43:260; 44:10; 46:264;

56:211; Indian 44:10; 62:160-161; Red Sea 45:42; Pacific 4:132; 29:32;

33:36; 42:46; 48:1500; 62:48, 58; Mediterranean 56:211.

South African records :

Biesiried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 30/32, 32/29, 33/29, 34/23, 34/25, 34/26: 150-0 m and

5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/32, 26/35: 300-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 34/17, 35/17,

35/18, 35/19, 36/19, 36/20, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A relatively uncommon but widely distributed species known from

records in tropical and temperate areas. The distribution in South African

waters confirms the high degree of tolerance of the species to widely varying

oceanographic conditions.

Parascelus typhoides Claus, 1879

World distribution: Atlantic 5:299; 16:151; 43:260; 46:262; Indian 62:160-161;

Red Sea 45:43; Pacific 25:186; 26:21; 27:282; 29:32; Mediterranean 56:211.

76 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

South African records :

NGY Samples. More or less uniformly distributed in the waters off the south

and east coasts of South Africa from Durban to Cape Seal: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 26/35: 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 33/15, 33/16,

34/16, 34/17, 35/17, 35/18, 35/19, 37/18, 37/21: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: Like the previous species this species is widely distributed but relatively

uncommon. It is recorded from tropical and temperate areas. The distribution

in South African waters confirms that it is highly tolerant of widely varying

oceanographic conditions.

Schizoscelus ornatus Claus, 1879

World distribution: Atlantic 16:151; 36:33; 56:208; 58:261; Indian 44:11;

Pacific 48:1506; Mediterranean 56:208.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. 34/19, 5—-O m.

NGY Samples. 29/31, 30/31, 32/30, 34/25: 5-O m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 300—0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/18, 36/20: 5—o m.

Remarks: A rare species known from records in tropical and temperate regions.

The South African records are remarkable in that, with the exception of the

IIOE record, they all were taken in surface tows. The records also suggest a

preference for subtropical and tropical conditions.

Thyropus sphaeroma (Claus, 1879)

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 260.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:437; 5:299; 36:33; 43:260; 44:11; 46:259;

48:1495; Indian 6:197; 44:11; Pacific 27:282; 33:36.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 29/31, 30/30, 30/32, 31/29, 31/30, 32/30, 34/23, 34/25, 34/26,

35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/18, 35/18:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon species known from widely separated records in

temperate and tropical areas. The species is widely distributed in South African

waters, suggesting a fair degree of tolerance to varying oceanographic conditions.

A preference for waters of subtropical origin is indicated by the pattern of

distribution.

Family Platyscelidae Spence Bate, 1862

Amphithyrus bispinosus Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Spandl, 1927: 247.

ee eee —

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 77

World distribution: Atlantic 3:438; 16:150-151; 32:1593; 35:72; 36:33; 43:2593

44:11; 46:247; 48:1491; 56:225; Indian 6:196; Pacific 3:438; 27:283; 33:44;

Mediterranean 56:225.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. 34/17, 5-O m.

NGY Samples. 30/30, 30/31, 30/32, 31/29, 31/30, 32/28, 32/29, 32/30, 33/28,

34/23, 34/25, 34/27, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 34/16, 35/15, 35/17;

36/21, 37/18, 37/21: 150-0 m.

Remarks : A widely distributed species recorded mainly from the warmer areas of

the oceans. The distribution in South African waters is decidedly biased in

favour of waters off the south and east coasts, suggesting a preference for

tropical and subtropical conditions.

Amphithyrus glaber Spandl, 1924

World distribution: Atlantic 3:438; 35:72; Red Sea 45:40; Pacific 27:283; 33:45.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 30/30, 30/31, 30/32, 31/29, 32/27, 32/29, 32/30, 34/23, 34/25,

34/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 33/16, 34/16,

35/15, 35/18, 35/19, 37/21: 150-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species known from widely separated records, mainly in tropical

areas. Like the previous species, its distribution in South African waters is

biased in favour of areas influenced by waters of tropical and subtropical origin.

Amphithyrus sculpturatus Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Spandl, 1927: 250.

World distribution: Atlantic 32:158; 36:34; 44:11; 56:226; Indian 6:196; 44:11;

Pacific 33:44-45; 42:58; 48:1488; Mediterranean 56:226.

South African records :

Piesiricd, 190%. Sectors 1, 2, 3.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 30/32, 32/29, 32/30, 34/23, 34/25, 34/27: 150-0 m and

5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 300-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/16, 34/17, 34/19,

35/18, 35/19: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: An uncommon but widely distributed species recorded mainly from

tropical areas. The relationship between this species and the closely related

glaber has not been clearly defined and has led to the latter being given sub-

specific rank. In the opinion of the present author, the constant characteristics

78 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

of the fourth pereiopod of A. glaber demonstrated by the present study justify its

retention of specific rank.

The distribution in South African waters confirms the preference for sub-

tropical and tropical conditions common to species of Amphithyrus.

Amphithyrus similis Claus, 1879

Synonymy (discussed) : Spandl, 1927: 250.

World distribution: Atlantic 43:259; 56:225; Red Sea 45:39; Mediterranean

56:225.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 30/31, 150-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 26/34: 300-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/17, 34/16, 34/17,

35/15: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A very rare but distinctive species known mainly from subtropical

areas. The abundance in South African waters does not furnish proof of any

particular preferences but the distribution suggests a reasonable degree of

tolerance to varying oceanographic conditions and a possible preference for

subtropical conditions.

Hemityphis rapax (Milne-Edwards, 1830)

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 259.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:299; 16:149; 20:201; 32:160; 35:71; 36:35;

4332593 44:11; 46:233, 237; 48:1475; 51:478; 56:220; 58:259; Indian 6:195;

48:14.75; 69:53; Pacific 3:437; 33:38; 64:26; Mediterranean 56:220.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

plegiried,) 1963. Sectors: 2,974.

NGY Samples. 29/31, 30/31, 30/32, 31/31, 32/29, 32/30, 34/26, 34/27, 35/26:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/15, 32/16,

33/16, 34/16, 34/17, 35/15, 35/18, 35/19, 36/18, 37/18: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

As Hemityphis tenuimanus Claus, 1879. Claus, 1879 according to Stebbing, 1910.

34/18.

Remarks : A very widely distributed species known from temperate and tropical

areas. ‘he same wide tolerances are reflected in the distribution in South

African waters.

Paratyphis maculatus Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 259.

World distribution: Atlantic 3 :439; 16:150; 35:72; 36:36; 43:260; 44:11; 51:478;

56:299; 58:259; Indian 6:195; Pacific 9:499; 27:2833 99:30:

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 79

South African records :

Claus, 1879 according to Stebbing, 1910. 34/18.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 30/32, 31/30, 31/31, 32/29, 32/30, 33/28, 34/25, 35/26:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 34/17, 35/15;

35/16, 35/18, 35/19: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A relatively uncommon species which is widely distributed in tempe-

rate and tropical areas. The distribution in South African waters suggests that

the preferences of the species lie nearer to the subtropical-warm temperate

rather than the tropical range of oceanographic conditions.

Paratyphis promontoru Stebbing, 1888

World distribution: Atlantic 20:202; 32:157; 48:1478; 56:223.

South African records :

Stebbing, 1888. 35/18, surface.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 31/30, 31/31, 32/30, 33/28, 34/23, 34/25, 34/26, 35/26:

150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/16, 34/16, 34/17,

35/15, 35/19, 36/18, 36/19: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species previously only recorded from the Atlantic in tropical

and temperate areas. The NGY records are the first from the Indian ocean.

A preference for waters of subtropical origin is suggested by the distribu-

tion pattern of the species in South African waters.

Paratyphis spinosus Spandl, 1924

World distribution: Atlantic 20:202; 36:36; Red Sea 45:36; Pacific 3:439; 33:40;

Mediterranean 56:221.

South African records :

NGY Samples. 32/29, 32:30, 34/23, 35/25, 35/26: 150-0 m.

Remarks: A rare species known mainly from widely separated records in tropical

and subtropical regions. There is no doubt (as Barnard (1930) suggested) that

P. claus Stephensen, 1926 is synonymous with this species.

The NGY records are the first from South African waters and the south-

west Indian ocean in particular.

Platyscelus ovoides (Claus, 1879)

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 256.

ora aisiribuiion: Atlantic 5:297; 17:200; 32:157; 36:36; 43:256; 44:11;

46 :228; 56:213-214, 218; 59:25; Indian 6:194; 62:160-161; 69:54; Pacific

25:192; 27:283; Mediterranean 17:200; 56:213, 218.

South African records :

Barnard, K. H., 1932. 34/16.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 2, 3, 4.

80 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

NGY Samples. 30/32, 31/30, 34/25, 34/26, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/34, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 37/21:

150-0 m.

Remarks: A widely distributed though not very common species, recorded

mainly from tropical areas. Although not common in South African waters, the

species exhibits a marked degree of tolerance to varying oceanographic

conditions.

Platyscelus serratulus Stebbing, 1888

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 259.

World distribution: Atlantic 5:298; 16:149; 17:200; 20:203; 35:71; 36:37;

43:259; 44:11; 48:1470; 56:216; Indian 44:11; 62:160-161; Red Sea 45:35;

Pacific 3:4373; 14:385—-386; 26:22; 27:283; 29:32; 33:37; 42:51; Mediterranean

37:149; 56:215-216.

South African records :

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors 1, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 33/28, 35/26: 5-o m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 32/14, 32/16, 33/16,

34/17, 35/17, 35/18: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: Like the previous species, the world distribution of this species is

biased in favour of tropical and subtropical areas. Although not common in

South African waters, the species exhibits a preference for waters of subtropical

character.

Tetrathyrus forcipatus Claus, 1879

Synonymy: Shoemaker, 1945: 259.

World distribution: Atlantic 3:439; 16:150; 20:203; 35:72; 36:34-35; 43:259;

44:11; 46:241; 48:1485; 51:478; 56:224; Indian 6:195; 44:11; 48:1483;

Red Sea 45:38; Pacific 3:439; 4:1333 29:32; 33:42-43; 42:54; 48:1483, 1484;

Mediterranean 56:224.

South African records :

Claus, 1879 according to Stebbing, 1910. 34/18.

Siegfried, 1963. Sectors I, 2, 3, 4.

NGY Samples. 30/31, 32/30, 34/23, 34/25, 34/26, 35/26: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries IIOE Cruise I. 26/33, 300-0 m.

Division of Sea Fisheries Routine Programme Cruises, 1963. 33/15, 33/16, 34/16,

34/17, 35/18, 35/19, 35/20: 150-0 m and 5-0 m.

Remarks: A very widely distributed species known mainly from tropical and

subtropical areas. In South African waters the species is most abundant in

waters of a subtropical character.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 81

SUMMARY

Keys to the genera and species, and a distribution list of the 105 recorded

species of South African hyperiid Amphipoda, have been compiled. ‘Twenty-six

species are new records from South African waters, 20 are additions to the west

coast fauna, 45 are additions to the south coast fauna and 39 are additions to the

east coast fauna.

The majority of species represented are those that have preferences for

oceanographic conditions of a tropical or subtropical nature.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The author wishes to thank the following for aid and/or advice received

during the course of the present investigation: The South African Council for

Scientific and Industrial Research, for the grant out of which the author’s

salary originated; Professor J. H. O. Day of the Department of Zoology,

University of Cape Town, who conceived the project and directed it throughout;

Dr. B. van D. de Jager, Director of the Division of Sea Fisheries of the Depart-

ment of Industries, who permitted the publication of information resulting from

the work of the author while in the employ of the Division; Dr. T. E. Bowman,

Associate Curator of the Division of Marine Invertebrates, United States

National Museum, for advice on the taxonomic status of species and for the

exchange of reference specimens; and Dr. C. T. Shih, Scientist-in-charge of the

Zooplankton Laboratory, Canadian Oceanographic Identification Centre, for

confirmation of identifications in the families Parascelidae and Platyscelidae,

and for data on the Dana Phronimidae.

The Trustees of the South African Museum thank the South African

Council for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant in aid of publication.

Part of this work formed an appendix to a thesis submitted for the degree

of M.Sc. at the University of Gape Town in October 1967.

Key to AuTHors’ NUMBERS USED IN WORLD DISTRIBUTION RECORDS

iy barnard, KK. H. 1916. 2. Barnard, K. H. 1925.

3. Barnard, K. H. 1930. 4. Barnard, -K. H. 1931:

ge barnard, K, H. 1932. 6. Barnard, K. H. 1937.

fe barnard, K. H. 1940. 8. Behning, A. 1925.

9. Behning, A. 1927. 10. Bigelow, H. B. 1915.

11. Bigelow, H. B. 1926. 12. Bousefield, E. L. 1951.

13. Bovallius, C. 1889. 14: Bruscas G2 F-19067:

15. Cecchini, C. 1929. 16. Chevreux, E. 1900.

ag.) Ghevreux, E. 1935. 18. Chilton, C. 1912.

19. Colosi, G. 1918. 20. Evans, F. 1961.

21. Fage, L. 1960. 22. Furnestin, M.-L. 1960.

meeatice, G 1D). & Hart, A. D. (1962) 24. Holmes, S.J. 1909.

82 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

25. Hurley, D. E. 1955. 26. Hurley, D. E. 1956.

27. Hurley, D. E. 19604. 28. Hurley, D. E. 19605.

2Gr: (inie, El! wong. 30. Mogk, H. 1927.

aa.) Pillar INK? 1957. 32. Pirlot, J.-M. 1920.

eo. Parlor, j-Ml. “1930- 34. Pirlot, J.-M. 1938.

35. Pirlot, J.-M. 19309. 36. Reid, D. M. 1955.

27.) UO, 901 Q8 0)! 38. Sars, G. O. 1891.

39. Senna, A. 1903. 39a. Senna, A. 1908.

Ao: Sexton, (EW. Tor1. 41. ‘shih, C. TY i9ae

42. Shoemaker, C. R. 1925. 43. Shoemaker, C. R. 1945.

44. Siegfried, W. R. 1963. 45. Spandl, H. 1924. )

AG. spandl, EH. 1927. 47. Stadel, O. 1958.

48. Stebbing, T. R. R. 1888. 49. Stebbing, T. R. R. 1895. |

50.. steppe, li. Re KR 1904 51. Stebbing, T. Re Ro fare

52., stebbing, T. R. R. 1924. 53. Stephensen, K. 1918.

54. Stephensen, K. 1923. 55. Stephensen, K. 1924.

56. Stephensen, K. 1926. 57. Stephensen, K. 1933.

Fo. motevant.l). Ar LOLs: 59. Tattersall, W. M. 1906. ;

60. Tattersall, W. M. 1913. 61. Thorsteinson, E. D. 1941.

62. Tsuruta, A. 1963. 63. Vinogradov, M. E. 1956.

64. Vinogradov, M. E. 1966 65. Vosseler, J. 1901.

66. Wagler, E. 1926. 67. Wagler, E. 1927.

68. Walker, A. O. 1904. 69. Walker, A. O. 1909.

70. Woltereck, KR. 1903. 71. \Woltereck, Ro 1965;

72. VV oltercck,, In 1927. 72.’ Yano. W. ‘To Gnee

REFERENCES

BARNARD, K. H. 1916. Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. 5: the Amphipoda.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 15: 105-302.

BARNARD, K. H. 1925. Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. No. 8: further

additions to the list of Amphipoda. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 20: 319-380. }

BARNARD, K. H. 1930. Crustacea. Part XI. Amphipoda. Nat. Hist. Rep. Br. Antarct. Terra Nova i

Exped. (Zool.) 8: 307-454.

BARNARD, K. H. 1931. Amphipoda. Scient. Rep. Gt Barrier Reef Exped. 42 111-135. :

BARNARD, K. H. 1932. Amphipoda. ‘Discovery’ Rep. 5: 1-326. ‘

BARNARD, K. H. 1937. Amphipoda. Scient. Rep. John Murray Exped. 4: 131-201. |

BARNARD, K. H. 1940. Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. XII. Further

additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda and Amphipoda, together with keys for the identi-

fication of hitherto recorded marine and fresh-water species. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 32: 381-543.

Bate, C. §. 1861. On the morphology of some Amphipoda of the division Hyperina. Ann. Mag.

nat. Hist. (3) 8: 1-16.

Bate, C. S. 1862. Catalogue of the specimens of amphipodous Crustacea in the collection of the British

Museum, London. London: British Museum.

BEuNING, A. 1925. Amphipoda der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. I. Hyperiidea Fam. Vibiliidae

Claus 1872. Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘Valdivia’ 19: 477-500.

Beuninc, A. 1927. Die Vibiliden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. Dt. Stidpol.-

Exped. 19: 113-121.

Beuninc, A. & Wo.tTerecK, R. 1912. Achte Mitteilung iiber die Hyperiden der Valdivia-

Expedition, insbesondere iiber die Vibiliden. Zool. Anz. 41: I-11.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 83

BicELow, H. B. 1915. Exploration of the coast water between Nova Scotia and Chesapeake Bay,

July and August, 1913, by the U.S. Fisheries Schooner, ‘Grampus’. Oceanography and

Plankton. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 59: 149-360.

BicELow, H. B. 1926. Plankton of the offshore waters of the Gulf of Maine. Bull. Bur. Fish. Wash.

40: I-509.

BousEFIELD, E. L. 1951. Pelagic Amphipoda of the Belle Island Strait region. 7. Fish. Res. Bd Can.

8: 134-163.

BovA.uius, C. 1885. On some forgotten genera among the amphipodous Crustacea. Bih. K.

svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 10(14): 1-17.

Bova..ius, C. 1887. Systematical list of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea. Bih. K. svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 11(16): 1-50.

BovaA.uius, C. 1889. Contribution to a monograph of the Amphipoda Hypertidea. Part I: 2.

The Families Cyllopidae, Paraphronimidae, Thaumatopsidae, Mimonectidae, Hyperiidae,

Phronimidae and Anchylomeridae. K. svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 22: 1-434.

Bowman, T. E. 1960. The pelagic amphipod genus Parathemisto (Hyperiidea: Hyperiidae) in the

North Pacific and adjacent Arctic Ocean. Proc. U.S. natin. Mus. 112: 343-392.

Brusca, G. J. 1967. Ecology of pelagic Amphipoda, I. Species accounts, vertical zonation and

migration of Amphipoda from the waters off Southern California. Pacif. Sci. 21: 382-393.

CrccHIniI, C. 1929. Campagna idrografica nel Mar Rosso della Regia Nave ‘Ammiraglio

Magnaghi’ 1923-24. Memoria VIII. Oxicefalidi del Mar Rosso. Annali idrogr., Genova

11(bis): 1-16.

CHEVREUxX, E. 1900. Amphipodes provenant des campagnes de /’Hirondelle (1885-1888). Résult.

Camp. scient. Prince Albert I 16: 1-195.

CHEVREUX, E. 1914. Sur quelques amphipodes pélagiques nouveaux ou peu connus provenant

des campagnes de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco. Bull. Inst. océanogr. Monaco (291): 1-11.

CHEVREUX, E. 1935. Amphipodes provenant des campagnes du Prince Albert I*™ de Monaco.

Résult. Camp. scient. Prince Albert I go: 1-214.

CHEvREUxX, E. & Face, L. 1925. Amphipodes. Faune Fr. g: 1-488.

CuiLton, C. 1912. The Amphipoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Trans. R. Soc.

Edinb. 48: 455-519.

Cxiaus, C. 1862. Bemerkungen tiber Phronima sedentaria Forskal und elongata n.sp. <. wiss. Zool.

12: 354-360.

Cxiaus, C. 1871. Untersuchungen tiber den Bau und die Verwandschaft der Hyperiden. Nachr.

KR. Ges. Wiss. u. Georg-August Univ. Gottingen 1871: 149-157.

Craus, C. 1872. Grundziige der Zoologie. 2. Aufl. 1: 236. Marburg.

Ciaus, C. 1879. Die Gattungen und Arten der Platysceliden in systematischer Ubersicht.

Arb. zool. Inst. Univ. Wien. 2: 59-146.

Criaus, C. 1887. Die Platysceliden. Wien: Holder.

Cotost, G. 1918. Oxicefalidi raccolte planctoniche fatte dalla R. Nave ‘Liguria’. Publ. Ist. Studi

sup. prat. Firenze 2: 207-224.

Dana, J. D. 1852a. On the classification of the Crustacea Choristopoda or Tetradecapoda.

Am. F. Sci. 14: 297-316.

Dana, J. D. 18526. United States exploring expedition ... 1838-42. Under the command of C. Wilkes.

13. Crustacea from the Pacific Ocean: ggo. Philadelphia.

Epwarps, H. M. 1830. Extrait de recherches pour servir a Vhistoire naturelle des crustacés

amphipodes. Annis Sci. nat. 20: 353-391.

Epwarps, H. M. 1840. Histoire naturelle des crustacés. 3: 77. Paris: Roret.

Evans, F. 1961. The planktonic Crustacea of the Petula Transatlantic Expedition. Amphipoda.

Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) 172: 189-207.

Fasricius, J. C. 1775. Systema entomologiae: 415. Flensburgi: Korte.

Face, L. 1954. Les amphipodes pélagiques du genre Rhabdosoma. C.r. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris

239: 661-663.

Face, L. 1960. Oxicephalidae—amphipodes pélagiques. Dana Rep. 9(52): 1-145.

Furnestin, M.-L. 1960. Zooplancton du Golfe du Lion et de la c6te orientale de Corse. Revue

Trav. Inst. Péch. marit. 243 153-256.

GuERIN-MENEVILLE, F. E. 1825. Uroptere. Encyclopédie méthodique. 10: 774. Paris.

GuERIN-MENEVILLE, F. E. 1836. Descriptions de quelques genres nouveaux des crustacés,

appartenant a la famille des hypérines. Mag. Zool., Paris 6(Cl. 7): 1-12.

84 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Grice, G. D. & Hart, A. D. 1962. Distribution of the epizooplankton between New York and

Bermuda. Ecol. Monogr. 32: 287-309.

Homes, S.J. 1909. The Amphipoda collected by the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries steamer ‘Albatross’

off the west coast of North America in 1903 and 1904, with descriptions of a new family and

several new genera and species. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 35: 489-543.

Hur.ey, D. E. 1955. Pelagic amphipods of the suborder Hyperiidea in New Zealand waters.

I. Systematics. Trans. R. Soc. N.Z. 83: 119-194.

Hur.ey, D. E. 1956. Bathypelagic and other Hyperiidea from Californian waters. Occ. Pap.

Allan Hancock Fdn 18: 1-25.

Hour .ey, D. E. 1960a. Pelagic Amphipoda of the N.Z.O.1. Pacific cruise, March 1958. V.Z. Jl

Sct. 83: 274-289.

Hur ey, D. E. 19605. Amphipoda Hyperiidea. Rep. B.A.N.. antarct. Res. Exped. (B) 8: 107-114.

Ir1E, H. 1959. Studies on pelagic amphipods in the adjacent seas of Japan. Bull. Fac. Fish.

Nagasaki Univ. 8: 20-42.

Kroyer, H. 1838. Gronlands ampfipoder. K. danske Vidensk. Selsk. naturvid. math. Afh. 7: 229-326.

Marion, A. F. 1874. Recherches sur les animaux inférieurs du golfe de Marseille. 2™€ mémoire:

Description des crustacés amphipodes parasites des salpes. Annis Sci. nat. (6, Zool.) 4(1): 1-19.

Mock, H. 1927. Die Phronimiden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. Dt. Siidpol.-

Exped. 19: 123-144.

Mutter, J. F. T. 1864. Fiir Darwin: 51-52. Leipzig: Engelmann.

Pitualr, N. K. 1957. Pelagic Crustacea of Travancore. III. Amphipoda. Bull. cent. Res. Inst. Univ.

Travancore (C) 5(1): 29-68.

Pirtot, J.-M. 1929. Résultats zoologiques de la croisiére Atlantique de l’ ‘Armauer Hansen’

(Mai—Juin 1922). 1. Les amphipodes hypérides. Mém. Soc. r. Sci. Liége (3) 15 (2): 1-196.

Pir.oT, J.-M. 1930. Les amphipodes hypérides. Siboga Exped. monogr. 33a: 1-54.

Piriot, J.-M. 1938. Les amphipodes de |’Expedition du Siboga. Premiére partie (Addendum).

Les amphipodes hypérides. Familles des Lanceolidae, Cystisomatidae et Oxycephalidae.

La sexualité chez Cystisoma Guérin-Méneville. Siboga Exped. monogr. 33f: 360-388.

Prrtot, J.-M. 1939. Résultats scientifiques des croisiéres du Navire-Ecole Belge ‘Mercator’.

Volume II. Amphipoda. Mém. Mus. r. Hist. nat. Belg. (2) 15: 47-80.

Rei, D. M. 1955. Amphipoda (Hyperiidea) of the coast of tropical West Africa. Atlantide Rep.

3: 7-40.

Rurro, S. 1939. Studi sui crostacei anfipodi, VIII. Gli anfipodi marini del Museo Civico di

Storia Naturale di Genova. (a) Gli anfipodi del Mediterraneo. Annali Mus. civ. Stor. nat.

Giacomo Doria 60: 127-151.

Sars, G. O. 1882. Oversigt af Norges crustaceer med forelobige bemaerkninger over de nye eller

mindre bekjendte arter. I. Forh. VidenskSelsk. Krist. 18: 1-124.

Sars, G. O. 1891. An account of the Crustacea of Norway. 1. Amphipoda. Christiania: Cammermeyer.

Senna A. 1903. Su alcuni anfipodi iperini del Museo Zoologico di Napoli. Annuar. R. Mus. zool.

R. Univ. Napoli. 1 (6): 1-8.

Senna, A. 1908. Su alcuni anfipodi iperini del plancton di Messina. Boll. Soc. ent. ital. 38: 153-175.

Sexton, E. W. 1911. The Amphipoda collected by the ‘Hurley’ from the north side of the

Bay of Biscay in August, 1906. 7. mar. biol. Ass. U.K. 9: 199-227.

Sun, C. T. 1969. The systematics and biology of the family Phronimidae (Crustacea: Amphi-

poda). Dana Rep. 14 (74): 1-100.

SHOEMAKER, C. R. 1925. The Amphipoda collected by the United States Fisheries Steamer

‘Albatross’ in 1911, chiefly in the Gulf of California. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 52: 21-61.

SHOEMAKER, C. R. 1945. The Amphipoda of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions, 1929-

1931. Loologica, N.Y. 30: 185-266.

S1eEGFRIED, W. R. 1963. The Hyperiidea (Amphipoda) off the west coast of southern Africa.

Investl Rep. Div. Sea Fish. S. Afr. 48: 1-12.

SPANDL, H. 1924. Expeditionen S. M. Schiff ,,Pola” in das Rote Meer, nérdliche und siidliche

Halfte, 1895/96-1897/98. Zoologische Ergebnisse XXXV. Die Amphipoden des Roten

Meeres. Denskchr. Akad. Wiss., Wien (Math.-nat. Kl., Ber. Komm. ozeanogr. Forsch.)

99: 19-73.

SpANDL, H. 1927. Die Hyperiiden (exkl. Hyperiidea Gammaroidea und Phronimidae) der

Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. Dt. Siidpol.-Exped. 19: 145-287.

SPENCE Bare, C. See BATE, C. S.

HYPERIIDEA (CRUSTACEA: AMPHIPODA) 85

STADEL, O. 1958. Die biologische Arbeiten der ,, Deutschen Antarktischen Expedition, 1938-39”’,

Wiss. Ergebn. dt. antarkt. Exped. 2: 101-102.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1888. Report on the Amphipoda collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’. Rep. Voy.

Challenger 1873-76 (Zool.) 29: 1-1737.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1895. Descriptions of nine new species of amphipodous crustaceans from the

tropical Atlantic. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 13: 349-372.

STeBBING, T. R. R. 1904. Biscayan plankton, Part 2. The Amphipoda and Cladocera. Trans.

Linn. Soc. Lond. (2, Zool.) 10: 13-54.

Stepsinc, T. R. R. 1g10. General catalogue of South African Crustacea (Part V of S.A.

Crustacea, for the Marine Investigations in South Africa). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 6: 281-593.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1924. Crustacea of Natal. Rep. Fish. mar. biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 3 (Spec. Rep. 3):

I-15.

STEPHENSEN, K. 1918. Hyperiidea-Amphipoda (Lanceolidae, Scinidae, Vibiliidae, Thauma-

topsidae). Rep. Dan. oceanogr. Exped. Mediterr. 2 (D.2): 1-70.

STEPHENSEN, K. 1923. Crustacea Malacostraca. V. Amphipoda I. Dan. Ingolf-Exped. 3C (8):

I—100.

STEPHENSEN, K. 1924. Hyperiidea-Amphipoda (part 2: Paraphronimidae, Hyperiidae, Dairel-

lidae, Phronimidae, Anchylomeridae). Rep. Dan. oceanogr. Exped. Mediterr. 2 (D.4): 72-149.

STEPHENSEN, K. 1926. Hyperiidea-Amphipoda (part 3: Lycaeopsidae, Pronoidae, Lycaeidae,

Brachyscelidae, Oxycephalidae, Parascelidae, Platyscelidae). Rep. Dan. oceanogr. Exped.

Mediterr. 2 (D.5): 151-252.

STEPHENSEN, K. 1933. The Godthaab Expedition 1928. Amphipoda. Meddr Gr¢nland 79: 3-88.

Stewart, D. A. 1913. A report on the extra-Antarctic Amphipoda Hyperiidea collected by the

‘Discovery’. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (8) 12: 245-265.

Srreets, T. H. 1877. Contributions to the natural history of the Hawaiian and Fanning Islands

and Lower California, made in connection with the United States North Pacific Surveying

Expedition, 1873-75. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 7: 1-172. (Also issued as Smithson. misc. Collns

13 (1878); Crustacea: 103-141.)

Streets, T. H. 1878. Pelagic Amphipoda. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 1878: 276-290.

TATTERSALL, W. M. 1906. Pelagic Amphipoda of the Irish Atlantic slope. Scient. Invest. Fish

Brch Ire., 1905 (4): 1-39.

TATTERSALL, W. M. 1913. Clare Island survey. Part 42. Amphipoda. Proc. R. Ir. Acad. (B)

31: I-24.

TuHorRsTEINSON, E. D. 1941. New or noteworthy amphipods from the North Pacific coast.

Univ. Wash. Publs Oceanogr. 4: 50—96.

TsuruTA, A. 1963. Distribution of plankton and its characteristics in the oceanic fishing grounds,

with species reference to their relation to fishery. 7. Shimonoseki Coll. Fish. 12: 13-214.

Vinocrapov, M. E. 1956. Amphipoda-Hyperiidea of the western Bering Sea. Zool. Zh. 35:

194-218.

Vinocrapov, M. E. 1966. Hyperiidea (Amphipoda) collected by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition

on M/V ‘Ob’, south of 40°S. Jn PAVLOvsku, E. P., chief ed. Biological reports of the Soviet

Antarctic Expedition (1955-1958) 1: 1-32. Jerusalem: Israel Program for Scientific Trans-

lations. (First published 1962, in Russian, in Issled. Fauny morei 1: 5-35.)

VOssELER, J. 1901. Die Amphipoden der Plankton-Expedition. I. Theil. Hyperiidea 1. Ergebn.

Atlant. Ozean Planktonexped. Humboldt-Stift. 2 (G.e.): 1-163.

WaAGLER, E. 1926. Amphipoda 2: Scinidae der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. dt.

Tiefsee-Exped. ‘Valdivia’ 20: 317-446.

Wacter, E. 1927. Die Scinidae der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition. Dt. Stidpol.-Exped. 19:

85-111. ;

Watker, A. O. 1904. On the Amphipoda. Jn Royal Society of London. Report to the Government

of Ceylon on the pearl oyster fisheries in the Gulf of Manaar. Supplementary report 17: 229-300.

London: Royal Society.

Wa txer, A. O. 1909. Amphipoda Hyperiidea of the ‘Sealark’ Expedition to the Indian Ocean.

Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2, Zool.) 13: 49-55.

WILLEMOEs-SuuHM, R. von. 1375. On some Atlantic Crustacea from the Challenger Expedition.

Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2, Zool.) 1: 23-59.

WoLTERECK, R. 1903. Bemerkungen zu den Amphipoda Hyperiidea der Tiefsee-Expedition. I.

Thaumatopsidae. Zool. Anz. 20: 447-459.

86 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

WOLTERECK, R. 1905. Mitteilungen tiber Hyperiden der Valdivia— (Nr. 4), der Gauss— (Nr. 2)

und der Schwedischen Siidpolarexpedition. a. Scypholanceola, eine neue Hyperidengattung

mit Reflectororganen. b. Die Physosoma-Larve der Lanceoliden. Zool. Anz. 29: 413-417.

WOLTERECK, R. 1927. Die Lanceoliden und Mimonectiden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition,

1901-1903. Dt. Stidpol.-Exped. 19: 59-84.

Yano, W. T. 1960. A study of the subgenus Parahyperia from the Florida Current (Genus

Hyperia; Amphipoda: Hyperiidea). Bull. mar. Sci. Gulf Caribb. 10: 11-39.

ENSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12 cm X 18 cm (19 cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

Butitoucnu, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHer, P.-H., Duvat, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Koun, A. J. 1960). Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn scHULTZE, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 42 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51). The

Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references incorporated

in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, b; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

27,68

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 +#Band

August 1970 Augustus

Part) 4 Deel

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN

PALINURIDAE (DECAPODA, CRUSTACEA)

NELLIE F. PATERSON

Cape Town Kaapstad

acd! iC;

OCT 7 1970

a eh

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, 2(1, 3> 5s 7-8), 3(1=2, 5» t.—p.1.), SIs 255s 7-9).

6(1, t-p.i.), 7(1-3), 8, g(1-2), 10(1),

11 (1-2, Bowie t.—p.1.), 21, 24(2), 27; 31(1-3), 38,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

R1r.55

Trustees of the South African Museum © _ Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1970

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN PALINURIDAE

(DECAPODA, CRUSTACEA)

NELLIE F. PATERSON

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 9 figures)

[MS received 3 March 1970]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction : : ‘ ; , ou OT

Material and methods : , : pe OG

Location of median eye in adult animals < fB9

Structure of the median eye : : ED

1. Jasus lalandi—Puerulus stage . a G0

2. Fasus lalandii— Phyllosoma larva #90

3. Fasus lalandi—Juvenile . ; an) $02

4. Jasus lalandi— Adult : : a iS

5. Panulirus ornatus— Puerulus stage ES

6. Panulirus homarus—Immature . NE iy /

Discussion . ; : : ; F 21, HEGo

Summary . ‘ ‘ ‘ : ; LOL

Acknowledgements. : : : LO?

References : ; 3 ‘ ; LO?

INTRODUCTION

In an earlier communication (Paterson, 1968) mention was made of the

presence of a median eye in the puerulus stage of Fasus lalandu and of its per-

sistence in the adult.

Many descriptions of the phyllosoma larvae of various species of Pali-

nuridae are available, but reports concerning the occurrence of the median eye

are conflicting. So far as is known, there has been no previous indication of its

existence in post-larval stages of 7. lalandii, but Elofsson (1963, 1965, 1966c)

has demonstrated that it is retained in a wide range of adult malacostracan and

non-malacostracan Crustacea. In each article he has also reviewed and evaluated

earlier accounts of the organ and has given original and detailed descriptions

of its histology in many different species.

It is evident from Elofsson’s (1963) exhaustive studies that the median or

nauplius eye of adult Natantia is highly organized and that in adult Reptantia

it is degenerate. A comparison of the structure of the median eye of the puerulus

stage of 7. lalandit with Elofsson’s findings suggests that it resembles that of

some adult Natantia, but further information concerning the median eye of

other palinurid material is required before this opinion can be substantiated.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (4), 1970: 87-102, 9 figs.

SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION SEP 221970

88 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

From dissections of the frontal region of the head of a few adult specimens

and, more particularly, from sections of some larval and post-larval stages it

has been possible to compare the palinurid median eye with the standard type

recognized by Elofsson (1963). Some general conclusions have also been

drawn as to its organization at different levels of development.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

In seeking the median eye of adult animals, preserved specimens of Fasus

lalandu (H. Milne Edwards), Panulirus homarus (Linnaeus), Palinurus gilchristi

Stebbing, and Scyllarides elisabethae (Ortmann) were used. The frontal exo-

skeleton, covering the region termed the bec ocellaire by Elofsson (1963, 1965),

was carefully removed and the optic nerves were traced to the brain. The area

in which the median eye is usually located was thus exposed, and further

dissection under a binocular microscope was required to detect the exact

position of the organ.

Details of the median eye were studied in sections of the following material:

Jasus lalandi: phyllosoma larvae measuring 20 and 27 mm in total length;

puerulus stage measuring 22 mm in total length; two juvenile females with a

total cephalothoracic length (T.C.L.) of 40 and 44 mm; and two males (T.C.L.

90, 95 mm).

Panulirus homarus: a male (T.C.L. 45 mm) and a female (T.C.L. 53 mm).

Panulirus ornatus (Fabricius) : puerulus stage, 19 mm in total length.

In preparations of the median eye of the adults the brain was exposed and

the protocerebrum was excised with the median eye attached. Bouin’s aqueous

solution or Zenker’s fluid were generally used as fixatives and, after dehydration

in cellosolve or in increasing strengths of alcohol, the material was cleared in

methyl benzoate celloidin. It was then transferred to benzene and embedded

either in paraplast or in a mixture of paraffin wax and ceresin.

Some difficulty was experienced in sectioning the median eye of adult

specimens because the surrounding connective tissue remained hard and

brittle and no thoroughly satisfactory means of overcoming this was found.

Several specimens were double embedded in celloidin and paraffin wax, and

a few were treated with a 5°% solution of Tergitol 7 in pure ethane diol. The

latter procedure has been recommended by Anderson (1964) for sectioning

locust eggs and, although it did not produce the desired softening of the tissues,

the results were probably better than those obtained by ordinary routine

methods.

The sections were cut at 5 to 10 » thick and were stained either in Mallory’s

triple stain or in Heidenhain’s iron haematoxylin or Hansen’s alum haematoxy-

lin with eosin as a counterstain.

In describing the dimensions of the median eye, the height, breadth, and

length refer respectively to the dorso-ventral, the maximum width, and the

antero-posterior measurements.

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN PALINURIDAE 89

LOCATION OF MEDIAN EYE IN ADULT ANIMALS

The presence of a median eye has already been reported (Paterson, 1968)

in the puerulus stage and in the adults of Jasus lalandii. Further dissections of

the head region of adult specimens of two palinurids, Panulirus homarus and

Palinurus gilchristi, and one scyllarid, Scyllarides elisabethae, suggest that the

median eye probably persists in post-larval stages of most Scyllaridea.

After tracing the optic nerves to the brain, the minute pigmented median

eye of each animal is discernible in the midst of dense connective tissue between

the paired apical nerves (fig. 1) which innervate the apical muscles of the head.

median eye

dorsal extension to epidermis apical nerve

DN optic nerve

oculomotor nerve I

Beat nerve to anterior

protocerebrum basal eye muscle

Fic. 1. Panulirus homarus. Diagrammatic dorsal view of a dissection of the anterior part of the

nervous system of a male (T.C.L. 45 mm), showing the position of the median eye relative to

some of the cephalic nerves.

In each species the median eye is situated in the mid-line dorsal to the

brain and ventral to the middle cylinder of the compound eyes. Owing to

slight differences in the configuration of the cephalic region in the several

species, the median eye of 7. lalandii occurs almost directly below the middle

cylinder of the compound eyes. In the other three species it seems to be rather

more anterior in position.

The median eye of immature animals and larval stages occupies a similar

position, but information concerning its anatomy can only be gained by the

examination of serial sections.

STRUCTURE OF THE MEDIAN EYE

In a preliminary account of the median eye of the 22 mm puerulus stage

of 7. lalandu (Paterson, 1968) it was concluded that the parts are essentially

similar to those of the standard type of median or nauplius eye described by

Elofsson (1963) in adult Natantia. It will therefore be convenient to revise the

main features of the median eye observed in sections of the puerulus stage of

J. lalandii before considering its organization in other specimens.

gO ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

1. Fasus lalandii —PUERULUS STAGE

Measuring approximately 90 » high by 120 wide by 130 pw long, the

median eye of the puerulus stage lies about 17 » above the protocerebrum. It

is situated beneath the median ophthalmic artery and near the origin of the

two optic arteries. It is easily detected by its band of discrete, blackish pigment

granules which, in longitudinal sections, are arranged more or less in the shape

of an inverted T’ or Y along the inner borders of two comparatively large

lateral cups and a smaller ventral cup (fig. 2A, 2B). The whole eye is bounded

by a delicate, firm membrane which probably originates in the epineurium.

As in species studied by Elofsson (1963), the ventral cup is distinct and

contains three everse sensory cells, two of which (fig. 2A) are anterior in position

to the third.

The lateral cups are not obviously differentiated into regions suggestive

of the antero-lateral cups and the paired dorsal frontal organ in Elofsson’s

accounts of the nauplius eye sensu lato. Each cup contains at least 12 everse

sensory cells and distinct axons pass outward to form the conspicuous lateral

nerve (fig. 2B).

The median nerve is short and stout and all its axons appear to leave the

eye posteriorly (fig. 2C’). The axons are doubtless continuous with the three

sensory cells of the ventral cup, but some of them may be associated with three

paired cells in the posterior portions of the lateral cups.

The cytoplasm of the sensory cells is fairly dense and granular, but tends

to be somewhat vacuolated peripherally. The large spherical nuclei have one

or more small nucleoli and, distributed between the sensory cells, are small

rounded or elongate nuclei which are sometimes arranged in groups of three

(fig. 2A). They may be comparable to the interspace nuclei which Elofsson

(1963, 1966)) has associated with the rhabdomes.

The latter seem to be less distinct in the puerulus median eye than in the

specimens examined by Elofsson (1963, 19665). Several slight thickenings

between adjacent sensory cells and a number of refringent bodies close to the

pigment suggest, however, that structures analogous to rhabdomeres and

rhabdomes may be faintly delineated in each cup of the puerulus median eye.

A ventral frontal organ has been identified by Elofsson (1963) in a variety

of adult decapods. This portion of the complex was not observed with any

certainty in the puerulus of 7. lalandii, but Elofsson (1966a) has shown that it

may be elusive in the post-larval stages of some species. No ventral connexions

with the epidermis are apparent, but extensions from the lateral cups indicate

that the latter possess some of the characteristics ascribed by Elofsson to the

paired dorsal frontal organ in the nauplius eye of many Decapoda.

2. Fasus lalandit —PHYLLOSOMA LARVA

The median eye observed in two phyllosoma larvae of 7. lalandii broadly

resembles that of the 22 mm puerulus stage, but it is slightly smaller. It occurs

12 to 17 » above the brain and measures about 50 pw high and 62.5 » wide in

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN PALINURIDAE gli

interspace nuclei

pigment

apical nerve

-O5 miaim

lateral “cup

ventral cup

Pigment

apical nerve

| \ ce sa

SWE ; Mf

lateral nerve ) 2 Ujgvent cup

latergl cup

-05 mm

fibres of

median nerve

Fic. 2. Jasus lalandiu. Median eye of the puerulus stage, 22 mm in total length.

A. Frontal section containing nuclei of the sensory cells of the ventral and lateral cups.

The clear patches adjacent to the pigment are probably rhabdomes.

B. Section illustrating the medial origin of the axons of the lateral nerves. Parallel to the latter

are the apical nerves which innervate the apical muscles of the head.

C. Caudal section at emergence of the median nerve.

92 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

the 20 mm larva (fig. 3). The dimensions of the median eye of the 27 mm

phyllosoma larva are less certain because the sections are somewhat oblique,

but a reconstruction of the eye suggests that it is at least 76 » high and 84 p

wide.

As in the puerulus stage, the median eye consists of a small vental and two

larger lateral cups which are clearly defined and separated by pigment in the

20 mm phyllosoma larva (fig. 3). The pigment seems to be more diffuse and

the limits of the cups are less distinct in the median eye of the 27 mm phyllosoma

larva.

pigment ae

CA ee ALENT,

lateral CUP,

H @)2Pylaehan

nuclei of

sensory cells

Fic. 3. Jasus lalandii. Median eye of 20 mm phyllosoma larva. Characteristically, one ventral and

two lateral cups are separated by a band of pigment granules. Each cup contains the conspicuous

nuclei of some of the sensory cells.

The cups are filled with a granular cytoplasm in which cell boundaries

are difficult to detect. Judging by the conspicuous nuclei, however, there are

three sensory cells in the ventral cup and probably at least nine sensory cells

in each lateral cup. A number of non-sensory cell nuclei are also evident in

the 27 mm phyllosoma larva and possible rhabdomes are faintly indicated near

the pigment.

The median and lateral nerves are more obvious in the 27 mm larva than

in the present preparations of the 20 mm phyllosoma larva and are traceable

to the protocerebrum.

A ventral frontal organ was not observed, but the lateral cups seem to be

connected dorsally with the epidermis.

3. Fasus lalandit — JUVENILE

The median eye in two juvenile animals (T.C.L. 40, 44 mm) is rather

smaller than that of the puerulus stage. It lies about 40 » above the brain

and measures 35 » high by 77 » wide. As, however, it extends antero-posteri-

orly for at least 160 p, it is more elongate than the median eye of the puerulus

stage.

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN PALINURIDAE 93

pigment

O03 mm

lateral cup

Fic. 4. Jasus lalandii. Median eye of juvenile female (T.C.L. 44 mm). The eye is tripartite, but

the ventral cup is small and is hardly visible in this section.

The eye is apparently tripartite with conspicuous pigment granules

between the large lateral cups (fig. 4), but the ventral cup is small and ill

defined. The cytoplasm is compact and cell boundaries are obscure, but 12 to

15 relatively large nuclei are present in each lateral cup.

A median and two lateral nerves are visible and the epineurium is con-

tinued upward on each side of the median eye around the apical nerve and

the beginnings of a possible ventral frontal organ. The latter is not well dif-

ferentiated, but it seems to foreshadow a similar organ which is more evident

in sections of the median eye of adult specimens.

4. Jasus lalandiu — ADULT

The structure of the median eye of two mature animals (T.C.L. go,

95 mm) differs markedly from that of younger stages and its condition may be

variable (figs 5, 6). It is embedded in tough connective tissue containing large

vacuolated cells and, although its dimensions are difficult to determine, it

retains a few of the features of a better-organized median eye.

Its position is revealed by somewhat scattered pigment masses which lie

about 350 u above the protocerebrum and extend antero-posteriorly for

300 w in the smaller specimen and 150 p» in the larger specimen. There is no

clear demarcation of the parts into ventral and lateral cups, but in the median

eye of both animals a number of dense nuclei (figs 5, 6) are irregularly arranged

near the pigment and vaguely suggest the presence of sensory cells associated

with possible lateral cups.

The existence of sensory cells is further implied by the occurrence of a

median and two lateral nerves (figs 5, 6, 7) connecting the median structure

with the brain. The lateral nerves and, to a lesser extent, the median nerve are

enclosed in dorsal upgrowths of the epineurium. Less obvious extensions of the

O4 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

nucleus

lateral nerve

» median nerve

connective tissue lateral nerves

epineurium

median nerve

ventral frontal

organ ventral frontal

apical nerve

Podonlah 2 a)

rve

neuroglia apical nerv

dpical nerve em.

Fic. 5. Jasus lalandi. Semi-diagrammatic representation of a section of median eye of adult male

(T.C.L. 90 mm), the position of which relative to the whole eye is shown in figure 7. The parts

are obscured by connective tissue, but scattered pigment and median and lateral nerves are

apparent. Extensions of the epineurium envelop the nerves of the median eye and also the

apical nerves and the supposed ventral frontal organ. The section is somewhat tangential and

passes through the exits of the right lateral nerve and the left apical nerve and the left ventral

frontal organ. Below the epineurium the median and the two lateral nerves are converging and

in the lower part of the section their combined fibres (c.m.].) are located between the right and

left apical nerves.

epineurium from the sides of the eye of the larger specimen may be remnants

of a dorsal frontal organ.

The lateral and median nerves pass through the epineurium into the

neuroglia which surmounts the cellulae superiores anteriores lying between

the roots of the optic nerves. The three nerves of the median eye converge and

almost lose their identity in the neuroglia but, by plotting their course (fig. 7),

it is apparent that they run backward to a common medial centre above the

pons cerebri.

On each side of the median eye there are conspicuous strands of epineurium

surrounding two fairly wide channels, one of which contains the apical nerve.

The cord in the other channel has been tentatively identified as the ventral

frontal organ (figs 5, 6, 7), the full extent of which was not determined owing

to the fact that the median eye and adjoining tissues were excised for sectioning.

There is no doubt, however, that the presumed ventral frontal organ passes

forward in front of the median eye parallel to the apical nerve and that it also

accompanies the latter posteriorly through the neuroglia.

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN PALINURIDAE 95

Pigment

apical nerve

ventral frontal

connective tissue organ

nucleus

lateral nerve

median nerve

apical nerve

lateral nerve

€pineurium

ventral frontal

organ

apical nerve

, , (Rs We

0.3 mm

JALAL AY

i. 2 \ ventral frontal

| Zoe organ

YAN \ “4 ' , AL a f: ae

RANE aS SS lateral nerves

apical nerve

: a NS ;

median nerve 2 Be neuraglio

Fic. 6. Fasus lalandii. Sketch of median eye of adult male (T.C.L. 95 mm), based on three super-

imposed sections 20 p apart. As in the previous figure, the median eye is surrounded by connec-

tive tissue and consists essentially of pigment granules and three nerves. The conspicuous apical

nerves and the presumed ventral frontal organ are enclosed in channels formed by the epineu-

rium. They also traverse the neuroglia which occurs above the cellulae superiores anteriores

of the protocerebrum.

The supposed ventral frontal organ is tubular and consists of a homo-

geneous substance and a few faint fibrous strands. In transverse sections (fig. 5)

it is manifest in several irregularly-shaped bodies, some of which have translu-

cent patches. This slightly wider portion below the epineurium is reminiscent

of the ventral frontal organ described by Elofsson (1963) in a number of adult

Decapoda, but in the present material it seems to lack definite cells and rhab-

domes.

The apical nerve and adjacent ventral frontal organ are more easily traced

through the neuroglia than are the nerves of the median eye. They pass back-

ward between the cellulae superiores anteriores, and on each side they combine

in a centre dorsal to the pons cerebri (fig. 7) and lateral to the centre of the

median eye.

96 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ws aeee

moor,

a <

epidermis

Pigment

connective tissue ; Che ,

; i ve median eye

median nerve lateral nerve

epineurium apical nerve

o° -

ventral frontal

centre of right AX ‘ organ

apical nerve & TAS ; Fs peseRSIDET Rar

ventral frontal organ

neuroglia

centre of median

eye nerves cell. sup. qnt.

ee °

OCU Ile ay! Mtl Na eaMnirg leave vee mi aig) eral in fate ote cee met nee

At Oe Tet cell sae) hk aS aly seh ht ea try CUS Sy Mh

pons cerebri

protocerebrum

Fic. 7. Zasus lalandii. Graphical reconstruction of right lateral view of median eye of adult male

(T.C.L. 90 mm). The eye is embedded in dense connective tissue and its shape is conjectural.

The median and lateral nerves merge below the epineurium and have a common medial centre

above the pons cerebri. On each side of the eye the apical nerve and the presumed ventral

frontal organ also combine below the epineurium and pass backward to a centre lateral to that

of the median eye. The indistinct dorsal frontal organ has not been indicated. The extensions of

the epineurium which surround the nerves and the ventral frontal organ have been omitted.

The line 5 5 marks the position of the section in figure 5. cell. sup. ant., cellulae superiores

anteriores.

5. Panulirus ornatus — PUERULUS STAGE

Sections of the anterior part of the head of two specimens, each 19 mm in

total length, reveal that the median eye of this puerulus stage is smaller than

that of the puerulus stage of 7. lalandit. Histological details are also less distinct,

but this may be the result of poorer fixation of the material.

The median eye is approximately 40 pw high, 75 »# wide, and 95 to 100 uw

long, and is located about 20 to 25 » dorsal to the protocerebrum. A broad

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN PALINURIDAE 97

nuclei of sensory cells

~O3 mm

lateral cup

Fic. 8. Panulirus ornatus. Section of median eye of a 19 mm puerulus stage. The large lateral cups

are separated by a broad band of pigment.

band of pigment (fig. 8) divides the eye into two large lateral cups and a

relatively small ventral cup. Up to 15 sensory cell nuclei are apparent in each

lateral cup, but cell boundaries are indistinct. Only one large nucleus is evident

in the ventral cup, and the presence of rhabdomes is uncertain.

Characteristically, the median and lateral nerves of the eye lie between the

pair of apical nerves. Their association with the protocerebrum is obvious, but

the passage of the axons through the cups is more obscure than in the median

eye of the puerulus stage of 7. lalandit. The eye is enclosed in a thin wall which

is continuous with the epineurium, and the lateral cups are connected with the

epidermis by a pair of dorsal tubes. The presence of the latter suggests that the

paired dorsal frontal organ is represented in the lateral cups. The ventral

frontal organ is imperceptible and is probably lacking.

6. Panulirus homarus —IMMATURE

From an examination of sections of the median eye of two animals (T.C.L.

45, 53 mm), it has been concluded that, as in 7. lalandii, there is a progressive

deterioration of the organ in post-larval stages.

The smaller specimen is an immature male in which the median eye

(fig. 9) is rather reduced but still has the form of a fairly well-developed organ.

It is situated at least 45 » above the brain and measures about 40 w high,

110 » wide, and 120 p long.

The whole is a compact structure enveloped in a broad band of epineurial

fibres and surrounded by connective tissue which is less dense than that observed

in the adults of 7. lalandiz. Although most of the pigment is scattered, in places

it is massed together and separates two lateral cups (fig. 9). Cell boundaries

are indistinguishable, but the presence of a number of dense nuclei suggests

98 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ventral frontal Organ

ventral frontal organ

Gpical nerve

lateral cup

nuclei

WLU | *O

apical nerve

nerve

Fic. 9. Panulirus homarus. Section showing the small median eye, the apical nerves, and the

presumed ventral frontal organ in a male (T.C.L. 45 mm). The median nerve is visible in a

section 30 w behind this one. The surrounding connective tissue has been omitted.

that each lateral cup contains ten or more sensory cells. The ventral cup is

unrecognizable, but the fibres of the median nerve are evident in caudal sections

of the median eye.

A lateral nerve (fig. 9) is associated with each lateral cup, and some

distance from the median eye there are prominent extensions of the epineurium

which enclose the apical nerves and a potential ventral frontal organ. The

latter seems to be a compound tubule consisting of a homogeneous substance

with no obvious cellular structures.

The larger specimen, a female, is probably almost mature and, perhaps

owing to inferior fixation, the parts of the median eye are not clearly dif-

ferentiated. It appears to be amorphous with scattered pigment, but the

normal complement of nerves and a possible ventral frontal organ are present.

Some similarity is evident between the median eye in these specimens and

that of post-larval stages of 7. lalandii and, as in the adults of the latter species,

the median eye is overshadowed by the development of the ventral frontal

organ.

DIscUuSssION

Although the median or nauplius eye is characteristic of larval Crustacea,

it has seldom been mentioned in accounts of the phyllosoma larvae of species

of Palinuridae and Scyllaridae. It has, however, occasionally been depicted in

illustrations accompanying descriptions of phyllosoma larvae.

Some investigators have concluded that the median eye is present only in

young phyllosoma stages. For instance, W. von Bonde (1930) believed that it

was absent in the larger larvae of Panulirus and Scyllarides, and C. von Bonde

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN PALINURIDAE 99

(1936) has stated that it disappears after the 3-8 mm phyllosoma stage in Fasus

lalandit.

A somewhat similar opinion has been expressed by Lazarus (1967) who

inferred that in 7. /alandit the median eye occurs only in the first five of a series

of 13 phyllosoma larval stages. The median eye is nevertheless apparent in the

two phyllosoma larvae of 7. lalandii which are included in the present study

and which correspond respectively to Stage X and Stage XII or XIII in the

key devised by Lazarus. An examination of material in the South African

Museum collection also indicates that even large-sized phyllosoma larvae

possess a median eye. It is, however, rather more ventral in position than in

younger larvae, and may be difficult to detect in some preserved specimens.

The median eye not only occurs in the phyllosoma larvae of South African

Palinuridae, but it is also present in the puerulus stage of 7. lalandit and Panulirus

ornatus. ‘These finding are supported by descriptions of the developmental stages

of certain other Scyllaridea. Johnson (1956) has shown that a median eye is

present in all the phyllosoma stages and in the puerulus of Panulirus interruptus

(Randall), and Robertson (1968) has mentioned that it is visible in freshly-

collected post-larval stages of Scyllarus americanus (Smith).

Dissections of 7. lalandi, Panulirus homarus, Palinurus gilchristi, and Scyl-

larides elisabethae demonstrate that the median eye persists in the adults of

representative South African Scyllaridea. This observation is, however, not

without precedence, because Bumpus (1894) briefly reported the presence of a

median eye in the adults of a number of Eumalacostraca, including Palinurus

elephas (vulgaris) and Scyllarus arctus.

More recently, careful studies by Elofsson (1963, 1965, 1966c) have proved

that the median eye occurs in the adults of many malacostracan and non-

malacostracan species. It is therefore likely that the median eye will be found in

most adult Scyllaridea, and statements regarding its absence in the final

phyllosoma stages seem to be questionable.

In larval and immature Palinuridae the median eye is fairly well developed

and broadly resembles the organ described by Elofsson (1963) in adult Natantia.

The present material also suggests that the median eye in adult Palinuridae is

almost as reduced as it is in species of Reptantia investigated by Elofsson (1963).

According to Elofsson (1963, 1965, 1966), the median complex may con-

sist of five cups which together constitute the nauplius eye sensu lato. Two of

the cups are postero-lateral and represent the paired dorsal frontal organ. The

other three cups, one ventral and two antero-lateral, are defined by Elofsson

as the nauplius eye sensu stricto.

The elements of the median eye of larval and immature palinurids are not

so sharply differentiated as they are in most of Elofsson’s specimens, but the

eye is at least tripartite. It is composed of one ventral and two relatively large

lateral cups which are separated by conspicuous pigment granules. Each cup

contains everse sensory cells, the axons of which give rise to a median and two

lateral nerves. Three sensory cells usually occur in the small ventral cup which

100 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

is thus directly comparable to the ventral cup of the nauplius eye sensu stricto

described by Elofsson.

The two lateral cups seem to correspond to the paired dorsal frontal organ

of the median eye of other Decapoda (Elofsson, 1963). In each cup there are

from nine to 15 sensory cells, the number varying in the different stages and

species. As in Elofsson’s accounts of the dorsal frontal organ, the axons of the

sensory cells of the lateral cups in the palinurid median eye form the conspicuous

lateral nerves.

The median nerve has been shown by Elofsson (1963, 1965) to be composed

of the axons of the sensory cells of the nauplius eye sensu stricto. Judging by

sections of the median eye of the puerulus stage of 7. lalandii, the fibres of the

median nerve in Palinuridae leave the eye posteriorly behind the pigment

lamellae. They are associated with the three sensory cells of the ventral cup

and possibly with three pairs of postero-lateral sensory cells. Although the

latter are not clearly differentiated from other lateral sensory cells, they may

be analogous to the cells of the antero-lateral cups of the nauplius eye sensu stricto

as defined by Elofsson.

The presence of large lateral cups (dorsal frontal organ) and discrete

median and lateral nerves suggest that the median eye of larval Palinuridae

represents a variation of the nauplius eye sensu lato of the Natantia examined by

Elofsson (1963).'To some extent, it also resembles the median eye of Stomatopoda

(Elofsson, 1965) in which the main components are a ventral cup and a paired

dorsal frontal organ. In the Stomatopoda, however, the median and lateral

nerves are fused, whereas in larval and immature Palinuridae the three nerves

are clearly separated as they leave the eye and proceed to the protocerebrum.

Compared with the larval median eye, the organ in adult Palinuridae is

rather degenerate and is recognizable mainly by a few scattered aggregations of

pigment granules and several dense nuclei. Its shape is indeterminate, but the

presence of a median and a pair of lateral nerves suggests the retention of some

of the features of the more highly organized median eye of immature stages.

On the whole, the median eye of adult palinurids seems to be rather better

developed than that observed by Elofsson (1963) in other adult Reptantia in

which the median eye is reduced to a small mass of pigment lying on or below the

epineurium. In all stages of Palinuridae the median eye is located some distance

above the protocerebrum and is generally embedded in connective tissue.

Most of the Malacostraca studied by Elofsson (1963, 1965) possess a

paired tubular ventral frontal organ which is distinct from the median com-

plex. This organ was not identified in the present material of phyllosoma and

puerulus stages, but a structure, thought to be comparable to a ventral frontal

organ, is present in immature and adult specimens. It is enveloped by extensions

of the epineurium and is relatively long and tubular, but it contains no obvious

cells or rhabdomes. On each side of the median eye, it runs parallel and adjacent

to the apical nerve and the two are easily traced backward to a paired centre

in the protocerebrum above the pons cerebri. In the Palinuridae the develop-

THE MEDIAN EYE OF SOME SOUTH AFRICAN PALINURIDAE IOI

ment of a paired ventral frontal organ in the adult seems to accompany the

reduction of the median eye. If, as Elofsson (1963) has suggested, the ventral

frontal organ is a photoreceptor, its presence in adult Reptantia may com-

pensate for the degeneration of the median eye.

The general impression gained from Elofsson’s comprehensive studies

(1963, 1965, 1966) is that the most perfect median eye occurs in natant adults

and in free-swimming larval and post-larval stages. Too few specimens of

Palinuridae have been investigated to ascertain if there is any direct correlation

between the habits of the animals and the condition of their median eye.

Nevertheless, it is evident that the median eye of the phyllosoma larva and the

puerulus stage is better developed than that of juvenile and mature animals.

It may also be significant that the organization of the median eye of the pelagic

stages of Palinuridae resembles that of natant adult Reptantia.

During the past 20 years, a number of investigators have demonstrated

that the median eye of Limulus and the ocelli of various insects are sensitive to

light. It is only recently, however, that electrophysiological experiments per-

formed by Eaton & Boyd (1970) have proved that photic responses occur in

the nauplius eye of Pandalus borealis. This significant discovery suggests that

the median eye of most marine Decapoda may function as a small photorecep-

tor. The photic activity of the organ seems to be acceptable for surface dwellers

in which the integument is often transparent, but the purpose of the reduced

median eye in benthic adults with opaque exoskeletons is more problematic.

The persistence of small quantities of pigment and the normal complement of

nerves seem to denote that the median eye of adult Palinuridae may still be

associated with light perception and that it represents rather more than the

vestige of an organ developed earlier in response to the special needs of larval

life.

SUMMARY

Attention is focused on the fact that a median eye is present in larval and

post-larval stages of representative species of South African Palinuridae.

Dissections of adult specimens of Fasus lalandu (H. Milne Edwards),

Panulirus homarus (Linnaeus), Palinurus gilchristi Stebbing, and Scyllarides elisabethae

(Ortmann) demonstrate that the median eye persists in mature Scyllaridea.

Microscopic details were studied in serial sections of the median eye of

the phyllosoma larvae, the puerulus stage, the juveniles, and the adults of

fj. lalandi, and also in the puerulus stage of Panulirus ornatus (Fabricius) and in

young specimens of Panulirus homarus.

In larval and immature Palinuridae the median eye is more highly

organized than that of the adult. It consists of a small ventral and two large

lateral cups separated by pigment. Each cup contains everse sensory cells, the

axons of which form a median and two lateral nerves. The lateral cups are

comparable with the paired dorsal frontal organ described by Elofsson (1963)

in the nauplius eye of adult Decapoda.

102 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

The median eye of adult Palinuridae is greatly reduced, but some aggre-

gations of pigment granules and three conspicuous nerves are discernible.

A tubular structure, which has tentatively been identified as a paired

ventral frontal organ, is foreshadowed in juvenile animals and is better dif-

ferentiated in adult specimens.

With reference to Elofsson’s (1963) observations on the nauplius eye of

adult Decapoda, it has been concluded that the median eye of the phyllosoma

and puerulus stages of Palinuridae is comparable with that of adult Natantia.

It is also considered that the median eye of adult palinurids is less degenerate

than that of other Reptantia so far investigated.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Sincere appreciation is expressed to Dr. A. E. F. Heydorn, Oceanographic

Research Institute, Durban, and to Mr. B. I. Lazarus and Mr. G. G. Newman

of the Division of Sea Fisheries, Cape Town, for supplying specimens on which

many of the present observations are based. The writer is also indebted to the

South African Council for Scientific and Industrial Research for granting a

bursary in support of this study.

The Trustees of the South African Museum thank the South African Council

for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant in aid of publication.

REFERENCES

ANDERSON, D. S. 1964. Serial sectioning of refractory locust eggs. Q. Jl microsc. Sci. 105: 379-380.

Bumpus, H. C. 1894. The median eye of adult Crustacea. Zool. Anz. 17: 176-177.

Eaton, P. B. & Boyp, C. M. 1970. Photoreception in the nauplius eye of Pandalus borealis Kroyer:

Decapoda, Crustacea. Can. 7. Zool. 48: 119-121.

ELorsson, R. 1963. The nauplius eye and frontal organs in Decapoda (Crustacea). Sarsia 12:

1-68.

ELorsson, R. 1965. The nauplius eye and frontal organs in Malacostraca (Crustacea). Sarsia

1g: I-54.

ELorsson, R. 1966a. Notes on the development of the nauplius eye and frontal organs of decapod

crustaceans. Acta Univ. lund. (2) 1966 (27): 1-23.

ELorsson, R. 19665. Some aspects of the fine structure of the nauplius eye of Pandalus borealis

(Crustacea: Decapoda). Acta Univ. lund. (2) 1966 (28): 1-16.

Eorsson, R. 1966c. The nauplius eye and frontal organs of the non-Malacostraca (Crustacea).

Sarsia 25: 1-128.

Jounson, M. W. 1956. The larval development of the California spiny lobster, Panulirus inter-

ruptus (Randall), with notes on Panulirus gracilis Streets. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 29: 1-19.

Lazarus, B. I. 1967. The occurrence of phyllosomata off the Cape with particular reference to

Jasus lalandii. Investl Rep. Div. Sea Fish. S. Afr. 63: 1-25.

Paterson, N. F. 1968. The anatomy of the Cape rock lobster, Jasus lalandii (H. Milne Edwards).

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 512 1-232.

Rosertson, P. B. 1968. The complete larval development of the sand lobster, Scyllarus americanus

(Smith), (Decapoda, Scyllaridae) in the laboratory, with notes on larvae from plankton.

Bull. mar. Sci. 18: 294-342.

Von Bonpbg, C. 1936. The reproduction, embryology and metamorphosis of the Cape crawfish

(Jasus lalandii) (Milne Edwards) Ortmann. Jnvestl Rep. Fish. mar. biol. Surv. Div. Un. S. Afr.

6: 1-25.

Von Bonpber, W. 1930. Post-brephalus development of some South African Macrura. Rep. Fish.

mar. biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 8 (Spec. Rep. 1): 1-42.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12 cm X 18 cm (19 cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

BuL.Loucu, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHER, P.-H., Duvat, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Koun, A. J. 1960. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In Schultze, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51). ‘The

Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references incorporated

in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, b; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 8o.

LLY

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 ~~ #Band

October 1970 Oktober

Part." '5'o" Deel

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD

CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE

BRIAN KENSLEY A HSOM4>

JAN1 2 19/1

LiBRARIE?

Cape Town Kaapstad

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, (I, 3 5s 7-8), 3(1-2, 5» t.—p.1.), 51-2, 5; 7-9),

6(1, t.—p.1.), i 7(1-3), 8, g(1-2), 10(1),

iin((i ey 5> 7s t.—p.1.), 2i, 24(2), 275 31(1-3), 33> 38,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel a

R1.60

Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1970

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA

FROM MOCAMBIQUE

BrIAN KENSLEY

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 14 figures)

[MS. received 5 February 1970]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction : ; . 103

Species list : : +) LOR

Systematic discussion . IOs

General discussion : - oT

Summary . : :, E23

Ree edeement : pres

References ; ; = tk

INTRODUCTION

During July 1968 a team of biologists from the University of Cape Town,

led by Professor J. H. Day, visited Inhambane, on the coast of Mocambique.

The purpose of the visit was to do a second survey of the Morrumbene estuary,

as part of the series of estuarine surveys carried out around southern Africa.

At the same time, an opportunity was taken of collecting plant and animal

specimens at Jangamo (24.06S., 35.21E.), 32 km south of Inhambane. The

collecting was done along the shore and nearby reef, supplemented by diving.

The decapod crustacean material was submitted to the South African Museum

for identification. A list of the species, together with the catalogue numbers of

the Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, is given. In many cases,

duplicate material has been kept in the collection of the South African Museum,

where the type material is housed.

SPECIES LIsT

Species Male Female Juv. Cat. No.

BRACHYURA

Family Majidae

Dehaanius quadridentatus (Krauss) 2 2 _ 14T

Dehaanius scutellatus (Mcleay) I 2 ovig —_ 14S

Hyastenus spinosus H. Milne eivacde. 4 6 + 1 ovig — 14U

Menaethiops delagoae Barnard 2 2 _— 15V

Menaethiops fascicularis are 4 I —_— 15U

Menaethiops natalensis Barnard . a J. — I + 1 ovig — 14W

Menaethius monocerus aie) i — I ovig —_— 14Y

Schizophrys aspera (H. Milne Bdycods) I — a 14X

103

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (5), 1970: 103-122, 14 figs.

104 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species

Family Hymenosomatidae

Elamena mathe (Desmarest)

Family Portunidae

Charybdis annulata (Fabricius) ..

Charybdis orientalis Dana

Thalamita admete (Herbst)

Thalamita sp.

Thalamita woodmasoni Algsee

Family Grapsidae

Grapsus tourmanoirt Crosnier ..

Pachygrapsus minutus (A. Milne Sayward)

Percnon planissimum (Herbst) :

Planes cyaneus Dana

Varuna litterata (Fabricius)

Family Ocypodidae

Ocypode ceratophthalmus (Pallas)

Family Xanthidae

Actaea parvula (Krauss)

Actaea polyacantha (Heller)

Actaea rueppelli (Krauss) :

Atergatopsis signata (Adams & White).

Carpilodes cinctimanus (White) .

Carpilodes monticulosus A. Milne diver’

Chlorodiella laevissima (Dana) ..

Chlorodopsis areolata (H. Milne Bdwards)

Lybia plumosa Barnard .

Lybia tessellata @igweille) :

Macromedaeus quinquedentatus (Keaney

Pilumnus longicornis Hilgendorf

Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst)

Trapezia guttata Riippell

Kosimus aeneus (Linnaeus)

Kozymodes cavipes (Dana)

Kozymodes xanthoides (Krauss) ..

Family Dromiidae

Cryptodromia bullifera Alcock

Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson

Petalomera laevis n. sp. ..

Family Calappidae

Matuta banksi Leach

Family Leucosiidae

Philyra scabriuscula (Fabricius)

ANOMURA

Family Hippidae

Emerita austroafricana Schmitt ..

Hippa adactyla Fabricius

Family Paguridae

Calcinus gaimardii (H. Milne Edwards)

Calcinus laevimanus (Randall)

Clibanarius virescens (Krauss)

Family Porcellanidae

Pachycheles natalensis (Krauss) ..

Male

| | lemon tall

tet

on or N

Female

3 + 3 ovig

I + I ovig

2+ 2 ovig

4 ovig

ovig

2+ 2 ovig

I ovig

ovig

2 ovig

ovig

bp WN

I ovig

3 ovig

1 + 3 ovig

Cat. No.

15B

15G

15S

15J

15C

15D

15R

15l

15K

15M

16B

15W

15H

15P

I5A

16E

I5N

15L

I5F

14Q

14P

S.A.M.A.

12824-5

14N

14E

16A

13T

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE 105

Species Male Female Jw. Cat. No.

Petrolisthes alobatus Laurie I I ovig — 13J

Petrolisthes coccineus (Owen) I _ —- 13K

Petrolisthes lamarcku (Leach) 2 3 + 1 ovig 2 13L

Petrolisthes militaris (Heller) 2 2+ 1 ovig ae 14Z

Petrolisthes virgatus Barnard — I ovig — 13M

Porcellana dehaanit Krauss 10 2 ovig 26 13P

PALINURA

Family Palinuridae

Panulirus penicillatus (Olivier) .. I — -- 15B

NATANTIA

Family Palaemonidae

Palaemon (Palaemon) pacificus Stimpson sus I I 13G

Family Hippolytidae

Alope orientalis (De Man) as, 6

Hippolysmata kukenthali (De Man) : a I

Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards ba a I ovig —- 1gY

Saron marmoratus (Olivier) if 3

Thor amboinensis (De Man) I

Family Alpheidae

Alpheus lottint Guérin is i I 2 ovig —- 13A

Alpheus luciae Barnard .. a at s¢ I I ovig — 13C

Alpheus paragracilis Coutiére —- I ovig _ 13H

Athanas minikoensis Coutiére I — — 13Z,

SYSTEMATIC Discussion

BRACHYURA

Family Grapsidae

Pachygrapsus minutus A. Milne Edwards

Figs 1a—d

Pachygrapsus minutus A. Milne Edwards, Tesch, 1918: 77. Gordon, 1934: 7. Sakai, 1939: 656;

1965: 194. Crosnier, 1965: 26.

Description: Garapace wider than long, lateral margins strongly convergent

posteriorly, no spine behind outer orbital tooth. Carapace dorsally striate

throughout, striae continuous across carapace, not setose. Chelae smooth,

carpus with strong spine on inner margin, merus with inner margin bearing

three flattened spines. Pereiopods with scattered stiff hairs, meri with two spines

on postero-distal edge. Last pair of pereiopods with additional pair of short

blunt spines on posterior margin, at about proximal third of merus. Pleopod

one of male with numerous setae, concealing curved terminal apically rounded

lobe.

Previous records: Most of the Indo-Pacific region.

Material :

Carapace length Carapace breadth

Male... . 2 5-4 mm 7°7 mm

Mate. .. a 4°9 mm 6-6 mm

IMaIE: a 4°3 mm 6-0 mm

Female .. v4 4°8 mm 6-1 mm

Ovigerous female 5°5 mm 8-0 mm

106 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 1. Pachygrapsus minutus A. Milne Edwards

a. Carapace in dorsal view; 5. External view of left chela; c. Apex of

pleopod one, male; d. Fifth pereiopod.

Fic. 2. Actaea polyacantha (Heller)

a. Carapace in dorsal view; b. Fourth pereiopod.

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE 107

Remarks: Although this species has been widely recorded from the Indo-

Pacific region, including the East African coast, it has hitherto not been taken

so far south.

Family XANTHIDAE

Actaea polyacantha (Heller)

Figs 2a—b

Actaea polyacantha (Heller), Rathbun, 1911: 222. Odhner, 1925: 57. Sakai, 1939: 486; 1965: 146.

Description: Carapace broader than long, areoles other than 2M and 3M

not well defined, covered with flattened tubercles, those of antero-lateral

regions being better defined than posterior ones. Antero-lateral margin with

six conical tubercles (including external orbital angle). Supra-orbital margin

and eyestalks also bearing tubercles. Chela with conical pointed tubercles on

palm, upper margin of hand, and base of movable finger. Carpus armed with

numerous tubercles. Finger-tips slightly spooned. Walking legs armed with

strong conical acute tubercles, those of upper margins being strongest.

Previous records: Indo-Pacific region from Japan to Zanzibar.

Material: One male, carapace length 5:9 mm, carapace breadth 8-1 mm.

Chlorodiella laevissima (Dana)

Figs 3a—d

Chlorodiella laevissima (Dana), Sakai, 1939: 508; 1965: 151. Forest & Guinot, 1961: 95.

Description: Carapace wider than long, smooth, regions not demarked.

Antero-lateral border with four teeth, inner two being short and blunt, outer

two spinose. Chela stout, smooth, fingers darkened, tips spooned. Walking legs

with dactyls equal in length to propodus, apex sharply downcurved, bearing

four or five strong spines. Dorsal surface of carpi and meri spinose. Pleopod one

of male slightly curved, apex bearing several backwardly directed stout setae,

and short spines.

Previous records : Japan, Tahiti, Gilbert and Marianne Islands, Queensland,

Ceylon, Andamans, Mauritius.

Material :

Carapace length Carapace breadth

Male aN 5% 3°5 mm 5°0 mm (chelae missing)

Male Me Sih 3°5 mm 5°2 mm (left chela missing)

Hemale- .. ia 4°7 mm 7°6 mm (chelae missing)

Family Dromiidae

Cryptodromia bullifera Alcock

Figs 4a—c

Cryptodromia bullifera Alcock, 1899: 143; 1901: 51. Borradaile, 19034: 577. Ihle, 1913: 40.

Sakai, 1936: 23.

Description: Carapace and appendages covered with pile of short hairs.

Frontal region of three acute teeth, lateral teeth slightly divergent, and at

108 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 3. Chlorodiella laevissima (Dana)

a. Carapace in dorsal view; 6. Right chela; c. Fourth pereiopod; d. Apex of

pleopod one, male.

Fic. 4. Cryptodromia bullifera Alcock

a. Carapace in dorsal view, setae omitted; 6. Anterior region

in ventral view; c. Left chela.

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE I09

higher level than median tooth. Small acute supra-orbital spine, extra-orbital

tooth acute. Lateral margin bearing three teeth, anterior two being prominent,

acute. Two tiny tubercles between extra-orbital tooth and first lateral tooth,

slightly dorsal to antero-lateral margin. Three tiny tubercles in line dorsal and

parallel to postero-lateral margin. Acute sub-orbital and hepatic spine present.

Rounded pearl-like knob below sub-orbital spine, dorsal to hepatic spine, on

merus of maxilliped three, and on second antennal peduncle segment. Chelae

equal, lacking epipods, wide gap between fingers, six or seven teeth on cutting

edges. Upper distal portion of hand nodose. Carpus with two prominent

tubercles on outer distal margin. Fifth pereiopods longer than fourth.

Previous records: Maldive and Laccadive Islands, Andamans, Ceylon.

Material:

Carapace length Carapace breadth Chela length

Male i se 7°4.mm 8-9 mm 5:2 mm

Remarks: Except for the presence of the tiny dorsal tubercles on the

carapace, the specimen agrees exactly with Alcock’s description of the species.

This is the southernmost record of this typically Indian Ocean species.

Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson

Figs 5a—c

Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson, Alcock, 1899: 142; 1901: 50. Ihle, 1913: 41. Sakai, 1936: 24.

Cryptodromia hirsuta Borradaile, 1903a: 577.

Dromia (Cryptodromia) pentagonalis Hilgendorf, 1878: 814.

Dromia (Cryptodromia) tomentosa Heller, Hilgendorf, 1878: 813.

Description: Carapace smooth, wider than long, covered with short

tomentum of plumose hairs, regions moderately well indicated. Gastric region

evenly convex. Front tridentate, median tooth longer and sharper than, and set

at lower level to lateral teeth. Small supra-orbital spine and triangular post-

orbital tooth separated by wide gap from large antero-lateral tooth. Posterior

to latter, two smaller spines, anterior one blunter than posterior one. One large

blunt subhepatic spine, one smaller supra-sutural blunt spine, broad infra-

orbital lobe. Chelae lacking epipods, completely covered by short hairs, except

for distal portion of fingers. Fixed finger with about eight or nine sharp teeth on

cutting edge. Dactyl similarly armed. Hand nodulose at base of dactyl. External

surface of carpus strongly nodulose. Merus triangular in cross-section. Distal

ends of propodi and carpi of walking legs and proximal ends of dactyls nodulose.

Latter with strong curved claw, and five smaller spines proximally. Fifth

pereiopod longer than fourth.

Previous records: Japan, India, Maldive and Laccadive Islands, Mauritius,

Red Sea, Ibo (Mocambique).

I1IO ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 5. Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson

a. Carapace in dorsal view, setae omitted; 5. Anterior

region in ventral view; c. Left chela.

Material :

Carapace length Carapace breadth Chela length

Male ie es 107-5 mm 12:0 mm 8-0 mm

Male ioe sy 10°0 mm 11° mm 6-5 mm

Male a ne 9°0 mm 9:9 mm —

Male nee - 8-3 mm 10°;O mm a=

Male fs ips 8-0 mm g°o mm 5'I mm

Male ee ae 7°4 mm 8-1 mm 4:0 mm

Ovigerous female 9°38 mm 10-9 mm 5:2 mm

Ovigerous female 8-9 mm 9°2 mm 5°0 mm

Remarks: Barnard (1950: 328) suggests that Cryptodromia oktahedros Stebbing

might be synonymous with C. tomentosa Heller and C. hirsuta Borradaile. The

latter two species, however, are synonymous with C. canaliculata Stimpson, which

more closely resembles C. pentagonalis. In fact, if as Ihle (1913) states, C. canali-

culata is fairly variable, then judging from Hilgendorf’s figures (1878, Tafel II,

figs 1-4) there is no difference between this species and C. pentagonalis.

Genus PETALOMERA

Borradaile, 19036: 300. Ihle, 1913: 48. Rathbun, 1923: 153. Sakai, 1936: 28; 1965: 9. Barnard,

1950: 312.

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE eae

Petalomera laevis n. sp.

Figs 6a—h

Description: Carapace smooth, with scattering of very fine hairs, regions not

defined. Front with acute but not very strong or prominent rostral point.

Flanking lobes low, rounded. Eyes just visible dorsally, supra-orbital ridge very

slightly emarginate. Antero-lateral margins hardly interrupted by five small

blunt bumps, most posterior of which the largest. Posterior margin straight.

Chelipeds equal, bearing epipods, except for fingers almost covered with

very short pile of fine hairs. Tip of dactyl ending in tooth, fitting between two

terminal teeth of fixed finger (this character more noticeable in male). Cutting

edges with about seven rounded teeth. Inner dorsal surface of palm bearing six

small granules. Carpus with three rounded nodules, inner surface flattened,

defined by dorsal ridge. Merus with inner surface broad, flattened, defined

dorsally by a sharp ridge, triangular in cross-section, ventral edge bearing a row

of about eight tiny granules.

Dactyl of second pereiopod with two small spines behind the terminal

claw, rounded node at articulation with propodus. Latter with two dorso-distal

nodes. Inner surface of carpus flattened, dorsally defined by ridge, two rounded

nodes in region of articulation with propodus. Merus with flattened inner

surface, triangular in cross-section, dorsal ridge sharp. Third pereiopod similar

to second. Fourth pereiopod shorter than fifth. Sternal grooves of female

ending on small knob near base of second pereiopods. Terminal abdominal

segment of male rounded.

Material : - Carapace Carapace Chela

length breadth length

Holotype, ovigerous female (S.A.M.A12824) 14.2mm 165mm 80mm

Paratype, ovigerous female (14N) .. 7 oe TPO emia oO mam)! 6-3 mara

Paratype, male (S.A.M.A12825) i .. 137°0mm 146mm 83mm

Remarks : Borradaile (1903: 300) defined the genus Petalomera as ‘Dromiidae

with an epipodite on the cheliped, the walking legs bearing sharp ridges, the

carapace varying in the relation of its length to its breadth, but usually broader

than long, the regions clearly or indistinctly marked, the efferent branchial

channels well made, the sternal grooves of the female ending apart behind the

cheliped segment, the fifth leg shorter than the third and without a thorn on the

outer side of its last joint’. Petalomera laevis differs from none of the above criteria.

The most striking character of this species is the smooth finely pubescent

carapace, with its barely noticeable lateral knobs. This immediately separates

it from P. wilsoni the only other species of this genus known from this region.

P. wilsont characteristically has a dense almost shaggy pubescence, which

‘accentuates instead of obliterating the underlying regions’ (Barnard, 1950: 313).

A smooth carapace is characteristic of several species of Petalomera, viz. fukuit,

II2 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 6. Petalomera laevis n. sp.

a. Carapace in dorsal view; 6. Right chela in ventral view; c. Right chela in dorsal view;

d. Dactyl and propodus of fourth pereiopod; e. Second pereiopod; f. Left antenna; g. Carapace

seta enlarged; h. Abdomen of male.

atypica, pulchra, lateralis, lamellata and depressa. The present species differs from

P. fukuii Sakai and P. depressa (Baker) in having the pereiopods less granular;

from P. lateralis (Gray), P. lamellata (Ortmann) and P. atypica Sakai, which

have well-developed antero-lateral carapace spines; from P. pulchra Miers which

has the carapace regions well defined. There is a superficial resemblance between

this species and Cryptodromia monodous Stebbing, but differences in the frontal

region, the chelae, and the carapace soon separate them.

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE I13

ANOMURA

Family Porcellanidae

Petrolisthes alobatus Laurie

Figs 7a—c

Petrolisthes alobatus Laurie, 1925: 144. Haig, 1965: 46.

Description: Garapace longer than wide, with numerous transverse rugae.

Cervical groove broad. Gastric region convex, bearing pair of transverse ridges

anteriorly. Supra-orbital margin deeply excavate. Supra-orbital lobe without

spine. No post-orbital spine but well-developed lobe. Strong epibranchial spine

present, branchial region with a blunt raised tubercle in anterior part. Posterior

margin with slight raised rim, medially concave. Maxilliped three with ischium

very broad, rugose, merus with expanded rugose lobe on inner margin; dactyl,

propodus, carpus with very elongate branched setae. Anterior margin of carpus

of pereiopod one finely denticulate, almost smooth. Posterior margin irregular

due to rugae. Ventral surface of hand with keel formed by rugae, upper edge of

dactyl similar. No gap between fingers. Dactyls of pereiopods two to five with

small spine proximal to the subterminal one. Propodi cylindrical, smooth,

bearing strong articulated spine at postero-distal angle. Garpus and merus

fairly rugose.

Previous records: Cargados Carajos.

Material :

Carapace length Carapace breadth

Male: « a: ae 10°O mm 8-4 mm

Ovigerous female .. 12°4 mm 11-Omm

Fic. 7. Petrolisthes alobatus Laurie

a. Carapace in dorsal view; b. Left cheliped; c. Dactyl of second pereiopod.

I14 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Remarks : The specimens were taken from the actinopharynx of a large sea

anemone, found in about 0-9 m of water. Commensalism with sea anemones has

not previously been reported for P. alobatus, but is known for P. maculatus

(= P. ohshimat) which has been found in a species of Stoichactis (Haig, 1965;

Macnae, 1968).

Petrolisthes coccineus (Owen)

Figs 8a—-f

Petrolisthes coccineus (Owen), Laurie, 1925: 143. Miyake, 1943: 54. Haig, 1965: 46.

Petrolisthes barbatus Heller, De Man, 1893: 296.

Description: Garapace only slightly wider than long, covered with transverse

rugae, especially in anterior region. Rugae bearing short fringe of setae.

Rostral margin finely denticulate. Strong supra-orbital spine present. Carapace

margin between outer orbital angle and strong epibranchial spine also finely

denticulate. Abdomen with bands of short stiff setae and scattered longer stiff

setae. Entire cheliped surface rugose. Merus with toothed lobe at antero-distal

angle, two strong spines on dorsal surface of distal margin. Carpus with anterior

margin bearing four broad rugose spines. Distal margin of each spine bearing

numerous plumed setae, posterior margin rugose, bearing three spines distally.

Postero-distal angle lobe bispinose. Outer margin of hand denticulate, proxi-

mally some of denticles stronger than others. Entire under surface of cheliped

rugose; upper surface bearing short setae. Pereiopods two to four with meri

bearing about nine strong spines and dense fringe of plumose setae on anterior

margin. Dorsal surface of meri bearing setose rugae. Postero-distal angle with

two spines. Carpi with spine on antero-distal lobe, numerous scattered stiff

setae, rows of plumose setae. Propodus cylindrical, with long scattered setae,

ventral surface of distal portion with three or four strong spines, posterior

surface with single spine at about midpoint. Dactyl with three spines on inner

margin. Antenna with basal peduncular segment bearing denticulate lobe;

second segment with several denticles on anterior margin. Basal antennular

segment with four spines on anterior margin. Merus of maxilliped three with

triangular lobe on inner margin bearing spine at the apex. Much colour lost in

preservative, but anteriorly, some brilliant crimson remains.

Previous records: Seychelles, Flores Sea, Nicobar Islands.

Material :

Carapace length Carapace breadth

Male .. ey 17-2 mam 18-0 mm

Left cheliped missing, right cheliped—dactyl 12-0 mm, propodus 29:9 mm,

carpus 15:6 mm.

Remarks: This specimen agrees exactly with Laurie’s specimen from the

Seychelles. De Man’s description of P. barbatus mentions eight to ten teeth on

the outer margin of the hand; these may be the enlarged rugae mentioned

above. This specimen lacks the fringe of long hairs mentioned in P. barbatus,

but it does have short plumose setae.

ae |

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE W5

Fic. 8. Petrolisthes coccineus (Owen)

a. Carapace in dorsal view; 6. Antennule; c. Antenna; d. Right cheliped; e. Second pereiopod;

J. Merus and ischium of maxilliped three.

NATANTIA

Family Hippolytidae

Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards

Figs ga—c

Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards, Holthuis, 1947: 55 (complete synonymy). Barnard,

1950: 704.

Description: Rostrum two-thirds length of carapace, apically acute, two

dorsal teeth, three ventral teeth. Suborbital margin slightly produced and

rounded above antennal spine. Third carpal segment of second pereiopod as

long as first. Dactyl of pereiopod three with eleven spines.

116 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 9. Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards

a. Carapace in lateral view; 6. Chela and carpus of second pereiopod;

c. Dactyl of third pereiopod.

Previous records: Most of the Indian Ocean region, South Australia and on

the East African coast where the southernmost record is the mouth of the

Zambesi River.

Material: One ovigerous female, carapace length (excluding rostrum)

2-9 mm, total length 16-0 mm.

Thor amboinensis (De Man)

Figs 10, I11a—e

Thor amboinensis (De Man), Holthuis, 1947: 50.

Thor discosomatis Kemp, 1916: 388; 1925: 330.

Hippolyte amboinensis De Man, 1888: 535.

Description: Carapace moderately inflated, rostrum reaching to middle of

antennular peduncle, apically acute, bearing two dorsal spines. Small acute

antennal spine, no pterygostomial spine. Stylocerite of basal segment of

antennule reaching almost to end of peduncle. Small spine on outer proximal

edge of stylocerite, more easily visible in lateral view than in dorsal view.

Second segment with outer spine at distal end, third segment with broad

movable scale. Antennal scaphocerite twice length of antennular peduncle.

Pereiopod one stout, reaching almost to same level as scaphocerite. Second

pereiopod reaching to end of third maxilliped, carpus six jointed, proximal

two segments short, less obvious than rest of segments. Third pereiopod longest,

extending beyond end of maxilliped three, merus with single disto-ventral spine.

Dactyls of pereiopods three to five with stout apical and subapical claw, and

three spines. Basal segment of pleopods, especially two and three with posterior

foliaceous extension. Telson with four pairs of dorso-lateral spines, four pairs of

terminal spines of which outermost are shortest.

ee a a ee

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE

ALD

Lexy, J

Fic. 10. Thor amboinensis (De Man)

Entire animal in lateral view.

Fic. 11. Thor amboinensis (De Man)

a. Rostrum in lateral view; 6. Anterior region in dorsal view; c. Second

pereiopod; d. Apex of third pereiopod; e. Telson.

117

118 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Previous records : Bay of Bengal, Malay Archipelago, Andaman and Nicobar

Islands.

Material: One male, carapace length (including rostrum) 4:0 mm.

Remarks: The genus Thor is characterized by a lack of arthrobranchs on

the pereiopods, a mandible possessing an incisor process but lacking a palp, a

second pereiopod with a six-jointed carpus, no epipods on the pereiopods, and

the third antennular peduncle segment with a movable plate at the upper

anterior margin. The present specimen agrees well with both Kemp’s and

Holthuis’s descriptions. The only differences exist in the antennular scale, being

broader in the present specimen than in Kemp’s figure (1916, fig. 1) and in the

length of the terminal telson spines.

Family Alpheidae

Athanas minikoensis Coutiére

Figs 12a-e

Athanas minikoensis Coutiére, 1905: 858. De Man, 1911: 149. Barnard, 1950: 731.

Previous records: New Guinea, Maldive and Laccadive Islands, Umtwalumi

(Natal).

Material: One male, carapace length (including rostrum) 4-7 mm.

Remarks: The present specimen agrees well with Coutiére’s and De Man’s

descriptions and figures, with some slight differences. The larger chela of the

male is said to bear one or two teeth on the immobile finger. In the present

specimen, this margin is smooth except for two slight bumps. This specimen

differs from the male mentioned by Barnard (1950: 731) which has a far more

robust right chela, also the teeth of the fingers are more pronounced. These

differences may be due to the immaturity of the specimen.

Alpheus luciae Barnard

Figs 13a—b

Alpheus luciae Barnard, 194.7: 389; 1950: 755.

Previous record: St. Lucia Bay, Natal.

Material :

Carapace length

(including rostrum)

One ovigerous female... me 14°7 mm

One.male”; . a 8, vs 11°7 mm

Holotype (S.A.M. A8423) 4° 11°8 mm

Remarks: The holotype of this species, on re-examination, proved to be a

male, the second pleopod bearing an appendix masculina and an appendix

interna. This is the first record of the species since it was recorded in 1947.

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE IIg

Fic. 12. Athanas minikoensis Coutiére

a. Anterior region in dorsal view; 5. Rostrum in lateral view; c. Cheliped;

d. Second pereiopod; e. Third pereiopod.

Fic. 13. Alpheus luciae Barnard

a. Upper surface of small chela; 5. Endopod of pleopod two, male, showing

appendix masculina and appendix interna.

I20 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Alpheus paragracilis Coutiére

Figs 14a-e

Alpheus paragracilis Coutiére, 1897: 303; 1905: 883. De Man, 1911: 310. Chace, 1966: 627.

Previous records: Tahiti, Djibouti, Maldive and Laccadive Islands, Nosy Bé

(Madagascar), Hawaii, St. Helena Island.

Material: One ovigerous female, carapace length 4-9 mm.

Remarks : The presence of an acute tooth on the ventro-distal extremity of

the meri of the third and fourth pereiopods, biunguiculate dactyls of the last

three pairs of pereiopods, together with the absence of supra-orbital spines,

seem to place this specimen in the species paragracilis Coutiére, which belongs to

the Macrochirus group of species. The present specimen agrees well in several

Tespects with Coutiére’s figures (1905, fig. 22) especially in the telson, uropods

and third pereiopods. Slight differences exist in the second pereiopods and in the

large chela. In Coutiére’s figure the first segment of the carpus of the second

pereiopod is about two-and-a-half times the length of the second, while in the

present specimen it is just twice the length. The larger chela agrees in the

possession of a notch on the ventral surface. Coutiére’s figure, however, does not

show any dorsal granulation as found in the present specimen. Unfortunately

the smaller chela is missing.

e "Ill

Fic. 14. Alpheus paragracilis Coutiére

a. Rostrum in dorsal view; b. Large chela; c. Second pereiopod; d. Third

pereiopod; e. Telson.

A SMALL COLLECTION OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM MOCAMBIQUE Loi

GENERAL DISCUSSION

The coastal areas of Mocambique have as yet been relatively poorly

collected, especially with regard to invertebrate animals. Hilgendorf in 1878

dealt with a small collection of Crustacea collected by Professor W. Peters,

while more recently, the late Dr. K. H. Barnard, and the Zoology Departments

of the University of the Witwatersrand and the University of Cape Town have

also added to our knowledge of the area. Being well within the semi-tropical/

tropical region (but nevertheless within the South African region as defined by

Barnard (1950: 2)), the Jangamo fauna is rich and varied, and new records

and undescribed species are to be expected.

Of the 65 species of decapods collected, all except three are typical of the

Indian Ocean region. These are Porcellana dehaanii, which has only been

recorded from Natal and southern Mocambique; Alpheus luciae, which previously

was known only from St. Lucia Bay, Zululand; and Lybia plumosa previously

known only from northern Natal. Only one species in the collection is known

from both the east and west coasts of southern Africa. This is Palaemon pacificus,

which is found in the whole of the Indo-Pacific region and round to northern

South West Africa. Twelve species are new records for this part of the African

coast, one being a previously undescribed species.

SUMMARY

A collection of 65 species of decapod Crustacea from Jangamo,

Mocambique is discussed. Twelve records are of species new to the area; one

species is hitherto undescribed.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

My thanks are due to the Zoology Department of the University of Cape

Town, for making the material available.

The Trustees of the South African Museum thank the South African

Council for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant in aid of publication.

REFERENCES

Atcock, A. 1899. Materials for a carcinological fauna of India. Pt. 5. The Brachyura Primigenia

or Dromiacea. 7. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 68: 123-169.

Aucock, A. 1901. Catalogue of the Indian decapod Crustacea in the collection of the Indian Museum.

Part 1. Brachyura. Calcutta: Indian Museum.

BARNARD, K. H. 1947. Descriptions of new species of South African decapod Crustacea, with

notes on synonymy and new records. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 13: 361-392.

BARNARD, K. H. 1950. Descriptive catalogue of South African decapod Crustacea (crabs and

shrimps). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 38: 1-837.

BoRRADAILE, L. A. 1903a. Marine crustaceans. IX. The sponge-crabs (Dromiacea). In

GARDINER, J. S., ed. The fauna and geography of the Maldive and Laccadive archipelagoes : 574-578.

Cambridge: University Press.

BorrADAILE, L. A. 19035. On the genera of the Dromiidae. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 11: 297-303.

Cuace, F. A. 1966. Decapod crustaceans from St. Helena Island, South Atlantic. Proc. U.S. natn.

Mus. 118: 622-662.

CouTrire, H. 1897. Note sur quelques alphées nouveaux. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris. 1897:

303-306.

122 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

CouTIzRE, H. 1905. Marine crustaceans. XV. Les Alpheidae. Jn GARDINER, J. s. ed. The fauna

and geography of the Maldive and Laccadive archipelagoes : 852-918. Cambridge: University Press.

Crosnikr, A. 1965. Crustacés décapodes. Grapsidae et Ocypodidae. Faune Madagascar 18: 1-143.

Forest, J. & Guinot, D. 1961. Crustacés décapodes brachyoures de Tahiti et des Tuamotu.

Rapp. Expéd. fr. Recifs Coralliens, Nouvelle Calédonie 1960-63. Prelim. vol. 1: 1-195.

Gorpon, I. 1934. Résultats scientifiques du voyage aux Indes Orientales Néerlandaises de

LL.AA.RR. le Prince et Princesse Leopold de Belgique. Crustacea Brachyura. Mém. Mus

Hist. nat. Belg. (Hors sér.) 3 (15): 1-78.

Haic, J. 1965. Sur une collection de crustacés porcellanes (Anomura: Porcellanidae) de

Madagascar et des Comores. Cah. O.R.S.T.O.M. (Océanogr.) 3 (4): 39-50.

Hiucenporr, F. 1878. Die von Hrn. W. Peters in Mogambique gesammelten Crustaceen.

Mber. dt. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1878: 782-851.

Ho.rtuuts, L. B. 1947. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition. Part IX. The Hippolytidae and

Rhynchocinetidae collected by the Siboga and Snellius Expeditions with remarks on other

species. Siboga Exped. monogr. 3ga®: 1-100.

Ine, J. E. W. 1913. Die Decapoda Brachyura der Siboga-Expedition. 1. Dromiacea. Siboga

Exped. monogr. 39b: 1-96.

Kemp, S. 1916. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. VII. Further notes on

Hippolytidae. Rec. Indian Mus. 12: 385-405.

Kemp, S. 1925. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. XVII. On various

Caridea. Rec. Indian Mus. 27: 249-343.

Lauri, R. D. 1925. Anomura collected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in the western Indian Ocean.

in H.M.S. Sealark. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2, Zool.) 19: 121-167.

MacnaE, W. 1968. A note on the occurrence of Petrolisthes maculatus (H. Milne Edwards) at

Inhaca Island, Mozambique (Decapoda, Porcellanidae). Crustaceana 15: 110.

Man, J. G. de. 1888. Bericht tiber die von Herrn Dr. J. Brock im indischen Archipel gesammelten

Decapoden und Stomatopoden. Arch. Naturgesch. 53: 215-600.

Man, J. G. de. 1893. Report on the podophthalmous Crustacea, collected in the year 1891 by

Dr. H. Ten Kate in some islands of the Malay Archipelago. Notes Leyden Mus. 15: 284-311.

Man, J. G. de. 1911. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition. Part II. Family Alpheidae.

Stboga Exped. monogr. gga‘: 1-465.

Miyake, S. 1943. Studies on the crab-shaped Anomura of Nippon and adjacent waters. 7. Dep.

Agric. Kyushu imp. Univ. 72 49-158.

OpuHNER, T. 1925. Monographierte Gattungen der Krabben-familie Xanthidae. I. Géteborgs K.

Vetensk.- 0. VitterhSamh. Handl. (4) 29 (1): 1-92.

Ratusun, M. J. 1911. The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905. Marine

Brachyura. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2, Zool.) 14: 191-261.

Ratusun, M. J. 1923. Report on the crabs obtained by the F.1.S. ‘Endeavour’ on the coasts of

Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania. Zool. (biol.)

Results Fish. Exp. ‘Endeavour’ 5: 93-156.

SaKAl, T. 1936. Studies on the crabs of Japan. I. Dromiacea. Sci. Rep. Tokyo. Bunrika Daig. (B)

suppl. 1: 1-66.

SaKAl, T. 1939. Studies on the crabs of Japan. 4. Brachygnatha, Brachyrhyncha. Tokyo: Yokend.

SAKAI, T. 1965. The crabs of Sagami Bay. Honolulu: East West Centre Press.

Tescu, J. J. 1918. The Decapoda Brachyura of the Siboga Expedition. IV. Hymenosomidae,

Retroplumidae, Ocypodidae, Grapsidae and Gecarcinidae. Siboga Exped. monogr. 39¢c:

1-148.

a a

Met RUCTIONS FTO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12 cm x 18 cm (19 cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

Bu.Loucu, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHER, P.-H., DuvAL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Koun, A. J. 1960). Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn scHULTZE, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51). The

Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references incorporated

in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, 6; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

7.68

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 °#Band

October 1970 Oktober

Part) oy Deel

THE STATUS OF GREGARIELLA

SIMPLICIFILIS BARNARD, WITH

RECORDS OF MYTILIDAE FROM

SOUTHERN ANGOLA

BRIAN KENSLEY

MARY-LOUISE PENRITH

Cape Town Kaapstad

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

ee) Gye allies Geen) | ee eo)

OCT t—pa-),) 7(t64)5 On OU) nia

Ti(1-2; 5, 7, t-—p.-l.), 21,/24(2), 27, 31(1-3),, 29,90,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

goc |

Trustees of the South African Museum © _ Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1970

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

THE STATUS OF GREGARIELLA SIMPLICIFILIS BARNARD,

WITH RECORDS OF MYTILIDAE FROM SOUTHERN ANGOLA

BRIAN KENSLEY

Mary-LoutsE PENRITH

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 3 figures)

[MS. received 12 May 1970]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction . ‘ i : : : 328

Notes on species s : : ; : Rosi toy

Discussion : ‘ ‘ ; - : AS

Summary. é ; ; : Ral asf 129

Acknowledgements . : : : : Be glia 16,

References : : : : : : a TO

INTRODUCTION

In order to complete a survey by the South African Museum and the

State Museum, Windhoek, of the intertidal fauna of rocky shores in South

West Africa, an expedition was made to the southern coast of Angola

(Mocamedes to the Kunene River mouth) in September 1969. The Mytilidae

collected during this expedition proved interesting, particularly from the point

of view of comparison with the northern South West African mytilid fauna

(Kensley & Penrith, 1970).

Perna perna (Linnaeus) was found to be very common throughout the

area of the survey as in northern South West Africa (Kensley & Penrith, 1970).

Another species, Brachydontes puniceus Gmelin, is also abundant from Cabo

Negro northwards. This species replaces Semimytilus algosus (Gould) in that it

occurs at the same levels of the shore in the same type of habitat as does

Semimytilus algosus in South West Africa (i.e. at the bases of algal tufts and

amongst the byssus threads of Perna perna at the lower levels of the shore). In

the Angolan collections, Semimytilus algosus, although common just north of the

Kunene mouth, was represented only by a single juvenile specimen collected

at Mocamedes.

The occurrence in southern Angola, whose fauna includes many Mediter-

ranean elements, of specimens corresponding with Gregariella simplicifilis

Barnard, 1964, prompted us to investigate further the status of this recently

described southern African species. Two other cryptic mytilids were collected

123

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (6), 1970: 123-130, 3 figs.

124 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

in southern Angola; these three species are discussed below.

The material on which the present work is based included specimens

collected in Angola by the South African Museum in 1966. Localities referred

to in the text are given with their co-ordinates in table 1.

TABLE 1. Localities referred to in text

Novo Redondo . : : . ) TICErS., 1s>Re Te

Mogamedes , : : . 15 1OS., 12°ece

Cabo Negro : é é . 15°40'S., Toon.

Kunene River mouth . : Ree: 67 fit Us PPmbe hs i’ sy.

Rocky Point : ; : . 18°50'S., 122045

Mowe Bay : : : .) T9°20'S., a2c4ge

Honolulu . : : 4 ->, 20°36'S.)) 12 7eree

Torra Bay . : : A -) 4 -BO° RG ok, TS eninge

Gordon’s Bay. : : - 94 °5O'S:, 1a heise

Still Bay . t ; ‘ . | g4°Ro'S., 2icaa ee

Mossel Bay ‘ : : . -94°19'S., (22°06 ee

Port Elizabeth . : ; » 33°50'S., 25 3h

Amanzimtoti. : : - 30°03’S., 30°53’E.

NOTES ON SPECIES

Modholus carvalhoi Klappenbach, 1966

Modiolus carvalhot Klappenbach, 1966: 251, figs 1-5, 7, 8. Kensley & Penrith, 1970: 21, fig. 5.

Material

Catalogue No. Size range (mm) Locality Date

S.A.M. A31381 5°2, 10°6 Praia das Conchas, July 1966

Mocamedes

S.A.M. A31382 2°5 Praia das Conchas, 10 September

Mocamedes 1969

S.A.M. A31383 i B28) Rocks 15 km north of 23 September

Kunene R. mouth 1969

Remarks

The Angolan specimens agree well with the South West African specimens,

and were found in similar habitats.

Gregariella barbatella (Cantraine, 1835)

Modiolus sulcatus (non Lamarck), Risso, 1826: 324.

Modiolus barbatellus Cantraine, 1835: 397.

Modiolaria (Gregariella) barbatella: Lamy, 1937: 32 (synonymy and references).

Modiolaria barbatella: Nicklés, 1950: 170, fig. 319; 1955: 127.

Gregariella simplicifilis Barnard, 1964: 402, fig. 9 e-f. Kensley & Penrith, 1970: 23.

Material

Catalogue No. Size range (mm) Locality Date

S.A.M. A31375 4°1-5'3 Cabo Negro 16 September

1969

THE STATUS OF GREGARIELLA SIMPLICIFILIS BARNARD T25

Novo Redondo

ANGOLA

Mocamedes

Cabo Negro

Baia dos Tigres

Fic. 1. Map of area of survey

126 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Material used for comparison

Catalogue No.|

Institution S2ze range (mm) Locality Date

Muséum National

d’Histoire Naturelle,

Paris g°8-11°1 Marseille 1892

S.A.M. 6878 (type

series of Gregariella

simplicifilis) 8-8-11°9 Gordon’s Bay 1gO1

S.A.M. A7642 6-I-12-0 False Bay 1930

S.A.M. A31376 1-2—9°8 Still Bay —

S.A.M. 2472 10°5 Mossel Bay 1898

9.A.M. A31377 8-9-10°2 Port Elizabeth —

S.A.M. A31378 109 Amanzimtoti, Natal 26 March 1938

S.A.M. A31209 6:6 6-8 km south of 3-4 October 1968

Kunene R. mouth

S.A.M. Agr2io,

State Museum M259 4:3, 7-2 Honolulu, $.W.A. g November 1968

S.A.M. A31297 3:6-6:8 Mowe Bay, S.W.A. 31 May-3 June

1969

S.A.M. A31298 7:0 Rocky Point, S.W.A. 15 June 1969

S.A.M. A31305 9°7 Torra Bay, S.W.A. 29 May 1969

Remarks

Barnard (1964) gave the name Gregariella simplicifilis to a species of mytilid

occurring on the South African coast from Cape Town to Natal. He distinguished

the species from the Mediterranean species by its simple periostracal hairs.

Kensley & Penrith (1970) recorded specimens of Gregariella with simple

periostracal hairs from the northern coast of South West Africa, which they

placed in Gregariella simplicifilis Barnard.

Subsequent comparison of South African, South West African, and Angolan

material with specimens from Marseille indicates that the southern forms of

Gregariella are not distinct from the Mediterranean species Gregariella barbatella

(Cantraine, 1835).

The specimens from Cabo Negro agree well with Barnard’s (1964)

description and type specimens, and with Lamy’s (1937) description of

Gregariella barbatella, as well as with the three specimens from Marseille. Lamy

(1937) mentioned long, compactly arranged periostracal hairs but did not

state that these were branched. Nicklés’s (1950) figure shows Gregariella

barbatella with simple periostracal hairs. It seems probable that Barnard was

confused by Soot-Ryen’s (1955) discussion of the nomenclature of the species,

in which he suggested that the name Modiolus opifex Say, 1825, should probably

be applied to the Mediterranean species, although it has subsequently been

used for an American species with strongly branched periostracal hairs. It

THE STATUS OF GREGARIELLA SIMPLICIFILIS BARNARD 127

seems likely that Barnard interpreted this as meaning that the Mediterranean

species also had branched periostracal hairs; Soot-Ryen (1955) did not in fact

state that it had. In view of the similarity between the Angolan, South West

African, South African, and Mediterranean specimens, we feel that Gregariella

simplicifilis Barnard should become a synonym of Gregariella barbatella

(Cantraine).

The nomenclature of Gregariella barbatella is rather confused. Dautzenberg

(1910), followed by other authors, e.g. Lamy (1937), proposed the use of

Cantraine’s (1835) name, barbatella, for this species in preference to the older

name sulcatus Risso, 1826, as the latter name was preoccupied by a species in

the same family. Soot-Ryen’s (1955) suggestion that the name opzfex should be

used does not seem feasible in view of the general confusion surrounding the

use of that name. At present it seems preferable to retain the name Gregariella

barbetella for the Mediterranean/African species.

The distribution of Gregariella barbatella is remarkable; however, dispersal

is no great problem for attached, cryptic species. An analysis of temperature

data in relation to distribution of this species would almost certainly prove

highly significant.

Gregariella sp.

(Fig. 2)

Material

Catalogue No. S2ze (mm) Locality Date

S.A.M. A31379 81 Novo Redondo 11 July 1966

Description |

Shell elongate, inflated. Dorsal margin straight. Umbo subterminal.

Lunule distinct. Antero-dorsal angle about 90°, postero-dorsal angle broadly

obtuse. Posterior margin smoothly convex. Ventral margin slightly convex.

Anterior margin very short, distinctly convex, extending markedly in front of

the umbo. Hinge without teeth. Inner surface nacreous, muscle scars fairly

distinct. Entire shell covered with a thick, brown periostracum produced into

numerous hairs over the whole region postero-dorsal to the umbo and the low

rounded umbonal carina. Hairs immediately posterior to umbo and along

umbonal carina simple; hairs above and behind these regions branched (fig. 2).

Lunule with crenulate radiating ribs; faint radial sculpture in region of umbonal

carina. Ligament occupying about seven-eighths of dorsal margin. Inner edge

immediately behind ligament with faint irregular crenulations; anterior margin

internally with fourteen strong, slightly elongate crenulations. Byssus threads

very fine and silky. |

Remarks

This specimen differs from all other specimens of Gregariella examined in

the nature of the periostracal hairs, as well as in the more acutely produced

128 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 2. a. Internal view of Gregariella sp. b. Periostracal hairs of Gregariella sp., enlarged

anterior region and the weakness of the crenulations on the posterior dorsal

margin. The muscular system agrees well with that of specimens of Gregariella

barbatella, as does the sculpture of the lunule and the posterior part of the shell.

In view of the fact that only one specimen showing the branched hairs

and other divergent features was available, we give this description and figure

in the hope that with a larger range of comparative material it may be able to

be placed.

Lithophaga aristata (Solander, 1807)

(Fig. 3)

Lithophaga aristata: Nickles, 1955: 128 (synonymy and references). Franca, 1960: 29.

Material

Catalogue No. Size range (mm) Locality Date

S.A.M. A31380 58-30°4. Praia das Conchas, 10-14 September

Mocamedes 1969

THE STATUS OF GREGARIELLA SIMPLICIFILIS BARNARD 129

Fic. 3. Lithophaga aristata (Solander)

Remarks

Lithophaga aristata was found to be very common, boring between the

tubes of the mollusc Vermetus adansoni Daudin, which cover the rocks at the

lower levels of the shore at Praia das Conchas, Mocamedes.

DIscussIOn

A comparison of the mytilid faunas of southern Angola and northern

South West Africa indicates that the occurrence of Perna perna and the cryptic

species Modiolus carvalhot and Gregariella barbatella are the same on the two

adjacent stretches of coast. However, from Cabo Negro northwards, Semimytilus

algosus is replaced by Brachydontes puniceus.

The coast of Angola south of Mocamedes is mainly sandy or consists of

vertical sandstone cliffs dropping sharply into the sea, so that the development

of an extensive rocky intertidal fauna is discouraged. This inhospitable stretch

of coast may assist existing temperature barriers in inhibiting the southward

and northward spread of species.

SUMMARY

The mytilid fauna of southern Angola is compared with that of northern

South West Africa. Gregariella simplicifilis Barnard is synonymized with Gre-

gariella barbatella (Cantraine). A description and figure are given of a specimen

of Gregariella from Novo Redondo which could not be placed in any existing

species.

130 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are grateful to the South African Museum for assisting in financing

the 1969 expedition to Angola, and to the Council for Scientific and Industrial

Research for a grant towards the expenses of the 1966 expedition. We are

indebted to Mr. M. J. Penrith for providing transport for the 1969 expedition.

We are indebted to the Governor-General of the province of Angola for

permission to collect scientific material on the Angolan coast.

We wish to express our thanks to the following individuals who assisted in

collecting material: Messrs. C. GC. Appleton, C. G. Coetzee, and M. J. Penrith.

Weare grateful to M. Testud of the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle,

Paris, for lending us comparative material.

The Trustees of the South African Museum thank the South African

Council for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant in aid of publication.

REFERENCES

BARNARD, K. H. 1964. Contributions to the knowledge of South African marine Mollusca.

Part V. Lamellibranchiata. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 47: 361-593.

CANTRAINE, F. J. 1835. Diagnoses de quelques espéces nouvelles de mollusques. Bull. Acad. r.

Belg. Cl. Sci. 2: 380-401.

DAUTZENBERG, P. 1910. Contribution a la faune malacologique de |’Afrique occidentale. Act.

Soc. linn. Bordeaux 1910: 1-174.

KENSLEY, B. & PENRITH, M.-L. 1970. New records of Mytilidae from the northern South West

African coast. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57: 15-24.

KLAPPENBACH, M. A. 1966. Nueva especie de Modiolus (Mollusca, Pelecypoda) de la costa

Brasilena. Papéis Dep. Zool. S Paulo 19: 251-257.

Lamy, E. 1937. Révision des Mytilidae vivants du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle de

Paris. 7. Conch., Paris 81: 5-71.

Nickié&s, M. 1950. Mollusques testacés marins de la céte occidentale d’ Afrique. Paris: Lechevalier.

Nicktiks, M. 1955. Scaphopodes et lamellibranches récoltés dans l’Ouest Africain. Aiélantide

Rep. 3: 93-238.

Paks DA Franca, M. de L. 1960. Contribuicao para o conhecimento da fauna malacoldégica de

Angola. (Terceira nota.) Mems Fta Invest. Ultramar 15: 9-40.

Russo, A. 1826. Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l’Europe meridionale et particuliérement

de celles des environs de Nice et des Alpes maritimes. Paris & Strasbourg: Levrault.

Soot-RyEn, T. 1955. A report on the family Mytilidae (Pelecypoda). Allan Hancock Pacif. Exped.

20: 1-175.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figure. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12cm X 18cm (19cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, 5, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the

World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHER, P.-H., Duvau, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Konn, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region

of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Konun, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In SCHULTZE. L,

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51).

The Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references

incorporated in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy

list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, b; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

07.606

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 #&Band

March 1971 Maart

Rariranligt i Deel

SERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS

FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA

BRIAN KENSLEY

Cape Town Kaapstad ;

ay HSOjy; Ay

WAY 4 3 1971

C/BRARIED

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, 2(1, 3, 5, 7-8), 3(1-2, 5, t-p.i.), 5(2, 5, 7-9);

6(1, tp -le)5 7-3) 8, g(1-2), 10(1),

mn (t=2) 5» 7> t.—p.1.), 21, 24(2), 275 31(1-3), 33> 38,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

R1-60

Trustees of the South African Museum © _ Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1971

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk. j

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA

BRIAN F. KENSLEY

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 7 figures and 1 table)

[MS. accepted 15 October 1970]

CONTENTS

Introduction : : ‘ : : ag LER

Description of the material Rena Oy

LIS CUR 070 a DS ROR Mere MME CCST Mg f= (es) 1

Summary . s Eby. : ; ts ee

meknowledgemients) “5, (neo | Ea

IRCEIERENCES hb) ss ay NA ag

INTRODUCTION

A collection of termitophilous isopods taken over the last seven years by

Dr. W. G. H. Coaton and colleagues of the Plant Protection Institute, Pretoria,

was submitted to the South African Museum for identification. The isopods

have been collected from several localities in the Karoo and Namaqualand,

Cape Province, and also from South West Africa. The localities involved may

be seen in Figure 1. Seven species of termites are involved as hosts to the isopods.

The present paper is intended merely as a systematic account of the specimens

taken, as biological data concerning these unusual animals are scarce. Holotypes

and allotypes are housed in the South African Museum, and are given S.A.M.

catalogue numbers. Paratypes have been divided between the South African

Museum, Cape Town, and the National Collection of Insects, Pretoria. The

latter specimens are designated with “I” numbers. Where available, duplicate

material has also been donated to the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle,

Paris.

DESCRIPTION OF THE MATERIAL

Suborder ONISCOIDEA

Tribe SYNOCHETA

Superfamily sTyLONISCOIDEA

Family Titaniidae

Titana mirabilis Budde-Lund

Titana mirabilis Budde-Lund, 1909: 65. Barnard, 1932: 208. Vandel, 1952a: 86.

131

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (7), 1971: 131-147, 7 figs, 1 table.

132 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Antidorcasia elongata Bilas ra

Coatonia phylloniscoides

Niambia termitophila

Phylloniscus braunsi

Phylloniscus contractus

Titana mirabilis .

;

Fig. 1. Map showing collecting localities.

Material }

Cat. No. No. Specimens Locality Host species

T694 LG Vanrhynsdorp Microhodotermes viator

T695 3.9 Vanrhynsdorp Microhodotermes viator

Phylloniscus braunsi Purcell |

Fig. 2 )

Phylloniscus braunsi Purcell, 1903: 409. Barnard, 1932: 206. }

Phylloniscus braunsi var. eutheles Barnard, 1932: 207.

Sila ite

TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA 133

2 a

° °°

ey | cOngf © aie sae:

Fig. 2. Phylloniscus braunsi. Head and first two thoracic segments in dorsal view showing variation.

Maiterial

For convenience the available material has been divided into six arbitrary

groups, corresponding to Figure 2 a—f, to give some idea of some of the variation

in the species. Figure 2a is of the holotype, Figure 26 that of the variety eutheles.

Host Species Form = Cat. No. Specimens Locality

(Fig. 2)

Hodotermes mossambicus d T99 2, O.. .Kenhardt, €.P.

d T100 1) QO. >. Kenhardt, .G.P:

e 1357 5 6 Maltahdhe, S.W.A.

Macrotermes subhyalinus C 1T479 3 2. Epupa Falls, $.W.A.

134 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Host Species Form Cat. No. Specimens Locality

Mucrohodotermes viator d T97 1g Williston, C.P.

d T98 1 Q Mertenhof, C.P.

d T196 139392 Wilston ce

d T198 22 Williston, C.P.

d T199 12 Beaufort West, C.P.

d T699 1g Vanrhynsdorp, C.P.

d T746 24619 _ Bitterfontein, C.P.

f T353 2422 Aus/Liideritzbucht,

S.W.A.

f T740 446 1@Q Springbok, C.P.

f T763 12 Steinkopf, C.P.

Trinervitermes d 1747 3622 Gane

trinervoides

d T750 9 9 Gare te

Remarks

From the present material, it can be seen that this species is widely distri-

buted through the Cape Province and South West Africa. The type locality

is Willowmore, C.P., while the variety eutheles was described from Upington, C.P.,

and differed from the type in dorsal sculpturing. It would seem that the species

is variable with regard to the pattern and the number of dorsal tubercles. By

far the commonest is that of the Namaqualand—Karoo form, but at least five

other patterns may be distinguished. No differences in mouthparts or other

appendages could be detected in these forms, and the erection of subspecies

could not be justified. These variations are probably due to the semi-permanent

isolation of scattered populations.

Phylloniscus contractus n. sp.

Fig. 3

Description

Body twice longer than wide, evenly oval in outline, bearing numerous

scattered scales. Head dorsally flattened, with several rounded and elongate

tubercles, anterior margin semicircular, lateral corners acute, completely

covering antennae when latter folded. First pereion segment, anterior margin

with row of six small tubercles. Posterior third of segment demarked by slight

ridge, forming a broad band bearing row of eight broad elongate tubercles.

Pereion segments two to seven each with posterior band bearing row of 10

elongate tubercles. More posterior segments have the tubercles posteriorly

pointed. Epimera of segments one to seven well separated, each bearing slightly

curved ridge in anterior portion. Pleon segments one and two short, narrow,

having no free epimera, each bearing row of four slightly elongate posteriorly

pointed tubercles, some indication of lateral tubercles, each with free epimerite.

Telson apically having two rounded lobes, laterally concave. First antenna

TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA 135

0°4mm i

Fig. 3. Phylloniscus contractus

a. Holotype in dorsal view.

b. First antenna.

c. Maxilliped.

d. Second antenna.

e. Apex of inner ramus, second pleopod, male.

f. Seventh pereiopod, male.

136 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

curved, three-segmented, two distal segments equal in length, terminal segment

bearing regular row of aesthetascs. Second antenna terete, with five large basal

segments, flagellum of three small segments. Left mandible bearing two penicils,

right bearing one, no molar penicils present. First maxilla with inner lobe

apically setose, bearing two setose penicils, upper smaller than lower. Outer

lobe bearing three large simple spines, three slender spines, two very slender

penicils terminally. Second maxilla consisting of single apically setose lobe.

Maxilliped bearing short palp, latter curved over endite, bearing several spines

and terminal brush of setae. Endite reduced, lacking terminal penicil. Dactyls

of all pereiopods bearing fine lamellar dactylar organ as in P. braunsi. Genital

apophysis lanceolate. First pleopod male as in P. braunsi, second pleopod male

apically more slender than in latter species. Uropod outer ramus twice length

of inner, both terete.

Material

Cat. No. Specimens Length Locality Host Species

(mm)

Holotype S.A.M. ig 5:9 19 km ex Hodotermes

A12832 | Swakopmund mossambicus

Allotype S.A.M. Pr Ovig( Oh nen 19 km ex Hodotermes

A12833 Swakopmund mossambicus

Remarks

The present specimens are placed in the genus Phylloniscus because of the

similarity in the maxilliped, the first antennae, first and second pleopods telson

with P. braunsi, hitherto the only species of the genus. Several differences how-

ever seem to warrant the separation of a new species. The most obvious of these

differences is the body shape, the present species being oval/elongate unlike

the almost circular P. braunsi. P. contractus is also more convex dorsally, the head

lacks elongate tubercles, the second antenna bears almost spinose setae, the

ischial lobe of pereiopod seven in the male is not as spinose as in the previous

species, the inner uropod ramus is not lamellar. Pleopod two of the male is

apically more slender. Why there should be one species of the genus near

Swakopmund, while from the Kunene River in the north to Namaqualand and

the Karoo in the south one variable species is to be found, is open to discussion.

Dr. Coaton (personal communication) states that there is no isolation of the

termite host species, as colonies of H. mossambicus occur from the coast, through

Pronamib/Namib desert country, right into the escarpment and inland plateau.

The possibility does exist that a particular species of Phylloniscus is able to survive

in the Namib conditions, where P. braunsi would be less well adapted. Until

more intensive collecting can be done, further speculation will be of little use.

COATONIA n. gen.

Eyes absent, head produced over bases of second antennae. Body circular,

depressed. Epimera of first pereion segment embracing head. Pleon not much

TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA 137

narrower than pereion. Mandibles with well-developed molar process. Right

mandible with one penicil, left with two; no molar penicil present. Inner lobe of

first maxilla with three penicils. Maxilliped with broad exopodite, palp with

terminal setal brush, endite with terminal penicil. Second antenna with fourth

and fifth peduncle segments prominent, flattened, flagellum three-segmented.

Pereiopods six and seven in male bearing modifications. Body and appendages

covered with minute semicircular scales, those on appendages sometimes

thorn-like.

Coatonia phylloniscoides n. sp.

Figs 4, 5

Description

Body circular in outline, dorso-ventrally flattened, unpigmented, covered

with numerous minute scales. Head embraced by epimera of first pereion

segment, bearing ten rounded tubercles in the posterior half. First four pereion

segments bearing anterior row of circular tubercles (up to 12/segment) and

posterior row of elongate tubercles (up to 11/segment). Each epimerite bearing

single proximal tubercle. Anterior row of circular tubercles decreasing in number

posteriorly, one on first pleon segment. Posterior row of tubercles present on all

segments except last pleon segment. First antenna three-segmented, terminal

segment bearing eight or nine aesthetascs. Second antenna flattened, especially

fourth and fifth segments. Flagellum of three segments, about one-third length

of fifth peduncle segment. Left mandible with two penicils at base of lacinia

mobilis, no molar penicil. Right mandible with lacinia mobilis reduced, single

penicil at its base, no molar penicil. Inner lobe of first maxilla bearing three

distal penicils, terminal penicil bulbous. Outer lobe bearing nine or ten chiti-

nous teeth plus one slender penicil. Second maxilla lamellar, inner terminal

lobe with numerous fine and several stout setae. Maxilliped having broad spinose

epipodite, palp of fused segments, distally tapering, bearing brush of stiff setae

terminally, endite with three distal spines, plus single terminal penicil. Pereio-

pods covered with flat semicircular scales, numerous split spines, particularly on

ventral surfaces. Very delicate dactylar organ present. Pereiopods six and seven

differentiated in male. Sixth with dense brush of fine setae on disto-dorsal surface

of propodus. Seventh pereiopod with ischium having hooked leaf-shaped lobe

proximo-ventrally, ventral surface extended to form broad lobe, apex of which

bearing numerous fine setae. First pleopod male with elongate triangular

lamellar exopod. Endopod with stout basal segment, and slender tapering distal

segment. Lanceolate genital apophysis situated between first pleopods. Endopod

of second pleopod elongate, stout, with complex convoluted terminal portion.

Third to fifth pleopods with quadrate exopods and much smaller roughly

quadrate endopods. Telson broadly triangular, apically rounded. Uropod with

stout base, exopod terete, slightly tapering, with two terminal setae. Endopod

inserted at same level as exopod, terete tapering, little shorter than exopod,

with two terminal setae.

138 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

2°O0mm

Fig. 4. Coatonia phylloniscoides

a. Holotype in dorsal view.

b. Sixth pereiopod, male.

c. Seventh pereiopod, female.

d. Seventh pereiopod, male.

0-5mm

0°-5mm

TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA 139

: ———— | Es |

0-1mm 0-Imm 0-05mm 0:05mm

‘

O-'imm

O-imm O-imm

—_—_—— —____..__

-_——_

— =

———

2mm

0-2mm 0-1mm

Fig. 5. Coatonia phylloniscoides

Cc.

é.

Right mandible.

Left mandible.

Inner lobe of first maxilla.

Outer lobe of first maxilla.

Second maxilla.

Maxilliped.

First antenna.

Genital apophysis and first pleopod, male.

Inner ramus of second pleopod, male.

Apex of inner ramus of second pleopod, male.

140 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Material

Cat. No. Specimens Length Locality Host Species

(mm)

Holotype S.A.M. Id °1 Vanrhynsdorp Muicrohodotermes

A12829 viator

Allotype S.A.M. I ovig 9 9°2 Vanrhynsdorp Muicrohodotermes

A12830 viator

Paratypes S.A.M. 63 2°8-3:0 Vanrhynsdorp Maicrohodotermes

A12831 4+11 ovig 9 3:0-3:2 viator

Paratypes T694 23 2°8

2+14 ovig Vanrhynsdorp Microhodotermes

g 2°8-3:2 viator

Remarks

Of the known genera of the Titaniidae from southern Africa, the present

species most closely resembles Phylloniscus, also a termitophilous genus. The

general shape, the first pleopod and genital apophysis of the male of both

genera are very similar, as are the rest of the pleopods. Coatonia differs from

Phylloniscus in that the first pereion segment embraces the head, also in the

structure of the maxillae and maxilliped, and the inner ramus of the uropod.

The first antenna, although three-segmented, differs in proportion and in the

shape of the aesthetascs. The very distinctive structure of the head immediately

separates Coatonia from Phylloniscus. In the latter the slender terete antennae

are usually hidden by the head, whereas in the present species the second

antennae are strikingly obvious, rather as in Schoeblia. The latter genus, of the

family Schoebliidae, however, differs considerably in antennal and mouthpart

structure. The maxilliped of Coatonia has a well-developed palp and endite,

unlike the reduced maxilliped of Phylloniscus. The genus is named for Dr.

W. G. H. Coaton, who was responsible for much of the collecting of the material

and for making the collection available for identification.

ANTIDORCASIA n. gen.

Body oval, twice longer than broad. Head with anterior margin semi-

circular, covering bases of antennae, lacking eyes. Mandibles and maxillae as

in Phylloniscus. Maxilliped endite well developed, with two distal spines and

terminal penicil. Pereiopod seven differentiated in male, bearing low rounded

spinose lobe. Uropod with endo- and exopod both terete.

Antidorcasia elongata n. sp.

Fig. 6

Description

Body oval, twice longer than broad, central portion strongly convex. Head

semicircular in outline, bearing cluster of rounded tubercles, not embraced by

: TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA I4I

o-imm

Meee ertElEl ee ity

oimm

0-5mm

Fig. 6. Antidorcasia elongata

Holotype in dorsal view.

First antenna.

- Maxilliped.

Second antenna.

Seventh pereiopod, male.

Apex of inner ramus of second pleopod, male.

Genital apophysis and first pleopod, male.

TAP AP SR

142 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

epimera of first pereion segment. Latter bearing anterior row of five rounded

tubercles, eight posterior rounded tubercles. Epimera each bearing single

diagonal elongate rib. Pereion segments two to seven each bearing eight

posterior rounded tubercles. First two pleon segments each with four pointed

tubercles, third with six, fourth with four, fifth with two. Telson slightly broader

than long, apically rounded. First antenna three-segmented, basal segment

largest, subterminal and terminal each bearing cluster of aesthetascs. Second

antenna with five basal segments, fifth largest, covered with numerous flattened

scales. Flagellum of three small segments. Left mandible bearing one penicil,

right two, no molar penicils. First maxilla inner lobe with three setose penicils,

terminal one rounded. Outer lobe with several simple spines. Second maxilla

apically setose. Maxilliped with spinose epipodite, palp bearing several spines

and terminal cluster of setae. Endite shorter than palp, bearing two distal spines

and large terminal setose penicil. Pereiopods spinose, covered with flattened

scales. Seventh pereiopod male bearing low, rounded ischial spinose lobe.

Dactyls of pereiopods with fine dactylar organ. First pleopod in male with

bipartite endopod, basal segment short, stout, terminal segment slender,

apically slightly flattened, with single very fine terminal seta. Genital apophysis

lanceolate. Endopod of second pleopod in male with broad terminal portion.

Uropod with inner ramus less than half length of outer, both terete.

Maiterial

Cat. No. Specimens Length Locality Host Species

| (mm)

Holotype S.A.M. 1G 5:6 Springbok Maucrohodotermes

A12834 viator

Allotype S.A.M. Lo 5°5 Springbok Maicrohodotermes

A12835 viator

Remarks

The present species is very closely related to both Coatonia and Phylloniscus.

All three genera have a similar flattened body with dorsal sculpturing, almost

identical mandibles, maxillae and first pleopods and genital apophysis in the

male. The maxilliped is as in Coatonia, and differs from Phylloniscus in possessing

a setose penicil. The species is separated from the almost circular Coatonia in

the oval-elongate shape, the slender second antennae, the structure of the 6th

and 7th pereiopods in the male. Although in general shape and to some extent

in dorsal sculpturing the present species resembles Phylloniscus contractus, it

differs in several respects. The maxilliped structure is as in Coatonia, the first

antenna differs in the proportions of the segments and in the disposition of the

aesthetascs, the seventh pereiopod of the male has an ischial lobe much lower

and broader than in Phylloniscus, all the pereiopods lack the lamellar dactylar

organ, the endopod of the uropod is terete and not lamellar. Thus, although

the present species closely resembles both Coatonia and Phylloniscus, it is placed

in a separate genus as it fits neither of the former generic definitions completely.

}

TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA 143

Tribe CRINOCHETA

Superfamily ATRACHEATA

Family Squamiferidae

Niambia (Niambia) termitophila n. sp.

Fig. 7

Description

Body elongate, bearing many scattered scales, with reticulate purplish

dorsal pattern. Head discrete, trilobed in dorsal view. Epistome not bulbous.

Eyes with seven or eight ocelli. Frontal line ridge-like between eyes. First

antenna three-segmented, terminal segment longest, with terminal aesthetascs.

Second antenna peduncle four-segmented, third segment distinctly shorter

than fourth, flagellum two-segmented, entire appendage covered with scales.

Left mandible with tridentate incisor process, tridentate lacinia mobilis.

Molar process consisting of compound penicil. Right mandible with tridentate

incisor process, reduced tridentate lacinia mobilis with single penicil at base,

single penicil between lacinia mobilis and molar process. Latter consisting of

several penicils. Inner lobe of first maxilla bearing two stout setose penicils,

outer lobe with eight terminally simple spines. Second maxilla with small

rounded inner lobe, larger and broader outer lobe. Former with numerous short

terminal spines. Maxilliped, endite with stout seta near inner angle, palp with

two subterminal setae, and terminal brush of setae.

First pereion segment with antero-lateral extension reaching forward to

head. Pereion almost parallel-sided. Pereiopods lacking any secondary dif-

ferences in male. All pereiopods with numerous spinelike setae on ventral sur-

faces of dactyli, propodi, and carpi. Propodus and carpus each with two dorso-

distal spines. Pleon only slightly narrower than pereion, epimerites curved,

acute. Telson apically acute, sides concave, broader than long, fringed with

alternating large and small scales. Outer ramus of first pleopod in male cordi-

form, inner ramus elongate tapering with genital apophysis fitting between

median edges. Genital apophysis apically broadened, truncate. Outer ramus

of second pleopod triangular, inner ramus elongate, tapering to needle-like

point. Pleopods three to five with outer rami cordiform, inner rami roughly

circular. Uropods with basal segment square, shorter than outer ramus; latter

inserted at apex of basal segment, inner ramus inserted in more proximal

position, slender.

Material

Cat. No. Specimens _— Length Locality Host Species

(mm)

Holotype S.A.M. kg Rin Pretoria Macrotermes

A12826 vitrialatus

Allotype S.A.M. eS, 5-0 Pretoria Macrotermes

A12627 vitrialatus

Paratypes S.A.M. 503g 5 2:0-4:9 Pretoria Macrotermes

A12828 7ovig 2 9 2-8-4°8 vitrialatus

144 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Cat. No. Specimens _— Length Locality Host Species

Paratypes N.C.I. 419 $ 2:°4-4:6 Pretoria Macrotermes

10 ovig 2 QP 3:2--4:0 vitrialatus

T44 2446 Rust der Macrotermes

I ovig Q Winter vitrialatus

Prxsr, 2833 Pretoria Macrotermes

I ovig Q vitrialatus

T159 Id Bethal Trinervitermes

trinervoides

T179 26 Pretoria Macrotermes

vitrialatus

T279 18 3d Pretoria Macrotermes

4 ovig 9 Q vitrialatus

T283 2396 Pretoria Odontotermes

transvaalensis

T319 22156 Pretoria Macrotermes

5 ovig 2 2 vitrialatus

T440 Lg Kendall Odontotermes

badius

Remarks

Vandel (1959) states that the difference between the genera Trichorina and

Nambia is extremely ‘delicate’, in fact, hinges on the presence or absence of a

frontal line. The present species is placed in Niambia as a frontal line is apparent.

If Barnard’s (1932) key to the species of Niambia is applied, it will be seen that

the present species falls into the subgenus \Viambia (having simple spines on the

outer lobe of the first maxilla), and into the group having the fourth antennal

segment distinctly longer than the third, and the outer ramus of the first pleopod

cordiform. In this group, only WV. angusta has this outer ramus without a projec-

tion on its outer margin as in the present species. V. termitophila differs from

NV. angusta in several respects, viz. in having eyes with fewer ocelli, in being a

relatively narrower animal, and in being recorded from termite nests. The only

other South African species of Niambia, recorded from a similar habitat,

NV. formicarum, taken from ant nests, differs sharply in possessing a projection

on the outer margin of the outer ramus of the first pleopod. WV. eburnea (Vandel)

from the ant nests of the Ivory Coast is very similar to the present species, but

is slightly smaller (male and female 3 mm in length), lacks any pigmentation,

and. has 5-6 ocelli per eye. The frontal line of this species is so obscure that

Vandel (19526) originally placed it in Trichorina. This would suggest that the

existence of two such closely related genera is artificial.

DiIscussION

Of the oniscoid isopods, one family of the tribe Crinocheta (Squamiferidae)

and two families of the tribe Synochaeta (Titaniidae and Schoebliidae) have

termitophilous representatives in southern Africa.

TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA 145

015mm

o'imm

Fig. 7. Niambia termitophila

Holotype in dorsal view.

Genital apophysis and inner ramus of first pleopod, male.

Outer ramus of first pleopod, male.

Outer ramus of second pleopod, male.

Inner ramus of second pleopod, male.

Right mandible.

First maxilla.

Integumental scales.

moO AS AO SA

146 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

These Crustacea, unlike many insects which occupy a similar habitat,

cannot be regarded as true termitophiles as they do not fulfil two important

prerequisites. They are not species specific (see Krishna, 1969: 11) nor do they

live in close association with the termites as do many of the termitophilous

insects. Nevertheless, it is more than likely that these forms do have an obliga-

tory relationship with the termites, in that they are not found outside of the

termite nest. They are most probably scavengers feeding on detritus contained

in the nest system of their hosts. The Titaniidae are either tolerated by the

termites or protected against attack by their flattened limuloid body shape

plus the rapidity of their evasive movements.

Termite hosts Termitophilous Isopoda | Recorded from

Hodotermitidae

Hodotermitinae

Hodotermes mossambicus (Hagen) Phylloniscus contractus S.W.A.

Phylloniscus braunsi R.S.A., S.W.A.

Microhodotermes viator (Latreille) Phylloniscus braunsi R.5.A.; S.Wie

Titana mirabilis R.S.A.

Coatonia phylloniscoides R.S.A.

Antidorcasia elongata R.S.A.

Termitidae

Macrotermitinae

Macrotermes subhyalinus (Rambur) Phylloniscus braunsi S.W.A.

Macrotermes vitrialatus (Sjéstedt) Niambia termitophila R.S.A.

Odontotermes badius (Haviland) Nambia termitophila R.S.A.

Odontotermes transvaalensis (Sj6stedt) Niambia termitophila R.S.A.

Nasutitermitinae

Trinervitermes trinervoides (Sjdstedt) Phylloniscus braunsi R.S.A.

Niambia termitophila RiS.A.

TABLE 1. Termite hosts and associated Isopoda

R.S.A.: Republic of South Africa S.W.A.: South West Africa

Known hosts include the families Hodotermitidae and Termitidae. Since

the nests of Hodotermes mossambicus are entirely hidden in the soil and not

easily found, none have yet been searched for termitophiles; specimens of

Phylloniscus were taken from the surface soil dumps of this host species at three

localities and from its superficial foraging cells under a stone at another. The

nests of Microhodotermes viator are frequently subtended on the surface by conical

clay mounds in the karroid areas of South Africa, and several of these have been

exposed and searched for termitophiles. Specimens of Coatonia, Antidorcasia and

Titana were taken exclusively from the nests of this host species, those of Phyl-

loniscus being collected as readily from its superficial foraging cells under stones

as from its nests. All specimens of Phylloniscus associated with Termitidae were

taken in the nests of the hosts. Other styloniscoid termitophiles which have been

recorded from southern Africa, but are not represented in this collection,

include Kogmania depressa Barnard, Schoeblia circularis Budde-Lund and S. fulleri

>, wa Koy

TERMITOPHILOUS ISOPODS FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA 147

(Silvestri). With the exception of a single specimen taken from the nest mound of

Trinervitermes trinervoides, all specimens of the squamiferid Niambia termitophila

were collected from fungus chambers of the nests of Macrotermitinae.

/ SUMMARY

Two new genera of termitophilous isopods, Coatonia and Antidorcasia, each

containing a single species, and a new species of Phylloniscus, are described. All

these species, and also the previously described species of Tztana and Phylloniscus

belong to the family Titaniidae. A new species of the squamiferid isopod Niambia,

also taken from termite nests, is described. Seven termite species from South

Africa and South West Africa are involved as hosts to these curious crustaceans.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am deeply indebted to Dr. W. G. H. Coaton for making the collection

available to me, also for his reading of the manuscript, supplying information

concerning the termites, and for making many useful criticisms.

My grateful thanks and appreciation are due to Professor A. Vandel of

Toulouse, for his critical reading of the manuscript, and for his invaluable

comments on classification and relationships.

REFERENCES

BARNARD, K. H. 1932. Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. No. 11. Terres-

trial Isopoda. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 30: 179-388.

BuppbE-Lunpb, G. 1909. Isopoda (1): Land-Isopoden. Jn scHULTZE, L. Zoologische und anthropolo-

gische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Stid-afrika. 2: 53-70. Jena:

Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 14: 53-70.

KrisHNnA, K. 1969. Introduction. Jn KRISHNA, K. & WEESNER, F.M. eds. Biology of termites. 1:

1-17. New York, London: Academic Press.

PurcELL, W. F. 1903. Description of a remarkable termitophilous isopod. Trans. S. Afr. phil.

Soc. 14: 409-411.

VANDEL, A. 1952a. Les trichoniscides (crustacés, isopodes) de l’hémisphére austral, leur place

systématique, leur intérét biogéographique. Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris (n.s. A, Zool.)

6 (1): 1-116.

VANDEL, A. 1952). La famille des Squamiferidae et l’origine des Platyarthrus. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr.

77: 371-388.

VANDEL, A. 1959. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de l'Afrique orientale appartenant au

genre Niambia Budde-Lund (crustacés: isopodes terrestres). Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris

31: 516-519.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12cm X 18cm (19cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the

World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHEr, P.-H., Duvat, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Konn, A. J. 19604. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region

of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Koun, A. J. 1960). Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn scHULTZE. L,

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51).

The Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references

incorporated in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy

list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, 6; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 Band

April 1971 April

Part;.(-2o),', 1) Deel

AMPHIPODA FROM SOUTHERN

ANGOLA

a : VY

JL Tf 0. AFI

LIBRARIES

Cape Town Kaapstad

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, a(t, 39 5s 7-8), 30-2) 5» t.—p.i.), 51-2, 5; 7-9),

6(1, t.—p.1.), ; 7(1-3), 8, g(1-2), 10(1),

I1(I-2, 5, 7, t——p.i.), 21, 24(2), 27, 31(1-3), 33, 38;

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

R1.00

Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1971

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur _

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

AMPHIPODA FROM SOUTHERN ANGOLA

BRIAN KENSLEY

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 5 figures)

[MS. accepted 9 December 1970]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction . : i Sag

List of species collected at

Mocamedes : ‘ 149

Systematic discussion 5) iy) EO

Summary : : s TRG

Acknowledgements . Sy DRS

ivelerences 1 7< : er DEG

INTRODUCTION

In September 1969 a joint expedition of the South African Museum,

Cape Town, and the State Museum, Windhoek, visited Mocamedes (15°10’S.,

12°10’E), in southern Angola. The aim of the visit was to do preliminary surveys

of the fauna of the rocky shores. It was hoped that this survey would help to

give a more balanced view of the transitional area northern South West Africa/

southern Angola, reported on by Penrith & Kensley (19704, 5). As the

amphipods collected at Mocamedes proved to be rather different from those

collected in South West Africa and included a new species, it was felt that a

short report on this group was warranted.

LisT OF SPECIES COLLECTED AT MOGAMEDES

Species Distribution

Ampithoe pollex Kunkel Oregon, U.S.A., Bermuda

Elasmopus affinis Della Valle Congo, northern South West Africa

Elasmopus rapax Costa Cosmopolitan tropical and temperate

intertidal

Hyale media (Dana) Cosmopolitan tropical intertidal

Jassa falcata (Montagu) Cosmopolitan intertidal

Maera inaequipes (Costa) Mediterranean, Canaries, S. Atlantic,

S. Pacific, W. Africa

Pleonexes macrocornutus nn. sp. Mocamedes, Angola

Stenothoe gallensis Walker Caribbean, Mediterranean, Ceylon,

Gambia, Hawaii

149

Aan. S. Afr. Mus. 57(8), 1971: 149-156, 5 figs.

I50 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

SYSTEMATIC Discussion

Family Ampithoidae

Ampithoe pollex Kunkel

Fig. 1

Ampithoe pollex Kunkel, 1910: 92. Barnard, 1954: 29.

Description: Antenna 1 slightly longer than antenna 2. Mandibular palp

3-jointed, second article slightly longer than third. Gnathopod 1 male with

dactyl serrated on inner edge, palm defined by stout spine, hind margin

slightly longer than palm, second article with rounded distal lobe. Gnathopod 2

male, palm deeply incised to form strong acute ‘thumb’. Latter closely applied

to palm in juveniles, more widely spaced in adults, dactyl serrate on inner

margin. Pereiopods 1 to 5, with sixth article bearing three to four spines, dactyl

strongly curved. Uropod 1 with rami shorter than peduncle, outer ramus with

two spines and three apical spines, inner ramus with three apical spines only.

Second uropod with rami almost equal to peduncle in length, spination similar

to first uropod with rami almost equal to peduncle in length, spination similar

to first uropod. Uropod 3 with rami shorter than peduncle, inner ramus with

two stout apical curved spines, outer ramus with three terminal spines. ‘Telson

triangular.

Fig. 1 a. Ampithoe pollex.

a. Second gnathopod, male 2:8 mm in

length. b. Second gnathopod, male 3:8 mm

in length.

Distribution: Oregon, U.S.A.; Bermuda.

Remarks: Except for slight differences in setation and spination, the present

material agrees well with Barnard’s figures of material from Oregon. The

species was very common amongst the intertidal algae, and this represents a

truly remarkable extension of the known distribution.

AMPHIPODA FROM SOUTHERN ANGOLA I5!

Pleonexes macrocornutus n. sp.

Piss 2; 5

Description: Male—antenna 1 reaching just beyond end of peduncle of second

antenna. First and second peduncle articles subequal in length, first more

robust, third article one fifth length of second. Antenna 2 very stout, first article

half length of second, third slightly shorter than second. Mandibular incisor

process with seven teeth, molar process weak, palp with first article one third

length of second, third shorter than second, with numerous apical setae. Lower

lip with outer lobe notched, setose. First maxilla with palp biarticulate, second

Fig. 2 Pleonexes macrocornutus

a. Head and antennae in lateral view. b. Telson. c. Second maxilla. d. First maxilla.

e. Lower lip. f. Maxilliped. g. Mandible. h. Third uropod. i. Second uropod. j. First

uropod.

152 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fig. 3 Pleonexes macrocornutus

a. Second gnathopod, female. b. First gnathopod, male. c. Second gnathopod, male.

d. First pereiopod. e. Fifth pereiopod. f. Propodus and dactylus, fifth pereiopod.

article three times length of first, bearing four apical setae. Outer plate well

developed, bearing about ten dentate spines. Second maxilla plates equal in

width, fringed with plumose setae. Maxilliped inner plate conical apically

rounded, fringed with plumose setae. Outer plate reaching to end of second

article of palp, inner margin with ten spines, becoming gradually longer

distally, giving way to stout plumed setae. Second and third articles of palp

AMPHIPODA FROM SOUTHERN ANGOLA 153

fringed with long setae. Fourth article one third length of third, covered with

minute bristles, armed with strong dentate spine. Gnathopods subequal in size,

first gnathopod with sideplate somewhat anteriorly produced. Second article

with distal rounded lobe, fifth and sixth articles with numerous setae, sixth

article with palm shorter than hind margin, defined by stout spine, inner margin

of dactyl serrate. Second gnathopod with rounded sideplate, lobe of fifth article

bearing tuft of serrate setae. Sixth article, palm of two regions, that nearest

hinge convex, rest of palm concave, defined by stout striate spine. Hind margin

longer than palm. Dactyl overlapping palm, serrate on inner margin. First

pereiopod with rounded sideplate, second article equal in length to third, fourth

and fifth articles together. Fifth article shorter than sixth. Fifth pereiopod with

second article equal in length to third plus fourth article. Sixth article distally

expanded, bearing three straight and one curved stout striate spines. Dacty]l

also striate. First uropod rami slightly less than half length of peduncle, latter

with distal row of four spines. Rami of equal length, outer broader than inner,

with row of four short spines and four apical spines. Inner ramus with row of

two short spines, four apical spines. Second uropod with outer ramus half

length of peduncle, inner ramus slightly longer. Peduncle with two distal spines.

Outer ramus with row of three spines, four apical spines. More slender inner

ramus with row of two spines, four apical spines. Third uropod with rami two

thirds length of peduncle, latter with four short distal spines. Outer ramus equal

in length to inner, with two strong uncinate apical spines. Inner ramus with

five short apical spines, four slender setae. Telson bluntly triangular, with two

distal blunt hooks, numerous setae.

Female—first antenna with peduncle relatively longer than in male,

second peduncle article reaching two thirds of length of second peduncle article

of second antenna. Second antenna similar to male.

Gnathopod 1 sideplate slightly produced anteriorly, palm evenly convex,

defined by stout striate spine, shorter than hind margin. Dactyl serrate on

inner margin. Second gnathopod, lobe on fifth article with tuft of serrate setae,

sixth and seventh articles similar to those of gnathopod one.

Type Material :

Institution Length in mm

(excluding antennae)

Holotype South African Museum male 6-8

S.A.M. A12837

Paratypes South African Museum 4 males, 6-0-6-8

S.A.M. A12838 4 ovigerous females, 8-0—9-0

4 juveniles

Paratypes State Museum, Windhoek

N. 50004 2 males, 4:9, 6-1

N. 50005 2 ovigerous females, 7:5, 9:0

Paratypes Lisbon 2 males, 5:2, 6-0

2 ovigerous females, 8-0, 8-0

154 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Remarks : The presence of a mandibular palp, the lack of an accessory flagellum,

a telson bearing recurved cornified processes and the pereiopods three to five

having the sixth segment distally expanded, places this species in the genus

Pleonexes.

The shape of the second gnathopod of the male immediately separates this

species from P. gammaroides (from the Mediterranean, the Atlantic coast of

Europe, North Africa, the Canaries and the Azores) and from P. ferox (from

the Mediterranean and the Canaries). P. lessoniae from New Zealand has a

similar gnathopod structure to the present species, but differs in the structure

of the antennae, the maxillipeds, the uropods, telson and especially the lower

lip. The species referred to by Barnard (1966) as Pleonexes(?) species, also differs

in the second gnathopod structure of the male, and in the telson which lacks

cornified processes. As the present specimens can thus not be reconciled to any

of the described species, a new species must be erected for it.

Family Gammaridae

Elasmopus rapax Costa

Fig. 4.

Elasmopus rapax: Barnard, 1955: 10; 1966: 503.

Distribution: Cosmopolitan tropical and temperate intertidal.

Remarks: As noted by Barnard (1955) this species is very variable, especially

with regard to the second gnathopods of the male. The present material resembles

the male figured by Barnard (1966) from Micronesia. However, the lack of long

setae on the second article of the pereiopods 3 to 5, and the uniarticulate accessory

flagellum seem to place the material in the subspecies mutatus Barnard, recorded

from southern California. The present material was collected along withspecimens

of E. affinis from amongst algae on the rocky shore at the lowest region exposed

by the low tide of spring.

Fig. 4. Elasmopus rapax

a. Second gnathopod, male, outer view. b. Accessory

flagellum. c. Second gnathopod, male, inner view.

AMPHIPODA FROM SOUTHERN ANGOLA 155

Family Hyalidae

Hyale media (Dana)

Fig. 5

Hyale media: Ruffo, 1950: 60. Stephenson, 1947: 37. Barnard, 1966: 520.

Distribution: Pantropical.

Remarks: The present material agrees well with Stephenson’s description, with

a few slight differences. Gnathopod 2 of the male does not have the spines

defining the separation of the palm and the hind margin as well developed as

the Tristan specimens, but agrees more closely with Ruffo’s figure of the

Venezuelan specimens. The third pair of uropods have a relatively more slender

peduncle, and the uropodal spination agrees with the Venezuelan rather than

with the Tristan specimens.

Fig. 5 Hyale media

a. Second gnathopod, male. b. Propodus

and dactylus, fifth pereiopod.

It is interesting to note that while H. media is common at Mocamedes,

about 200 kilometres away, at the rocks just north of the Kunene River mouth,

HZ. saldanha is very common, and H. media does not appear.

SUMMARY

A collection, of eight species of gammarid amphipods from southern Angola

is discussed. Four of the species are widely distributed through tropical regions.

One species, Ampzthoe pollex, has not previously been recorded from the African

coast, while the species of Pleonexes proved to be previously undescribed.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

My sincere thanks are due to the Governor-General of the province of

Angola, the Governor of the district of Mocamedes, and to the Instituto de

Investigagao Cientifica de Angola, for granting permission to work and collect

in Angola. Grateful thanks are also due to the South African Council for

156 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Scientific and Industrial Research for financial assistance towards the expedi-

tion. A special word of thanks is expressed to Mr. C. G. Coetzee, Mr. M. J.

Penrith and Dr. M.-L. Penrith for their assistance with collecting and sorting.

REFERENCES

BARNARD, J. L. 1954. Marine Amphipoda of Oregon. Ore. St. Monogr. Stud. Zool. 8: 1-103.

BARNARD, J. L. 1955. Gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the collections of Bishop

Museum. Bull. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 215: 1-46.

BARNARD, J. L. 1966. Marine Amphipoda of atolls in Mat areca, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 117:

549-55!-

KuNKEL, B. W. 1910. The Amphipoda of Bermuda. Trans Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 16: 1-116.

PenritH, M.-L & KeEwnsLey, B. F. 1970a. The constitution of the intertidal fauna of rocky

shores of South West Africa. Part I. Liideritzbucht. Cimbebasia (A) 1: 191-239.

PenritH, M.-L. & KeEnstey, B. F. 1970). The constitution of the fauna of rocky intertidal

shores of South West Africa. Part II. Rocky Point. Cimbebasia (A) 1: 243-268.

Rei, D. M. 1951. Report on the Amphipoda (Gammaridea and Caprellidea) of the coast of

tropical West Africa. Atlantide Rep. 2: 189-2092.

RurFFo, S. 1950. Studi sui Crostacei Anfipodi XXII. Anfipoda del Venezuela raccolti dal Dott.

G. Marcuzzi. Memorie Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Verona 2: 49-65.

STEPHENSEN, K. 1947. The Amphipoda of Tristan da Cunha. Results Norw. scient. Exped. Tristan

da Cunha 3 (19): 1-61.

ENS FRUGTLONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12 cm X 18 cm (19 cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

Bu.LLoucuH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHer, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHer, P.-H., Duvat, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les changes respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Koun, A. J. 19600. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In scHULTZE, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51). The

Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references incorporated

in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, 6; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 ~~ #Band

June 1971 Junie

Part’ “9 "Deel

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER

OSTRACODA WITH AN APPENDIX LISTING |

MUSEUM COLLECTIONS AND SOME FURTHER

DETERMINATIONS

THSO,

K. G. McKENZIE EX Niay

AUG 16 197}

f/BRARIES

Cape Town Kaapstad

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, 2G, 3> 5» 7-8), 3 (1-2, 5» t.——p.i.), 51-2, 5s 7-9)»

6(1,° t—p.i.), 7(1-3), 8, 9(1-2), 10(1),

11 (1-3, 5> 7) t.—p.1.), 2I, 24(2), 27; 31(1-3), 33> 38,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

Rae

R4.00

Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum

1971

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

WITH AN APPENDIX

LISTING MUSEUM COLLECTIONS AND SOME FURTHER

DETERMINATIONS

K. G. McKenzie

British Museum (Natural History), London

[MS. accepted 12 Fanuary 1971]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction ‘ i : : ‘ : Ey eh: Uy,

Taxonomic notes . : : : : : io.) | L5G

Species list . : ; : ; : : lb cr

Summary . ‘ , E : 5 ‘ a soUGT

Acknowledgements : : : : : ni kOr

References : : ‘ A : : Sn, ON

Appendix . é ‘ ’ 3 ; ; BELO

INTRODUCTION

In 1862 William Baird published the first description of a South African

freshwater ostracode and in 1896 Georg Ossian Sars published the first descrip-

tions of South African Ostracoda raised from dried mud cultures. Including

these papers, a total of twenty-seven publications by twenty-one authors has

resulted in the records of about 135 species (including subspecies) to date, the

majority of these coming from the Cape Province.

The Ostracoda of South Africa exhibit a high degree of endemism at the

species and genus levels and are characterized by the occurrence of many large

species (defined here as those with a length reaching or exceeding 3 mm) and

also by a great diversity of relatively small species in the subfamily Cypridop-

sinae. It is certain that many new species remain to be described, but here

reference is made only to a few new records for the South African fauna.

One of these is the first local record of the family Darwinulidae, genus

Darwinula, a taxon which elsewhere is common in land aquatic environments.

The South African representative was identified in material collected by the

Department of Zoology, Rhodes University, Grahamstown, at Lakes Sibaya

and Nhlanga, northern Zululand. Also collected from these lakes was an

undescribed species in the genus Loxoconcha, a species in the genus Perisso-

cytheridea, and a paracypridine species, plus five other cypridids.

At Swartkops Estuary, near Port Elizabeth, I collected a sample which

contained some juvenile valves of the genus Cyprideis, an index for polyhaline

conditions.

Collections made by R. G. Noble from the Provincial Lowveld Fisheries

Station, Marble Hall, Transvaal, include interesting new records of the genera

Stenocypris, Hemicypris and Cypris (cf. Taxonomic Notes).

157

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (9), 1971: 157-213

158 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Two new cypridopsine taxa were collected by me on Table Mountain. This

is the first published record of Ostracoda on the mountain, as far as I am aware,

although ostracodes apparently have been cultured successfully by students at

the University of Gape Town, from dried muds collected there (J. Heeg,

Department of Zoology, University of Natal; personal communication 4 Octo-

ber 1970).

The spirit collections of the South African Museum, which are the best

extant collections of South African freshwater Ostracoda, formed the basis for

the taxonomic revisions made here. These comprise an objective synonymy,

several subjective synonymies, an objective homonymy and a possible subjective

homonymy as well as numerous reassignments at the generic level. Two new

tribes are proposed.

The generally good condition of the South African Museum material owes

much to work done earlier (in 1963) by D. H. Eccles, Fisheries Research Officer,

Monkey Bay, Malawi, as the Appendix makes clear.

No attempt was made to determine unidentified material beyond the

generic level. Such collections are listed separately in the Appendix. The

Appendix was intended to be complete, but large collections remain to be

identified at the National Institute for Water Research, Pretoria; and other

unidentified collections are on loan to Dr H. W. Schafer.

In the Appendix, the initials against some species determinations refer to

the following workers: Baird (W. B.); Brady (G. S. B.); Daday (E. V. D.);

Eccles (D. H. E.); Fox (H. M. F.); Harding (J. P. H.); Hartmann (G. H. );

Klie (W. K.); McKenzie (K. G. M.); Miiller (G. W. M.); Rome (R. R.);

Sars (G. O. S.). The generic placements of these species are my responsibility.

Many new field collections were made and it is my hope to report on these

later.

TAXONOMIC NOTES

The aim has been to make this species list as objective a record as possible

of the present state of knowledge after work with the South African Museum and

some other collections.

Synonymies are kept at a minimum to retain this objectivity. For example,

Physocypria capensis (Sars) 1896 and Physocypria armata (Miiller) 1898 may well

be synonymous, as Sars (1924a) suggested. But, in view of the records of armata

from South Africa by Brady (1907) and Miiller (1914) I have not felt justified

in supporting Sars without the opportunity for comparing the two type materials.

I have altered records of several species which were first described outside

South Africa by interpolating cf. to indicate doubt as to their identity with South

African forms, e.g. ‘Cypridopsis’ cf. aculeata (Costa) 1847, originally described

from near Naples.

I use sp. aff. to indicate taxa which, in my opinion, are possibly new but

which nevertheless bear comparison with the species indicated, e.g. Perisso-

cytheridea sp. aff. estuaria Benson & Maddocks 1964 for a taxon from Lake Sibaya.

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 159

The generic reassessments are indeed subjective. In all such cases, previous

genus names are included in the synonymy below my generic determination

together with the relevant authors’ names and dates.

The notes which follow are intended to clarify points of taxonomic interest.

1. ? Cyclocypris pusilla Sars 1896. Sars (1924a: 177) notes that the original

material has been lost. Miiller (1912: 127) records pusilla under Cyclocypris

as a doubtful assignment. Until the taxon has been re-collected it will not

be possible to decide concerning the generic status (but see Appendix

One, H).

2. Cypridopsis and Pionocypris. The best discussion is in Howe (1962: 61). As

the generic synonymy is objective, because the same species was designated

as type for both genera, this means that many South African species

determined as Cypridopsis, especially by Sars who used Pionocypris for taxa

in Cypridopsis s.s., are left without a satisfactory generic name. My pro tem

solution has been to list these as ‘Cypridopsis’, using the inverted commas to

indicate their difference from species of Cypridopsis s.s.

3. Cypridopsine new genus. Some of the characters which separate this taxon

from other cypridopsines are given in the generic key (in preparation).

The informal designation is the only way at present by which the interesting

Table Mountain records can be included in the species list.

4. ‘Cypridopsis’ tumidula (Sars) 19244 is a junior objective homonym of Cypri-

dopsis tumidula Sars 1910.

5. Plesiocypridopsis and ‘Cypridopsis’. Rome (1965) comments on the fact that

on the first thoracic limbs of Plesiocypridopsis species the male left palp is

larger than the male right palp, a reversal of the typical case in European

‘Cypridopsis’ species, and uses this reversal as one of the characters which

separate Plesiocypridopsis from other cypridopsines. All “Cypridopsis’ species

for which bisexual populations were available in the South African Museum

material, however, show the same reversal. This particular character,

therefore, cannot be used to separate Plesiocypridopsis from ‘Cypridopsis’ in

South Africa, although on other grounds the two categories remain distinct.

6. The genus Cyprilla has been synonymized with Potamocypris, but I see

no reason to abandon Sars’s name. The generic characters given in Sars

(19242) are sufficient to establish the distinctiveness of Cyprilla.

7. The descriptions and illustrations of Cyprilla mastigophora (Methuen) 1910

and C’. producta Sars 1924a indicate that these taxa are identical. C. reniformis

(Brady) 1907 may prove to be their senior synonym, but the available

description and illustration is inadequate to decide this and the size of

reniformis is less than that recorded for both mastigophora and producta.

8. The presence in cyprettines of normal, if very slender, furcae and the

occurrence in them of radial septa are used to set up Cyprettinae as a

subfamily distinct from Cypridopsinae.

g. Bradycyprini is established within Cyprettinae as a new tribe which also is

characterized by a slender furca—but not as slender as in Cyprettini—

160

14.

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

and by the presence of radial septa in the right valve only. As the species

list indicates, Bradycyprini incorporates the genera Bradycypris Sars 1924a

and Paracypretta Sars 19244.

Homocypris oblonga (Sars) 19246. The material determined by Sars as

Heterocypris oblonga in the South African Museum collection clearly belongs

in Homocypris. Rome (1965) has noted the similarity between Homocypris

and cyprinotine species. Eccles refers the specimens to Homocypris conoidea,

but H. oblonga differs from H. conoidea at least in that the natatory setae

of the antenna are long in oblonga, reaching the tips of the terminal claws,

but markedly shorter in conozdea. Sars’s illustrations of the two species make

this clear and the South African Museum collection confirms that his

drawings are exact in this respect.

Cypricercini is established as a new tribe within Cypridinae on the grounds

of: general shape of the valves, a flexuous furcal ramus and the presence of

a loculus at the proximal branching of the chitin support. Tanycypris Triebel

is placed tentatively within Cypricercini because it has the two latter

characters while differing somewhat in general shape. Gesa Hartmann was

based on an immature female and its chitin support was neither described

nor illustrated (Hartmann 1957). Since Gesa closely resembles Tanycypris

in general shape and in many ‘soft part’ characters apart from the furca,

it may turn out to be a senior synonym of Tanycypris when the adult form

is known.

Cypris s.s. is distinguished at least by an undivided penultimate segment

on the walking leg (second thoracic limb) from Eucypris s.s. in which this

segment is clearly divided. No South African species originally referred to

Cypris in fact belong there. Some South African Museum specimens

determined by Eccles as Cypris latissima Miller 1898 proved to be Pseudo-

cypris triquetra Sars 1924a. I recently identified Cypris cf. latissima Miller

1898 in material collected by R. G. Noble from the Provincial Lowveld

Fisheries Station, Marble Hall, Transvaal. Since Cypris apparently does not

occur elsewhere in South Africa this record may represent an introduced

species.

The genus Hemicypris is characterized by a right valve which overlaps the

left valve, the latter being denticulate at least posteroventrally. In ? Hemi-

cypris inversus (Daday) 1913 these characters are inverted in the different

sexes, hence the specific name and the tentative determination. A definite

Hemicypris occurs in Noble’s collections from the Provincial Lowveld

Fisheries Station. This latter species may also qualify as an introduced

exotic.

Candonocypris candonoides (King) 1855. The species was recorded by Sars

(1896) as occurring in one of his South African aquaria, but he later

(1924a: 177) decided that it was probably a contaminant and that the

taxon was endemic to Australasia. In my opinion, the larval stages recorded

as Candonocypris sp. by Miiller (1908) probably were larval stages of

Afrocypris Sars.

15.

16.

i].

18.

19.

20.

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 161

Afrocypris is placed tentatively in Dolerocypridini because of its similarities

to Candonocypris in: general carapace shape, the prominent secondary fused

zone in the right valve and the spatulate distal segment of the maxillule

palp. The hemipenis, however, is distinctive as is the shell size.

Apatelecypris brevis (Sars) 19246 and Apatelecypris schultzec (Daday) 1913

may be synonymous as suggested by Eccles in his determinations of South

African Museum collections. The reported size differences between the

two species are such, however, that without comparing both type materials

in detail I cannot decide regarding the synonymy. The record by Barnard

(1935) of very large—up to 4 mm —specimens of A. brevis from N’kate Pan

in the Kalahari would be worth rechecking as it may represent a new

species in the genus.

Sclerocypris tuberculata (Methuen) 1910 and (Sars) 1924a. The Sars taxon

resembles Methuen’s species in so many details that it is most probably

identical with it as well as being a junior subjective homonym. Klie’s

species, biconica is certainly synonymous with the Methuen form, as recorded

in the list. Sclerocypris has a different shape in dorsal view from Megalocypris

as Sars’s illustrations make clear (Sars 1924a, b) apart from several dif-

ferences in the soft anatomy.

The tentative referral of Mesocypris to the tribe Scottini is based on the

morphology of its furca and follows Dr D. Danielopol, Speological Institute,

‘E. Racovitza’, Bucharest, Rumania (personal communication 10 February

1969).

Stenocypris s.s. is characterized by the presence of radial valve septa. All

the South African species previously referred to Stenocypris belong either

in Chrissia Hartmann or Parastenocypris Hartmann in which radial septa

are absent. I identified Stenocypris s.s. in Noble’s collections from the

Provincial Lowveld Fisheries Station, Marble Hall, Transvaal, and in the

absence of other records consider it to be an introduced exotic.

Concluding, it seems that such genera as Cypris, Stenocypris and Cyprinotus,

which were recorded as part of the South African fauna in previous papers

in fact do not occur apart from accidental introductions into such suscept-

ible environments as fisheries stations and ricefields. This conclusion

reinforces the known high degree of endemism in the South African fauna.

SPEcIEs List

Family : Darwinulidae

Genus : Darwinula Brady & Robertson 1885

Darwinula sp.

Localities : Lake Sibaya and Lake Nhlange in northern Zululand (cf.

Introduction)

Length 2 2 0:6-0-7 mm

162

Family

Subfamily

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length:

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Subfamily

Genus

Locality

Length

Genus

Locality

Length

Subfamily

Genus

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Cytheridae

Limnocytherinae

Gomphocythere Sars 1924a

Cytheridella (of Miiller 1914); Limnicythere (of Sars 1910)

Gomphocythere capensis (Miller) 1914

freshwater pond near Chapmans Bay (Miiller 1914)

0-6—0:66 mm (Miiller 1914)

Gomphocythere expansa Sars 19244

pond on the Cape Flats (Sars 19242)

g¢ =069mm, 2 = 0-77 mm (Sars 19242)

Gomphocythere obtusata (Sars) 1910

Victoria Nyanza (Sars 1910); freshwater pond near Chapmans

Bay (Miller 1914); small duck pond at Salt River, near

Cape Town; small pools near the whaling station at

Saldanha Bay (Sars 19242)

g =0'70 mm, YF = 0-80 mm (Sars 19244)

Limnocythere Brady 1868

Limnicythere (of various authors)

Limnocythere aethiopica Klie 1934

Banagher Pan, Lake Chrissie district, Transvaal (Klie 1934)

g =0°65 mm, 2 = 0:57 mm (Klie 1934)

Cytherideinae

Cyprideis Jones 1857

Cyprideis sp.

Swartkops Estuary, near Port Elizabeth (cf Introduction)

about I mm

Perissocytheridae Stephenson 1938

Perissocytheridae sp. aff. estuaria Benson & Maddocks 1964

Lake Sibaya, northern Zululand (cf. Introduction); Knysna

Estuary (Benson & Maddocks 1964)

about 0-6 mm

Loxoconchinae

Loxoconcha Sars 1866

Locality

Length

Family

Subfamily

Genus

Locality

Length

Subfamily

Genus

Locality

Length

Subfamily

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Subfamily

Genus

Locality

Length

Genus

Synonymy

Localities

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 163

Loxoconcha sp.

Lake Sibaya and Lake Nhlange, northern Zululand (cf.

Introduction)

about 0-4 mm

Cyprididae

Ilyocypridinae

Ilyocypris Brady & Norman 1889

Ilyocypris australiensis Sars 1889

mud near Bergvliet (Sars 19242)

Paracypridinae

Paracypris Sars 1866

? Paracypris sp. aff. westfordensis Benson & Maddocks 1964

Lake Nhlange, northern Zululand (cf. Introduction); Knysna

Estuary (Benson & Maddocks 1964)

about o-8 mm

Candoninae

Candonopsis Vavra 1891

Candonopsis nama Daday 1913

C. namaica (on explanation to Plate 6 in Daday 1913)

Besondermaid, a watering-place between Berseba and Betha-

nie, Great Namaqualand (Daday 1913)

g and 2 = o-g mm (Daday 1913)

Cyclocypridinae

Cyclocypris Brady & Norman 1889

? Cyclocypris pusilla Sars 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896)

2 = 0-48 mm (Sars 1896)

Physocypria Vavra 1896

Cypria (of Sars 1896, 1924a; Miiller 1898; Brady 1904, 1907,

1913)

Physocypria cf. armata (Miiller) 1898

Madagascar (Miiller 1898); Pietermaritzburg (Brady 1907);

Sandvlei near Lakeside; freshwater pond near Chapmans

Bay (Miiller 1914)

164

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Subfamily

Genus

Synonymy

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Genus

Synonymy

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

3 = 0-6-0-62 mm, 9 = 0:67-0:71 mm (Miiller 1898) ; 1-2 mm

(Brady 1907); $ =0°-75 mm, 2 = 0:77-0:86 mm (Miiller

1914)

Physocypria capensis (Sars) 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896); mud from pools on Green Point

Common, Cape Town; near whaling station, Saldanha

Bay (Sars 1924a); Banagher Pan 2, Frischgewaagd Kuil;

Goedeverwachting Pan, Rietfontein Pan 1, Weltevreden

East Pan (Hutchinson e¢ al. 1932)

6 =0-60 mm, 2 = 0-78 mm (Sars 1896); ¢ rather smaller

than 9, 9 = 0:75 mm (Sars 1924a)

? Physocypria castanea (Brady) 1904

Greytown, Natal (Brady 1904); drinking-water pool close to

‘Rydal Mount’, Witsieshoek, Orange Free State; near

prison, Port St. Johns, Pondoland (Brady 1913)

0-65 mm (Brady 1904)

Cypridopsinae

Cypridopsis Brady 1868

Pionocypris (of Sars 19242)

Cypridopsis assimilis Sars 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896); vlei at Port Elizabeth; pools near

the whaling station at Saldanha Bay (Sars 19242)

2 = 0-68 mm (Sars 1896); 2 about 0-70 mm (Sars 1924a)

Cypridopsis intermedia (Sars) 19244

Pools on the Bergvliet Flats (Sars 1924a)

2 about 0-60 mm (Sars 19242)

Cypridopsis viduella Sars 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896); Steinkopf and Kamaggas, Little

Namaqualand; Koanip River, near Chamis, Great

Namaqualand; Riet-Tinkas, south of Swakop near Salem,

Hereroland (Daday 1913)

29= 0°58 mm (Sars 1896); g=06 mm, 9 =—O8 iam

(Daday 1913); 9 amounting to 0-63 mm (Sars 19242)

Plestocypridopsis Rome 1965

Cypris partim (of Methuen 1910); Cypridopsis partim (of Sars

19246); Cypridopsis (of Klie 1933); Cypridopsis partim (of

Hartmann 1957)

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Genus

Synonymy

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 165

Plestocypridopsis cf. aldabrae (Miiller) 1898

Cypridopsis newtont Brady & Robertson 1870 (in determinations

by D. H. Eccles of South African Museum material)

Otjituo in Damaraland (Sars 19240)

9 = 0-90 mm

Plestocypridopsis chrissiensis (Methuen) 1910

Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Methuen 1910)

o-73 mm (Methuen 1910)

Plesiocypridopsis inaequivalva (Klie) 1933

Lake Chrissie, Blouwater Pan 4 and 5, Banagher Pan 3, Eliazar

Pan, Eilands Pan (Hutchinson et al. 1932; Klie 1933);

Lake Chrissie, ‘Transvaal (Hartmann 1957)

g6 =0'79 mm, 9 = 0:88 mm (Klie 1933); 0-78 mm (Hart-

mann 1957)

Plestocypridopsis insidiosa Rome 1965

Sta. 326, Kaokoveld, Gauko—Otavi, South West Africa (Rome

1965)

g6 =0'70mm, 2 = 0-74 mm (Rome 1965)

‘Cypridopsis’

Cypris partim (of Costa 1847); Potamocypris (of Sars 1896) ;

Proteocypris partim (of Brady 1907); Cypridopsis (of various

authors, cf. Taxonomic Notes)

‘Cypridopsis’ cf. aculeata (Costa) 184.7

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miller 1908);

Langevlei, near Simonstown; Sandvlei, near Lakeside;

freshwater pond at Chapmans Bay (Miiller 1914); a

small pool on the Cape Flats (Sars 1924a); Brakpan 1

(Hutchinson et al. 1932)

2 = 0:65-0°75 mm (Miiller 1908); 2 amounting to 0-65 mm

(Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ brevis (Sars) 1924a

pond on the Bergvliet Flats (Sars 19242)

@ scarcely exceeding 0-50 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ clavata (Sars) 19244

dam at Touws River Station, Worcester Division (Sars 19242)

166

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

‘Cypridopsis’ echinata (Miller) 1908

Fish Hoek (Miiller 1908); near Cape Town; a vlei at Port

Elizabeth (Sars 19242)

2 = 0-70 mm (Miiller 1908); amounting to 0-72 mm (Sars

19244, in which only the 9Q is described)

‘Cypridopsis’ elizabethae (Sars) 1924a

Near Port Elizabeth (Sars 19242)

g and 9 present, amounting to 0-70 mm (Sars 19244)

‘Cypridopsis’ glabrata (Sars) 19244

Small dried-up pools near the whaling station at Saldanha

Bay (Sars 19242)

amounting to 0-87 mm, J of somewhat smaller size than 2

(Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ globuloides (Brady) 1907

Richmond, Natal (Brady 1907)

0-43 mm (Brady 1907)

‘Cypridopsis’ gregaria (Sars) 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896); near Bergvliet; near the whaling

station at Saldanha Bay (Sars 19242)

2 =0-70 mm (Sars 1896); @ amounting to o80 mm, ¢

smaller (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ hirsuta (Sars) 1924a

Ashton (Sars 1924a)

® amounting to 0-80 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ katesae (Hartmann) 1957

Gibeon, Great Namaqualand (Hartmann 1957)

2 = 0:62-0:65 mm (Hartmann 1957)

‘Cypridopsis’ ochracea (Sars) 19244

Faure, on the Cape Flats, near Cape Town; near the whaling

station at Saldanha Bay (Sars 19242)

dg as well as 2 known, amounting to 0-78 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ punctata (Sars) 1924

Otjituo, in Damaraland (Sars 19246)

Q = 0-70 mm (Sars 19245)

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Genus

Locality

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 167

‘Cypridopsis’ punctillata (Brady) 1907

Pietermaritzburg (Brady 1907)

0°57 mm (Brady 1907)

‘Cypridopsis’ pyramidula (Sars) 1924a

Ashton (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ pygmaea (Sars) 1924a

mud from the Cape Flats (Sars 19242)

2 scarcely exceeding 0-45 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ reniformis (Sars) 19244

Fish Hoek Station pond (Sars 19242)

2 amounting to 0-80 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ spinifera (Sars) 1924a

Cape Flats; mud from different localities in the neighbourhood

of Cape Town (Sars 19242)

specimens mostly Qs, amounting to 0-80 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ striolata (Sars) 1924a

pond on the Bergvliet Flats (Sars 19242)

Q measuring 0:54 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ tonsa (Sars) 19244

pond on Green Point Common, Cape Town (Sars 19242)

2 amounting to 0-78 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ trigonella (Sars) 1924a

near Bergvliet (Sars 19242)

° = 0-63 mm (Sars 19242)

‘Cypridopsis’ triquetra (Miiller) 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miiller 1908)

2 = 0-08-0°85 mm (Miiller)

‘Cypridopsis’ tumidula (Sars) 19244

near Port Elizabeth (Sars 19242)

go =0°50, 9 = 0°58 mm (Sars 19242)

Cypridopsine n. gen.

Cypridopsine n. gen. spp. (2)

Table Mountain (cf Introduction)

168 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Length : about 0-5 mm

Genus : Cyprilla Sars 19244

Synonymy : Proteocypris partim (of Brady 1907) ; Cypris partim (of Methuen

1910)

Cyprilla arcuata Sars 1924a

Localities : near Bergvliet; also in samples sent to Sars from the South

African Museum (Sars 19242)

Length : © scarcely exceeding 0-48 mm (Sars 19244)

Cyprilla deflexa Sars 1924a

Locality : near Port Elizabeth (Sars 19242)

Length >: §@ =0°56mm, 2 = 0-60 mm (Sars 19244)

Cyprilla gibbula Sars 19244

Locality in several: of Sars’s aquaria (Sars 1924a); roadside ditch on

the high plateau, west of Calvinia, about 46 km from

Vanrhynsdorp (collected K. G. McKenzie and A. T.

Tankard, 26 September 1970)

Length : osand Qs known, measuring 0-48 mm (Sars 1924a)

Cyprilla humilis Sars 1924a

Locality : dam at Faure on the Cape Flats (Sars 19242)

Length : sand Qs known, measuring 0-58 mm (Sars 19242)

Cyprilla mastigophora (Methuen) 1910

Synonymy : Cyprilla producta Sars 1924a

Localities : Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Methuen 1910); Klipdam, near

Kimberley (Sars 1924a); Kaotwe Pan, Kalahari Desert

(Barnard 1935); Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Hartmann

1957)

Length : sand Qs amounting to 0-60 mm (Sars 1924a); 9 = 0-60 mm

(Hartmann 1957)

Cyprilla reniformis (Brady) 1907

Locality. : Somkele, NW of Mtubatuba, Zululand (Brady 1907)

Length : 0-5 mm (Brady 1907)

Genus : Oncocypris Miller 1898

Oncocypris cf. voeltzkowi Miller 1898

Localities : Richmond and Pietermaritzburg (Brady 1907); Frischge-

waagd Kuil, Transvaal (Hutchinson et al. 1932)

Length

Genus

Localities

Length

Localities

Length

Subfamily

Tribe

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Tribe

Genus

Synonymy

Localities

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 169

not given (Brady 1907)

Konocypris Miller 1898

Konocypris cordata Sars 1924a

different places near Cape Town (Sars 1924a)

amounting to 0-56 mm (Sars 19242)

Konocypris tuberosa Miller 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miiller 1908);

vlei at Lakeside; Langevlei, Cape Province (Miiller

1914); old gravel-pits on the Bergvliet Estate (Sars 19242)

g6 and 2=0-7-08 mm (Miller 1908); amounting to

0-75 mm, o of nearly same size as 9 (Sars 19242)

Cyprettinae

Cyprettini

Cypretta Vavra 1895

Cypris partim (of King 1855); Cypridopsis partim (of Sars 1889,

1894)

Cypretta cf. globulus (Sars) 1889

pond at Bergvliet (Sars 19242)

scarcely exceeding 0-7 mm (Sars 19242)

Cypretia cf. minna (King) 1855

near Bergvliet (Sars 19242)

amounting to 0-g0 mm (Sars 19242)

Cypretia cf. sarst Brady 1901

Pietermaritzburg (Brady 1907)

not given (Brady 1907)

Cypretta cf. turgida (Sars) 1895

vlei on the Cape Flats (Sars 19242)

amounting to 0-90 mm (Sars 19242)

Bradycyprini n. (cf. Taxonomic Notes)

Bradycypris Sars 1924

Cypris (of Brady 1907); Cypris partim (of Miiller 1908)

Bradycypris intumescens (Brady) 1907

Somkele, NW of Mtubatuba, Zululand (Brady 1907); old

gravel-pits, Bergvliet Flats; Ashton (Sars 19242)

170

Length

Locality

Length

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Subfamily

Genus

Synonymy

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

1°35 mm (Brady 1907); amounting to 1°50 mm, 4s rare

(Sars 19242)

Bradycypris radiata (Miller) 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miiller 1908)

2 = 1-4 mm (Miller 1908)

Paracypretta Sars 1924

Cypris partim (of Brady 1904); Cypris partim (of Miller 1908,

1914)

Paracypretta acanthifera Sars 1924a

near Cape Town (Sars 19242)

Paracypretta ampullacea Sars 1924a

vlei on Green Point Gommon and another locality near by

(Sars 19242)

® about 1 mm (Sars 1924a)

Paracypretta aratra (Brady) 1904

near Greytown, Natal (Brady 1904)

1-0 mm (Brady 1904)

Paracypretta rubra Sars 19244

shallow vlei on the Bergvliet Flats (Sars 19242)

Q amounting to 0:90 mm (Sars 1924a)

Paracypretta syngramma (Miiller) 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown; Fish Hoek (Miller

1908)

Q = 1'10—-1'1 mm (Miller 1908)

Paracypretta syngramma (Miller) 1908 var. minor (Miller) 1914

freshwater pond between Fish Hoek and Chapmans Bay

(Miller 1914)

0-95 mm (Miiller 1914)

Cypridinae

Incertae Sedis

Homocypris Sars 1924a

Herpetocypris partim, typographical error for Heterocypris (of

Sars 19245)

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Genus

Locality

Length

Tribe

Genus

Localities

Length

Localities

Length

Localities

Length

Genus

Synonymy

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA I7I

Homocypris conoidea Sars 1924a

old dried-up pits on the Bergvliet Flats; mud taken at Port

Elizabeth (Sars 19242)

Q = 1°35 mm (Sars 19242)

Homocypris longirostrata Rome 1965

Sta. 76, Cape Flats, 1-6 km E of Zeekoevlei, Cape Province

(Rome 1965)

Q = 1:14 mm (Rome 1965)

Homocypris oblonga (Sars) 19246

Otjituo in Damaraland (Sars 19246)

Q = 1°30 mm (Sars 19245)

Liocypris Sars 1924a

Liocypris grandis Sars 1924a

Stompneus, Cape Province (Sars 19242)

Q = 4:40 mm (Sars 19242)

Cypricercini n. (cf. Taxonomic Notes)

Cypricercus Sars 1896

Cypricercus cuneatus Sars 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896); mud taken near Bergvliet (Sars

1924a)

a— 155, mim, 2 — 1-75. mm (Sars 1g96)>, 9 —i1-60 mm

(Sars 19242)

Cypricercus episphaena Miller 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown; Fish Hoek (Miiller

1908); Green Point Common, Cape Town (Sars 19242)

Q = 1°5-1°6 mm (Miiller 1908); 9 = 1-60 mm (Sars 19242)

Cypricercus maculatus Miiller 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miiller 1908) ; pond

on the Cape Flats (Sars 1924)

eo i Ojamm:,| ©. a-7.mmy (Miulleny19go8); ¢ = 1-40) mm

(Sars 19242)

Tanycypris Triebel 1959

Cypris partim (of Brady 1904); Cypris (of Brady 1913); Dolero-

cypris (of Klie 1933)

172

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Genus

Locality

Length

Tribe

Genus

Locality

Length

Tribe

Genus

Synonymy

Localities

Length

Localities

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Tanycypris clavigera (Miller) 1898

Sta. 254, Hensleys Dam, Basutoland (Rome 1965)

oie ro min

Tanycypris inermis (Brady) 1904

near Greytown, Natal (Brady 1904); small clear pool formed

by drippings of a spring 0-4 km below the rock with

Bushman paintings, near ‘Rydal Mount’, Witsieshoek,

Orange Free State (Brady 1913)

0-95 mm (Brady 1904)

Tanycypris obtusa (Klie) 1933

Weltevreden West Pan, near Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Hut-

chinson et al. 1932; Klie 1933)

Oh ioe ane

Gesa Hartmann 1957

Gesa dubia Hartmann 1957

Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Hartmann 1957)

0-92 mm ( @ late larval stage)

Cypridini

Cypris Miller 1776

Cypris cf. latissima Miller 1898

Provincial Lowveld Fisheries Station, Marble Hall, Transvaal

(cf. Introduction)

not measured

Eucypridini

Eucypris Vavra 1891

Cypris partim (of Sars 1896; Miiller 1908)

Eucypris capensis (Miller) 1908

a vlei at Plumstead (Miiller 1908); freshwater pond between

Fish Hoek and Chapmans Bay (Miiller 1914); a pond on

Green Point Common (Sars 19242)

Q = 1°8-1-95 mm, ¢ unknown (Miiller 1908); Q amounting

to 1:80 mm (Sars 19244)

Eucypris corpulenta (Sars) 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896); Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near

Simonstown (Miiller 1908)

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 173

Q = 2:10 mm (Sars 1896, 1924a); 9 = 1-9-2 mm (Miiller

1908)

Eucypris hirta Sars 1924a

Green Point Common; near Bergvliet (Sars 19242)

Q amounting to 1-90 mm (Sars 19242)

Eucypris producta Sars 1924a

a vlei near Port Elizabeth (Sars 1924a)

Q amounting to 2-40 mm (Sars 1924a)

Eucypris purcellt Sars 1924a

Ashton, Cape Province (Sars 19242)

@ scarcely exceeding 2:30 mm (Sars 1924a)

Eucypris trichota (Miller) 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miiller 1908);

Green Point Common, Cape Town (Sars 19242)

29=3 mm, ¢ unknown (Miiller 1908); Q attaining 3 mm

(Sars 19242)

Eucypris trigona (Sars) 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896)

Q = 1:75 mm (Sars 1896)

Pseudocypris Daday 1908

? Eurycypris (of Miller 1908); Cyprs partim (of Methuen

1910); Eurycypris (of Miller 1914); Cypris (of Eccles, deter-

minations in South African Museum collections)

Pseudocypris acuta (Miller) 1914

freshwater pond between Fish Hoek and Chapmans Bay

(Miller 1914)

6 = 2:8-3:3mm, 2 unknown (Miiller 1914)

Pseudocypris circularis (Sars 19246)

Onambeke, Ovamboland (Sars 19245); 1-60 km N of Tsotso-

roga Pan and N’kate Pan, Kalahari Desert (Barnard

1935)

9 = 2:40 mm, ¢ unknown (Sars 19245)

Pseudocypris expansa Sars 1924a

Kimberley (Sars 1924a); Avenue Pan, Brakpan 2, Eliazar Pan,

Rietfontein Pan, Weltevreden East Pan, ‘Transvaal

(Hutchinson et al. 1932)

174

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Tribe

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Genus

Synonymy

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

g =2:90 mm, @ unknown (Sars 19242)

Pseudocypris gibbera Sars 19245

Otjituo, Damaraland; Onambeke, Onolongo, ‘Tamansu,

Ukualuthi, Ukualonkathi, Eunda, all in Ovamboland

(Sars 19245); N’kate Pan, Kalahari Desert (Barnard 1935)

Q = 2:2 mm (Sars 19245)

Pseudocypris spinosa (Methuen) 1910

Lake Chrissie, ‘Transvaal (Methuen 1910); Weltevreden West

Pan, Transvaal (Hutchinson é al. 1932)

3°3 mm (Methuen 1910)

Pseudocypris testudo Sars 1924a

Green Point Common; pond on the Cape Flats (Sars 1924a)

2 = 3°50 mm (Sars 1924a)

Pseudocypris triquetra Sars 1924a

Cypris latissima (Miller) 1898 (determination by Eccles in

South African Museum collections)

Kimberley (Sars 19242)

@ = 2-60 mm (Sars 19242)

Cyprinotini

Hemicypris Sars 1903

Cyprinotus partim (of Daday 1913)

? Hemicypris inversus (Daday) 1913

Ku-Gudie, between Phitsane and Kooa, Kalahari (Daday

1913)

g=1:2mm, 2 = 1-2-1:3 mm (Daday 1913)

Hemicypris sp.

Provincial Lowveld Fisheries Station, Marble Hall, Transvaal

(cf. Introduction)

not measured

Heterocypris Claus 1893

Cypris partim (of Sars 1896, Methuen 1910); Cyprinotus (of

Miiller, 1908, 1914, Rome 1965); Cyprinotus partim (of

Daday 1913); Herpetocypris partim typographical error for

Heterocypris (of Sars 19245)

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 175

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

? Synonymy :

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Tribe

Genus

Locality

Length

Heterocypris aurea (Sars) 1896

Knysna swamp (Sars 1896); Kamaggas, Little Namaqualand

(Daday 1913)

6 = 1-32 mm, 9° 1-60 mm (Sars 1896);

Q = 2-5 mm (Daday 1913)

dé = 22 mm,

Heterocypris caluus (Rome) 1965

Sta. 49, Toeslaan, Cape Province; Sta. 235, Quthing, Basuto-

land (Rome 1965)

Q = 1:23 mm (Rome 1965)

Heterocypris capensis (Miller) 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown; Fish Hoek (Miller

1908) ; old gravel-pits on the Bergvliet Flats; small dried-up

ponds near the whaling station at Saldanha Bay; near

Cape Town (Sars 19242)

9 = 1°45-1°55 mm (Miiller 1908);

I-40 mm (Sars 19242)

en Oe ae ee

Heterocypris gunningt (Methuen) 1910

Heierocypris congener Vavra 1897 (of Hutchinson é al. 1932,

Hartmann 1957)

Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Methuen 1910, Hutchinson ¢é al.

1932, Hartmann 1957); Eilandspan, Eliazar Pan, Lief-

gekosen Pan, Leeuwkraal Pan (Hutchinson ¢é al. 1932)

1-30 mm (Methuen 1910); 1:2—-1-3 mm (Hartmann 1957)

Heterocypris cf. incongruens (Ramdohr) 1808

a small grassy vlei on the Cape Flats (Sars 1924a)

Q = 1-45 mm (Sars 1924a@ notes that this species propagates

parthenogenetically in his aquaria)

Heterocypris ovularis (Sars) 19245

Ukualuthi and Ongka, in Ovamboland (Sars 19246); Kaotwe

Pan, also 3:2 km N of Tsotsorogo Pan, Kalahari Desert

(Barnard 1935)

2 = 1°80 mm (Sars 19246)

Dolerocypridini

Candonocypris Sars 1894.

Candonocypris candonoides (King) 1855 (cf. Taxonomic Notes)

Cape of Good Hope (Sars 1896)

not given

176

Localities

Length

Genus

Localities

Length

Tribe

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Tribe

Genus

Locality

Length

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Localities

Length

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Candonocypris sp. (Miiller 1908) (cf. Taxonomic Notes)

Zeekoevlei, Langevlei, Fish Hoek (Miller 1908)

not given, only larval stages present (Miiller 1908)

Afrocypris Sars 19245

Afrocypris barnardi Sars 19245

Ukualuthi and Tamansu, in Ovamboland (Sars 19246)

Q = 5°30 mm (Sars 19246)

Herpetocypridini

Herpetocypris Brady and Norman 1889

Stenocypris (of Sars 1896)

Herpetocypris cf. chevreuxi (Sars) 1896

vlei on the Cape Flats (Sars 1924a)

Q amounting to 2°30 mm (Sars 1924a)

Isocypridini

Amphibolocypris Rome 1965

Amphibolocypris exigua (Rome) 1965

Sta. 287, Kruger National Park, Leeu Pan, 24 km NE of

Skukuza; Transvaal (Rome 1965)

g¢ =147mm, 2 = 1:65 mm (Rome 1965)

Isocypris Miller 1908

Ayaiocypris Brady 1913

Isocypris africana (Brady) 1913

I 524 m at Witsieshoek, Orange Free State (Brady 1913)

about 1:4 mm (measurement based on Plate 33 in Brady 1913)

Isocypris nivea Sars 1924a

Green Point Common (Sars 1924a); Sta. 49, Toeslaan, about

48 km N of Kakamas, Cape Province (Rome 1965)

amounting to 1:90 mm, gofabout same sizeas 9 (Sars 19244)

Isocypris perangusta Miller 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miiller 1908); pond

on the Cape Flats (Sars 1924a); Sta. 67, Steenkamp Puts,

59°5 km NW of Upington (Rome 1965)

Q = 1°15-1:2 mm (Miiller 1908); 9 = 1:10 mm (Sars 1924a)

Localities

Length

Tribe

Genus

Synonymy

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Genus

Synonymy

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 177

Isocypris priomena Miiller 1908

Zeekoevlei, Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miller 1908);

Green Point Common, Cape Town; Klipdam near

Kimberley (Sars 19242)

non-ovigerous 92“ =—1:5 mm (Miiller 1908); gs and Qs

scarcely exceeding 1°50 mm (Sars 19242)

Megalocypridini

Apatelecypris Rome 1965

Megalocypris (of Sars 19246) ; Herpetocypris (of Daday 1913)

Apatelecypris brevis (Sars) 1924

Namutoni (Sars 19246); N’kate Pan, Kalahari Desert (Barnard

1935); Sta. 323, Kaokoveld, Kowares, 145 km SE of

Ohopoho, in rock pools, Sta. 339, Kaokoveld, Anabib

(Orupembe), about 160 m W of Ohopoho; Sta. 340

Kaokoveld, Sanitatas, about 137 m WSW of Ohopoho

(Rome 1965)

OQ =2-90 mm, dg resembling the Q in size (Sars 19245); up

to 4 mm (Barnard 1935); ¢d=2:'50mm, 9 = 2-48 mm

(Rome 1965)

Apatelecypris schultzet (Daday) 1913

Besondermaid, a watering-place between Berseba and Betha-

nie, Great Namaqualand (Daday 1913)

o — 1:6mm, 2 — 1-4-1-38 mnr (Daday 1913)

Megalocypris Sars 1898

Candona (of Baird 1862)

Megalocypris durbani (Baird) 1862

Megalocypris hodgsont Sars 1898

near Cape Town (Baird 1862); vlei near Port Elizabeth (Sars

1898); vlei near Cape Town (Sars 1924a); Sta. 3309,

Kaokoveld, Anabib (Opurembe), about 160 m W of

Ohopoho, South West Africa (Rome 1965)

amounting to 5:20 mm, 4 of nearly the same size as the Q

(Sars 19242)

Megalocypris hispida Sars 1924a

a pond on the Cape Flats (Sars 1924)

Q@=510mm, ¢ about same size (Sars 19242)

Megalocypris princeps Sars 1898

pond on Green Point Common, Cape Town (Sars 1898);

178

Length

Genus

Synonymy

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Synonymy

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

freshwater ponds, between Fish Hoek and Chapmans Bay

and between Zeekoevlei and Plumstead (Miiller 1914);

mud taken from about the same locality as that recorded

in 1898 (Sars 19242)

§ = 65-7mm, 2 = 7-30 mm (Sars 1898) ; attaining 7-70 mm

(Sars 1924a); Miiller’s record based on larval stages only

(Miller 1914)

Sclerocypris Sars 19244

Cypris partim (of Methuen 1910); Megalocypris partim (of

Sars 1924a); Megalocypris (of Hutchinson et al. 1932);

Afrocypris (of Klie 1933)

Sclerocypris clavularis Sars 1924a

vlei at Klipdam, near Kimberley (Sars 19242)

amounting to 2°80 mm, ds fully as large as 9 (Sars 1924a)

Sclerocypris exserta Sars 19245

Ondongua, Ukualuthi, Ukualonkathi, Eunda, Onolongo,

Onambeke, Andoni, all in Ovamboland (Sars 19245)

OQ = 2:90 mm, dresembles Q in size (Sars 19245)

Sclerocypris major Sars 19246

Onolongo, Tamansu, Eunda, Ukualuthi, all in Ovamboland;

Tsumeb in Damaraland (Sars 19246)

2 = 3:30 mm, 4s slightly shorter than Qs (based on Plates

22 and 23 in Sars 19245)

Sclerocypris superba Sars 19246

Andoni, Eunda, both in Ovamboland (Sars 19245)

Q amounting to4mm, ¢ resembling @ closely in size (Sars -

1924)

Sclerocypris tuberculata (Methuen) 1910

Afrocypris biconica Klie 1933

Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Methuen 1910); Blouwater Pan 4,

Lake Chrissie district, Transvaal (Hutchinson et al. 1932,

Klie 1933)

2:9 mm (Methuen 1g10, typographical error, in paper as

I°'g mm); 3 mm (Klie 1933)

Sclerocypris tuberculata (Sars) 1924a

Kimberley (Sars 1924a); Eliazar Pan (Hutchinson et al. 1932)

2 = 3°60 mm (Sars 19242)

7m SOS a

Locality

Length

Tribe

Genus

Locality

Length

Tribe

Genus

Locality

Length

Genus

Locality

Length

Genus

Synonymy:

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Synonymy

Localities

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 179

Sclerocypris venusta (Vavra) 1897

Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Methuen 1910)

? 3-6 mm (Vavra 1897; length not given in Methuen 1910)

? Scottini

Mesocypris Daday 1908

Mesocypris terrestris Harding 1953

Knysna forest (Harding 1953)

0-91 mm (Harding 1953)

Stenocypridini

Stenocypris Sars 1889

Stenocypris sp.

Provincial Lowveld Fisheries Station, Marble Hall, Transvaal

(cf. Introduction)

not measured

Chrissia Hartmann 1957

Chrissia levetsoui Hartmann 1957

Lake Chrissie, Transvaal (Hartmann 1957)

1-7 mm (Hartmann 1957)

Parastenocypris Hartmann 1964

Stenocypris (of Brady 1904, 1907, 1913; Miiller 1908, 1914; Sars

1924a, b; Rome 1965)

Parastenocypris aldabrae (Miiller) 1898

Pietermaritzburg (Brady 1907); pond by prison, Port St.

Johns, Pondoland (Brady 1913)

2°3 mm? (in text of Brady 1907: 179, it is 23 mm)

Parastenocypris ametra minor (Miiller) 1908

Fish Hoek (Miiller 1908)

36 = 2:1 mm (Miiller 1908)

Parastenocypris ametra typica (Miller) 1908

Stenocypris olivacea Sars 1924a

vlei near Lakeside, Cape Flats (Miiller 1908); Zeekoevlei,

Plumstead, near Simonstown (Miiller 1908); Sandvlei,

near Lakeside (Miiller 1914); Cape Flats, alongside

railway line between Retreat and Lakeside (Sars 19242) ;

180

Length

Synonymy

Length

Locality

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

Localities

Length

Localities

Length

Locality

Length

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Sta. 163, Cape Flats, Vardenvlei, 3:2 m E of Ottery,

Cape Province (Rome 1965); pond on the Cape Flats

(Sars 1924a)

3d = 2:8 mm (Miller 1908); 9 = 2-90 mm (Sars 19242);

amounting to 2:70 mm (Sars 19242)

Parastenocypris anisocantha (Rome) 1965

Sta. 129, Albertinia, Cape Province (Rome 1965)

3S = 2°88 mm, 2 = 3:08 mm (Rome 1965)

Parastenocypris bispinosa (Miller) 1914

Chapmans Bay (Miller 1914)

3 = 283-2-9 mm, 2 = 3-:0-3:15 mm (Miller 1914)

Parastenocypris declivis (Sars) 1924a

pond on the Cape Flats (Sars 1924a)

2 = 2-60 mm (Sars 19242)

? Parastenocypris fascigera (Sars) 1924a

Onolongo, Ukualuthi and Eunda in Ovamboland (Sars 19246) ;

16 km NE of Tsotsoroga Pan, Kalahari (Barnard 1935)

Q = 3-10 mm (Sars 1924)); 4 mm (Barnard 1935)

Parastenocypris hodgsoni (Sars) 1924a

vlei near Port Elizabeth; Cape Flats; near the whaling station

at Saldanha Bay (Sars 19242)

amounting to 2:70 mm (Sars 1924a)

Parastenocypris pardalis (Sars) 1924a

grassy dried-up vlei on the Cape Flats (Sars 19242)

measuring 2°60 mm (Sars 1924a)

Parastenocypris pectinata (Sars) 1924a

Transvaal (Sars 1924a); Sta. 287, Kruger National Park, Leeu

Pan, 24 km NE of Skukuza (Rome 1965)

2 = 3:40 mm (Sars 1924)

? Parastenocypris perarmata (Brady) 1904

near Greytown, Natal (Brady 1904); near Cape ‘Town (Sars

1924a)

1'6 mm (Brady 1904); 2:00 mm (Sars 19242)

Parastenocypris smaragdina (Sars 1924a)

a grassy dried-up vlei on the Cape Flats (Sars 19242)

amounting to 3°00 mm (Sars 1924a)

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 181

SUMMARY

The known South African freshwater Ostracoda, together with some

interesting new records, are listed and taxonomic notes are appended. Two

new tribes, Bradycyprini and Cypricercini, are proposed. An Appendix gives

the locations of museum collections of South African freshwater ostracodes and

includes other lists which were abstracted from the literature.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This project was initiated from the Director’s office at the National Insti-

tute for Water Research, Pretoria. I am particularly grateful to Dr R. G. Noble

who organized my visit and made me aware of several important references.

My stay in the Republic was subsisted by grants from the South African

Council for Scientific and Industrial Research to the National Institute for

Water Research and by financial support from Rhodes University and the

University of Natal. I was generously received everywhere, particularly at the

South African Museum, Cape Town; the Department of Zoology and Entomo-

logy, Rhodes University, Grahamstown; the Department of Zoology, University

of Natal, Pietermaritzburg; the National Institute for Water Research, Pretoria

and its Regional Laboratory at Windhoek. The help and hospitality of many

colleagues at these institutions is gratefully acknowledged as is the kindness of

those at the Port Elizabeth Museum; the Botany Department, University of

Natal; the Lake Sibaya Research Station; the Umgeni Fish Hatchery; the

Provincial Fisheries Institute, Lydenburg; the Nature Conservation, South

West Africa, establishment at Etosha Pan and the State Museum, South West

Africa, at Windhoek which I visited briefly.

The co-operation of the following museum workers in building up the

Appendix is gratefully acknowledged: Mr B. F. Kensley, South African

Museum, Cape Town; Mr B. Stuckenberg, Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg;

Mr G. Bennell, British Museum (Natural History), London; Mr C. G. Coetzee,

State Museum, Windhoek, South West Africa; Prof. G. Hartmann, Zoologisches

Museum, Hamburg; Dr M. Christiansen, Zoologisk Museum, Oslo; the

Curator, Museum of the Zoological Institute, Lund; Dr G. Hartwich, Museum

fir Naturkunde, Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin; Mr A. M. Tynan, Hancock

Museum, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

The return air fare from London was met by an allocation from the British

Museum (Natural History).

Mrs H. C. Koukakis of N.I.W.R. typed the manuscript.

REFERENCES

BARNARD, K. H. 1935. Scientific results of the Vernay-Lang Kalahari Expedition, March to

September, 1930. Ann. Transv. Mus. 16: 481-492.

Benson, R. H. & Mappocks, R. F. 1964. Recent ostracodes of Knysna Estuary, Cape Province,

Union of South Africa. Paleont. Contr. Univ. Kans. 34 (Arthropoda 5): 1-39.

Brapy, G. S. 1904. On Entomostraca collected in Natal by Mr James Gibson. Proc. zool. Soc.

Lond. 1904 (2): 121-128.

182 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Brapy, G. S. 1907. On Entomostraca collected in Natal by Mr James Gibson. (Part II.) Ann.

Natal Mus. 1: 173-186.

Brapy, G. S. 1913. On freshwater Entomostraca from various parts of South Africa. Ann. Natal

Mus. 2: 459-474.

CuuTTErR, F. M. 1963. Hydrobiological studies on the Vaal River in the Vereeniging area. Part

I: Introduction, water chemistry and biological studies on the fauna of habitats other than

muddy bottom sediments. Hydrobiologia, 21: 1-65.

Dapay, E. von. 1913. Cladoceren und Ostracoden aus Siid- und Siidwestafrika. Denkschr. med.

-naturw. Ges. Jena 17: 89-102.

Harpinc, J. P. 1953. The first known example of a terrestrial ostracod, Mesocypris terrestris sp.

nov. Ann. Natal Mus. 12: 359-365.

Harrison, A. D. 1958. Hydrobiological studies on the Great Berg River, western Cape Province.

Part 2: Quantitative studies on sandy bottoms, notes on tributaries and further information

on the fauna, arranged systematically. Trans. roy. Soc. S. Afr. 35: 227-276.

Harrison, A. D. 1962. Hydrobiological studies on alkaline and acid still waters in the western

Cape Province. Trans. roy. Soc. S. Afr. 36: 213-244.

Harrison, A. D. & ELswortu, J. F. 1958. Hydrobiological studies on the Great Berg River,

western Cape Province. Part 1: General description, chemical studies and main features

of the flora and fauna. Trans. roy. Soc. S. Afr. 35: 125-226.

Harrison, A. D., KELLER, P. & LomBarp, W. A. 1963. Hydrobiological studies on the Vaal

River in the Vereeniging area. Part 2: The chemistry, bacteriology and invertebrates of

the bottom muds. Hydrobiologia 21: 66-89.

HARTMANN, G. 1957. Ostracoden aus dem Namaland und Transvaal. Veréff. naturw. Osnabruck

28: 50-60.

Howe, H. V. 1962. Handbook of ostracod taxonomy. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press.

Hucues, D. A. 1966. Mountain streams of the Barberton area, eastern Transvaal. Part 1: A

survey of the fauna. Aydrobiologia 27: 401-459.

Hutcuinson, G. E., Pickrorp, G. E. & ScHuuRMAN, J. F. M. 1932. A contribution to the

hydrobiology of pans and other inland waters of South Africa. Arch. Hydrobiol. 24: 1-154.

Kurz, W. 1933. Drei neue Siisswasser-Ostracoden aus Siidafrika. Zool. Anz. 102: 65-74.

Kure, W. 1934. Zur Kenntnis der Ostracoden-Gattung Limnocythere. Arch. Naturgesch. (N.F.)

3° 534-544.

LinproTH, S. 1953. Taxonomic and zoogeographical studies of the ostracod fauna in the inland

waters of East Africa. Zool. Bidr. Upps. 30: 43-156.

MeErTuHuEN, P. A. 1910. On a collection of freshwater Crustacea from the Transvaal. Proc. zool.

Soc. Lond. 1910: 148-166.

METHUEN, P. A. 1911. Transvaal Crustacea. Part 1. On a collection made by Mr. J. Hewitt and

the Rev. Noel Roberts. Ann. Trans. Mus. 2: 253-256.

MULLER, G. W. 1908. Die Ostracoden. Dt. Stidpol.-Exped. 10: 52—182.

MULLER, G. W. 1912. Crustacea. Ostracoda. Tierreich 31: i-xxxiil, 1-434.

Miu.ier, G. W. 1914. Siisswasserostracoden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903.

Dt. Stidpol.-Exped. 16: 67-78.

Our, W. D. 1960. Hydrobiological studies on the Tugela River System. Part 1: The main

Tugela River. Hydrobiologia, 14: 281-385.

Rome, D. R. 1965. Crustacea: Ostracoda. Jn HANSTROM, B., BRINCK, P. & RUDEBECK, G., eds.

South African animal life. 11: 9-58. Stockholm: Swedish Natural Science Research Council.

Sars, G. O. 1896. On some South African Entomostraca raised from dried mud. Shr.

VidenskSelsk. Christiania 1895 (8): 1-56.

Sars, G. O. 1898. On Megalocypris princeps a gigantic freshwater ostracod from South Africa.

Arch. Math. Naturv. 20 (8): 1-19.

Sars, G. O. 1924a. The freshwater Entomostraca of the Cape Province (Union of South Africa).

Part II: Ostracoda. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 20: 105-193.

Sars, G. O. 1924. Contributions to a knowledge of the fauna of South West Africa. Ann. S.

Afr. Mus. 20: 195-211.

Species

Homocypris

conoidea

Sars 1924

Homocypris

oblonga

(Sars) 1924

Liocypris grandis

Sars 1924

Bradycypris

intumescens

APPENDIX ONE

LOCATION OF MATERIAL

A. THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

No.

SAM

(Brady) 1907 SAM

Paracypretta

acanthifera

Sars 1924

Paracypretia

ampullacea

Sars 1924

SAM

A 3796

A11297-8

AI1I742

A11164

AII170

AII311

A11891-2

AII945

6281

A11309

AIII2I

A11146

A11163

JN EG:

AI1299

A11300

A11349

A1I1740

AII135

A11276

AE 77

A11280

AI1I747

A11g06

AI1953

AII154

Locality

Cape Flats

Green Point Common

Cape of Good Hope

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope

Omaramba, South West

Africa

Bred from dried mud from

Stompneus

Stompneus Bay

Green Point Common

Cape of Good Hope

Green Point Common

Ashton

SAMus EE

Kamieskroon

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope

Milnerton

Bergvliet, Cape Peninsula

SAMus B

Port Elizabeth

Tamansu, Ovamboland

Muilnerton

Cape of Good Hope

183

Det.

184

Species No. Locality Det.

Sars 1924 SAM Arr161 Green Point Common G.O.S.

A11278 SAMus R G.O.S.

A11279 Green Point Common G.O.S.

A11367 Green Point Common D.H.E.

A11748 SAMus G.O.S.

A11895 SAMus D.H.E.

Paracypretta rubra

Sars 1924 AIlII55 Cape of Good Hope D.H.E.

A11281 Salt River G.O.S.

A11282 Cape Flats G.O.5.

Cypricercus

cuneatus

Sars 1896 AI1137 Green Point Common G.O.S.

A11738 Green Point Common G.O.8.

A1r1g61 Cape Flats DELLE.

Cypricercus

episphaena

Miller 1908 SAM Arrigo Cape of Good Hope D.H.E:

AI1I293 Cape Town G.O.S.

AI1294 SAMus EE G.O.S.

A11295 Green Point Common G.0OS

Ary 37 SAMus G.O.S.

A11940 Green Point Common DEF

A11954 Milnerton D.H.E.

A11962 Cape Flats D.H.E.

Ciypricercus

maculatus

Miller 1908 SAM A1i1296 Cape Flats GO:

Eucypris capensis

(Miiller)

1908 A11288 Valkenberg Vlei G.O.S.

A11927-8 Valkenberg Vlei D.H.E.

Eucypris

corpulenta

(Sars) 1896 SAM Ariir4 Knysna G.O.S.

AIIIIy Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

AI1732 Knysna G.O.S.

A1I1929-31 Valkenberg Vlei D.H.E.

Eucypris hirta

Sars 1924 Arri15—6 Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

AIIIIg Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

Ar1283 Cape Flats G.Om

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

Species No. Locality Det

A11284 Cape Flats G.O.S.

A11285 Cape Flats G.O.S.

AI1729 Port Elizabeth G.O.S.

Eucypris producta

Sars 1924 SAM Ar1286 SAMus EE G.O.S.

AII3i2 Port Elizabeth D.H.E

Eucypris purcelli

Sars 1924 SAM A11287 Ashton G.O.S

AI1730 Ashton G.O3S.

Eucypris trichota

Sars 1924 SAM A11731 SAMus EE G.O.S

Ar1g26 Valkenberg Vlei D.H.E

Pseudocypris

circularis

Sars 1924 SAM A11846-8 Kalahari D.H.E

A11869 Onambeke, Ovamboland D.H.E

Pseudocypris

expansa

Sars 1924 SAM Arra2ie2 Kimberley G.O.S.

Pseudocypris

gibbera

Sars 1924 SAM Ar1204 Eunda G.O.S.

AII205 Tamamsu GO:

A11206 ‘Tamamsu G.O.S.

AI1207 Ukualuthi G.O.S.

A11208 Onolongo G.O.8.

A11209 Onambeke G.O8,

AII210 Ukualonkathi G.O.S.

A11333 Eunda, Ovamboland D.H.E.

A11336 Onambeke, Ovamboland D.H.E.

A1I1337 Tamansu DEB.

AII351 Onambeke, Ovamboland D.H.E.

A11358 Ukualonkathi, Ovamboland D.H.E.

A11360-1 Onolongo, Ovamboland [DAs Be

A11853-4 Kalahari D. ELE.

prea Ukualuthi, Ovamboland G.O.S.

11862 f

A11883 Ondangua, Ovamboland _—iOD..H.E.

A11946 Omaramba, South West

Africa DEL.E,

186

Species

Pseudocypris

spinosa

(Methuen)

IQIO

Pseudocypris

testudo

Sars 1924

Pseudocypris

triquetra

Sars 1924

Heterocypris aurea

Sars 1896

Heterocypris

capensis

(Miiller)

1908

Heterocypris

incongruens

(Ramdohr)

1808

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

No.

SAM Ar1197

SAM A 3794

AII213

A11343

A11876

SAM Ar1327

A11363-4

A11834

A11836—7

SAM A1r1123

AIII4I

AII1I42

AIII52

AII310

AI1735

SAM A 3795

Arr1i65

Ar1185

A11185

A11267

AI133I

A11733

A11889

SAM Ar1120

AII143

Locality

Weltevreden West Pan,

Transvaal

Cape Flats

Valkenberg Vlei

SAMus EE

Narugus and Longklip,

Gordonia

Kimberley

Du Toits Pan

Green Point Common

Cape of Good Hope

Knysna

Cape of Good Hope

Port Elizabeth

Knysna

Cape Flats

Saldanha Bay

Ashton

Klip Vlei

Port Elizabeth

Knysna

Cape of Good Hope

Det.

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

187

Species No. Locality Det

Ar1184 Cape of Good Hope G.OS.

A11186 Near Kakamas, Orange

River ?

A11263 Cape Town G.O.8

A11264 Prince Albert River ?

AI1734 Green Point Common G.O.S

Heterocypris

ovularis

(Sars) 1924 SAM Ar1265 Ongka GOS.

A11266 Ukualishi G.O.8.

A11356 Ongka, Ovamboland D.H..E.

A11373 Kalahari DEE.

A11863 Ukualuthi, Ovamboland D.H.E.

Afrocypris

barnardi

Sars 1924 SAM Ar11289-90 Tamansu G.O.S.

AI12gI-2 Ukualishi G.O.S.

A11338 Tamansu, Ovamboland D.H.E.

A11339-40 Ukualuthi, Ovamboland D.ELE.

A11g18 Eunda, Ovamboland D.H.E.

Candonocypris

candonoides

(King) 1855 SAM Ar1gai Port Elizabeth (but see

Sars 1924a: 177) G.O.S.

Herpetocypris

chevreuxt

(Sars) 1896 SAM A1r1128 Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

A11148 Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

AI1203 Cape of Good Hope GOS:

Ari261 Kogmans Mountains G.O.8

A11262 Prince Albert River G.O.S.

A11328 Tank near Witsands Beach D.H.E

AI1329 Bosluiskloof,

Swartberg D.H.E

A11332 Vogelfontein, Prince Albert D.H.E

A11886 Bosluiskloof,

Swartberg D.H.E

Isocypris nivea

Sars 1924 SAM Ar1i65 Cape of Good Hope D.H.E

AII741 SAMus G.O.S.

AI11743 Green Point Common G.O.S.

AIIgol Green Point Common G.O.S.

188

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species No. Locality Det.

Sars 1924 SAM A1r1302 SAMus R G.O.S

AIIQ41 Green Point Common D.H.E

Isocypris

perangusta

Miller 1908 SAM Ar1173 Port Elizabeth D.H.E

Isocypris priomena

Miller 1908 SAM Ai1174 Cape of Good Hope D.H.E

A11176 Klipdam, near Kimberley D.H.E

ALII77 Green Point Common D.H.E

A11308 Prince Albert G.O.S.

ASE Port Elizabeth D.H.E

A11932 Stompneus ?

A11942 Green Point Common D.H.E

Apatelecypris

brevis

(Sars) 1924 SAM Arri94 South West Africa D.H.E

AI1275 Namutoni, South West

Africa G.O.S

A11369 Tesfontein D.H.E

A1I1370 Otjitundua, Kaokoveld,

South West Africa D.H.E

AII371 ? Otavi ?

A11372 Ongka, Ovamboland D.H.E

A11377 Belina ?

A11830-1 South West Africa 3 D.H.E

A11936 Namutoni, South West

Africa D.H.E

Megalocypris

durban

(Baird) 1862 SAM A11133 Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

ALI272 Port Elizabeth G.O.S.

A11322-6 Port Elizabeth G.O.S.

A11334 Thornhill, Port Elizabeth D.H.E

AI1352 Grahamstown D.H.E

AII744-5 Port Elizabeth G.O.S.

A11838-9 Port Elizabeth G.O.S.

Megalocypris

hispida

Sars 1924 SAM A11274 Cape Flats G.O.S

A11844-5 Cape Flats G.O.S

A11868 Milnerton D.H.E

A11877 Cape Flats D.H.E

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

Species

Megalocypris

princeps

Sars 1898 SAM

SAM

Sclerocypris

clavularis

Sars 1924 SAM

Sclerocypris exserta

Sars 1924 SAM

Sclerocypris major

Sars 1924 SAM

No.

1479

6274

6275

A 2641

A 4241

AII1I34

A11268-71

A11376

AI1I529

A11746

A11840-1

A1i118

AI1I200

AI1739

AIIIgo

AI1235

A11236

AI1237

A11238

AI1239

AI1I240

AII2qI

AII242

AII341

A11368

A11870-1

AI1I243

AII244

AII245

Locality

Green Point, Cape

Division

Between Retreat and Zeekoe

Vlei, Cape Flats

Near’ Retreat station

(shallow ponds and

streams E of station)

Milnerton

Cape Flats

Cape of Good Hope

Green Point Common

Milnerton

SAMus

Cape of Good Hope

Klipdam, near Kimberley

Kimberley

Klipdam, near Kimberley

Reinwastmak, Molopo

River

Eunda

Ukyalashi River

Onambeke

Ovamboland

Ukualishi

Andoni

Ukualishi

Onolongo

Achabdam, Molopo River

(as cf. exserta)

Onambeke, Ovamboland

Onolongo

Ukualishi

Tsumeb, South West

Africa

Det.

D.H.E.

190 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species No.

Sars 1924 SAM Ar1246

AI1355

A11359

A11858

A11859-60

A11861

A11866

Sclerocypris

superba

Sars 1924 SAM A11247

A11248

A11881

Al1gi5—6

Sclerocypris

tuberculata

(Sars) 1924 SAM A11273

A11362

A11842-3

A11849-50

Parastenocypris

ametra typica

(Miiller)

1908 SAM A11166

AI1I255

AII313

A11867

Parastenocypris

declivis

(Sars) 1924 SAM Ar1g939

A 3797-8

? Parastenocypris

fascigera

(Sars) 1924 SAM Ari249-52

ia?

A11851-2

A11864

Parastenocypris

hodgsoni

(Sars) 1924 SAM Ar1126

AII193

Locality

Eunda

Ukualuthi, Ovamboland

Tsumeb, South West

Africa

Tamansu, South West

Africa

Ukualuthi, Ovamboland

Onolongo, Ovamboland

Ukualuthi, Ovamboland

Andoni

Eunda

Eunda, Ovamboland

Kimberley

Kalahari

Cape of Good Hope

Salt River

Port Elizabeth

Milnerton

Green Point Common

Cape Flats

Ukualishi

Onolongo

Kalahari

Ukualuthi, Ovamboland

Cape of Good Hope

Salt River

Det.

G.O.S.

D.H.E.

D.ELE:

G.O.S.

D.H.E.

G.O.S.

G:O3:

D.ELE.

G.O.S.

D.H.E.

G.O.8.

D.H.E.

D.H.E,

D.H.E.

D Ei

DEE

D.H.E.

G.O.S.

D.H.E.

G.O.S.

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

IQI

Species No. Locality Det

A11256-8 Salt River G.O.S.

A118g99-900 Cape of Good Hope D.H.E

Parastenocypris

pardalis A11167 Cape of Good Hope D.H.E

(Sars) 1924 SAM Arr254 Cape Flats D.H.E

AI1g02-3 Green Point Common D.H.E

Parastenocypris

pectinata

(Sars) 1924 SAM A 4795 Junction Marico and

Crocodile Rivers,

Transvaal D.H.E.

AI1I259 Junction Marico and

Crocodile Rivers »G.O8:.

? Parastenocypris

perarmata

(Brady) 1904 SAM Ar1153 Cape of Good Hope DELE.

Parastenocypris

smaragdina

(Sars) 1924 SAM Ari124-5 Cape of Good Hope G.OSS.

ALI127 Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

AII253 Cape Flats G.O.S.

AIIgol Cape Flats EH. E.

Oncocypris

voeltzkowt

Miller 1898 SAM A11374 King William’s Town

District DEE:

AI1375 Milnerton

Cyprilla arcuata

Sars 1924 SAM Arr158 Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

Ar1160 Green Point Common G.O.S.

AII305 G.OS.

Cyprilla deflexa

Sars 1924 SAM Ari314 Port Elizabeth G.O:8.

AIIgi2 King William’s ‘Town

District DLE,

Cyprilla gibbula

Sars 1924 SAM Ar1156 Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

Cyprilla humilis

Sars 1924 SAM A11306 G.O.S.

A11g63-5 Eight km NW of Lelie-

fontein, Namaqualand OD.H.E.

192

Species

Cyprilla producta

Sars 1924

“Cypridopsis’

aculeata

(Costa) 1847

“Cypridopsis’

clavata

Sars 1924

“Cypridopsis’

echinata

Miiller 1908

‘Cypridopsis’

elizabethae

Sars 1924

‘Cypridopsis’

glabrata

Sars 1924

‘Cypridopsis’

gregaria

(Sars) 1896

‘Cypridopsis’

hirsuta

Sars 1924

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

SAM

No.

A11162

AI1132

AII215

A1I1230

Al1gI3

AII224—5

A11318

A11g05

Al1944

A11226—7

A11320

A11749

AI1130

AII145

Zila

A11218

AI1I219

A11736

AI1319

A11234

A11966

Locality

Klipdam, near Kimberley

Cape of Good Hope

SAMus C

? Tomas River

King William’s ‘Town

District

SAMus R

Port Elizabeth

Cape Flats

Green Point Common

Muds from Sak River,

Frazerburg

Port Elizabeth

Saldanha Bay

Cape of Good Hope

Knysna

SAMus A

Salt River

SAMus A

SAMus

Port Elizabeth

Ashton

Eight km NW of Lelie-

fontein, Namaqualand

Det.

G.O.S.

D.H.E.

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

Species

Cypridopsis’

ochracea

Sars 1924

‘Cypridopsis’

punciata

Sars 1924

“Cypridopsis’

pygmaea

Sars 1924

Cypridopsis’

spinifera

Sars 1924

“Cypridopsis’

striolata

Sars 1924

“Cypridopsis’

tonsa

Sars 1924

“Cypridopsis’

trigonella

Sars 1924

Cypridopsis

assimilis

Sars 1896

Cypridopsis

intermedia

(Sars) 1924

Cypridopsis

viduella

Sars 1896

No.

SAM Ar1220-1

(AE 727

A11g67

SAM A1r1228

AI1229

SAM <Ar11202

SAM Ar1138

AII1139

AI1231

AI1232

AI1943

A11972

SAM Aiiig3I

AII201

SAM A1i1179

SAM A11I129

AI1go4

SAM A11315

SAM Ar11180

SAM Arii71

Locality

Salt River

SAMus

Eight km NW of Lelie-

fontein, Namaqualand

Kogmans River, Montagu

South West Africa

Cape of Good Hope

Green Point Common

Cape of Good Hope

Cape Flats

SAMus EE

Green Point Common

South Africa

Cape of Good Hope

Ashton

Green Point Common

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope

Klipdam, near Kimberley G.O.S.

Det.

D.ELE.

193

194

Species

Plestocypridopsis

cf. aldabrae

(Miller)

1898

Konocypris

cordata

Sars 1924

Konocypris

tuberosa

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

SAM A 5940-2

SAM

No.

A11178

A11180

AI1I222

AI1223

AI1354

A11879-80

A11947

AI1IQ55

AII144

A11316

A11894

Miller 1908 SAM Ar1149

Cypretta globulus

(Sars) 1889 SAM

Cypretta turgida

(Sars) 1895

Ilyocypris

australtensis

Sars 1889

SAM

A11182

AII150

AII159

A11183

A1I1198—9

A11897

A11898

A11168

A118g0

Ar11g56-8

Locality

Omaramba, South West

Africa

South West Africa

Det.

K.G.M.

Reimvastmak, Molopo RiverK.G.M.

Otjituo

Kimberley

Otjitundua, Kaokoveld,

South West Africa

Ongka, Ovamboland

Omaramba, South West

Africa

Otjikundua, South West

Africa

Cape of Good Hope

Port Elizabeth

SAMus

Cape of Good Hope

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope

South West Africa

Cape of Good Hope

Green Point Common

South West Africa

Cape of Good Hope

Prince Albert Division,

Cape Province

Vogelfontein, Prince

Albert Division

G.O.S.

K.G.M.

D, EE,

K.G.M.

G.O.S.

D.H.E.

D.HLE.

G.O.S.

D.HLE.

G.O.S.,

D.H.E.

G.OS:;

D&E;

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

Species

Physocypria

capensis

No.

(Sars) 1896 SAM Arr122

Gomphocythere

expansa

Sars 1924

A11136

A11883

AIIQgII

SAM A11303

A11304

E95

Locality Det

Knysna D:H.E

Cape of Good Hope G.O.8

SAMus D.H.E

King William’s ‘Town

District D.H.E

SAMus J G.O.S.

SAMus J (CRG Bey

B. THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM—UNIDENTIFIED MATERIAL

No.

SAM A1i1147

AIII51

A1169

A11187

A11188

A11189

AITIQI

AIIIg2

AII2iI

AII214

A11260

A11330

AI1344

A11346

A11347

A11348

A11I350

AI1353

AI1357

A11365

A11366

AI11619g

A11620

A11624

A11833

A11865

Species

Pseudocypris sp.

“Cypris’ sp. (juv.)

‘Stenocypris’ sp.

Heterocypris sp.

Pseudocypris sp.

Isocypris sp. (4

Isocypris sp.

“Cypris latissima

(Miiller)’

Pseudocypris sp.

‘“Stenocypris’ sp.

Heterocypris sp.

‘Cypris’ sp.

Megalocypris sp

“Cypridopsis’ sp.

‘Cypridopsis’ sp.

Heterocypris sp.

‘Cypridopsis’ sp.

‘Stenocypris’ sp.

“Cypris’ sp.

Heterocypris sp.

Ostracod sp.

ds)

. (juv.)

Sclerocypris n. sp.

Locality

Cape of Good Hope

South West Africa

Junction of Marico and Crocodile

Rivers, Transvaal

Onambeke

Cape Flats

Willowmore

King William’s Town District

Melkbos Strand, road puddle

Kimberley

Kalkfontein, South West Africa

Vaalhoek, Kakamas

Ongka, Ovamboland

Fraserberg, Sak River

Reimvastmak, Molopo River

Port Elizabeth

Kimberley

Du Toit’s Pan

Ukualuthi, Ovamboland

196

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

No. Species Locality

A11873 Sclerocypris n. sp. Ukualuthi, Ovamboland

A11874 Pseudocypris sp. Grahamstown

A11875 Pseudocypris sp. ?

A11878 Sclerocypris n. sp. Ukualonkathi, Ovamboland

A11882 Sclerocypris sp. Ondongua, Ovamboland

A11884 Pseudocypris sp. Ongka, N of Ondongwa, Ovam-

boland

A11887 ‘Cypridopsis’ sp. Bosluiskloof, Swartberg

A11888 ° Willowmore

A11896 Ostracod sp. Green Point Common

A11907 Sclerocypris sp. Tamansu, Ovamboland

AIIgo0g-10 Oncocypris sp. King William’s ‘Town District

AIIQi7 Sclerocypris n. sp. Eunda, Ovamboland

AIIQgIg Ostracod sp. Eunda, Ovamboland

e ca ‘Cypridopsis’ sp. Kamieskroon, Namaqualand

AIlIg2I-3 “Cypridopsis’ sp. Kamieskroon, Namaqualand

AI1924 Megalocypris sp. (juv.) Valkenberg Vlei

AI1925 Cypricercus sp. (juvs.) Valkenberg Vlei

A11933 Heterocypris sp. Kimberley

AI1934 Pseudocypris sp. Kimberley

A11937-8 ? Junction of Marico and Crocodile

Rivers

A11948 Heterocypris sp. Kimberley

AII9Q51 ‘Stenocypris’ n. sp. Klip Vlei near Garies

AI1Q52 ‘Cypridopsis’ sp. Klip Vlei, near Garies

A11959 ‘Cypridopsis’ sp. Vogelfontein, Prince Albert Divi-

sion

A11g960 Candoninid sp. Vogelfontein, Prince Albert Divi-

sion

A11g69-71 ~=‘Lsocypris n. sp. Kalkfontein south, South West

Africa

A11973-4. ‘Cypridopsis’ sp. South Africa

Al1g75 Heterocypris sp. South Africa

C. NATAL MUSEUM

Species No. Locality Det.

Mesocypris terrestris

Harding 1953 375 Knysna Forest AR gas >

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 197

D. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY)

Species No. Locality Det.

‘Cypridopsis’ gregaria

(Sars) 1896 IQOI.12.12.144-50 Knysna G.O3S.

1958.10.2.24 Namaqualand, 9°6 km S

of Garies D.H.E.

Eucypris capensis

(Miiller) 1908 1958.10.2.19.20 Cape Flats, 5-6 km E

of Philippi D.H.E.

Pseudocypris circularis

Sars 1924 1958.10.2.18 Makarikari Expedition D.H.E.

Pseudocypris testudo

Sars 1924 1953.3-28.1 Grahamstown H.M.F.

1951.6.2.1-4a Grahamstown H.M.F.

Heterocypris aurea

(Sars) 1896 IQOI.12.12.130—5 Knysna G.O.S.

Afrocypris barnardi

Sars 1924 1932.2.25.217—-19 Tamansu, South West

Africa G.O.S,

Megalocypris durban

(Baird) 1862 1945.9.26.116—20 Near Cape Town W.B.

Megalocypris hispida

Sars 1924 19598.10.2.26 14°5 km NE of Cape

Town D°H.E.

Megalocypris princeps

Sars 1898 (GOL.19°12.19% Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

Mesocypris terrestris

Harding 1953 1953-1.2.1-9 Knysna Forest A eg lt

In addition, as yet unregistered material collected by Prof. J. Lochhead

and found in the collection of the late Prof. P. F. Holmes. This material includes

Megalocypris hispida Sars 1924, raised from mud from Riella Vlei; and in two

tubes, in which the localities are given simply as South Africa and South

African mud, the species: Cyprilla humilis Sars 1924, Heterocypris capensis (Miiller)

1908, Cypricercus episphaena Miller 1908, Eucypris capensis (Miller) 1908, Megalo-

cypris hispida Sars 1924, Parastenocypris sp., Pseudocypris sp. (juv.) and ‘Cypridopsis’

spp. Determinations by K. G. McKenzie.

198 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

E. THE STATE MUSEUM, SOUTH WEST AFRICA

Species Locality

Sclerocypris n. sp. Hoanib River, about 6-4 km inland from the mouth

Sclerocypris cf. exserta

Sars 1924 Ekuma River, on the northern margin of Etosha Pan

Plestocypridopsis sp. Ombika spring, Etosha Pan

Heterocypris sp. Ombika spring, Etosha Pan

‘Cypridopsis’ sp. Kunene River, near mouth

Cypridopsis’ sp. Namus Kluft, 10 km E of Rosh Pinah Mine

Determinations by K. G. McKenzie.

Dr. H. W. Schafer has on loan several other ostracode collections made by this

museum.

F. SWEDISH STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY,

STOCKHOLM

Species No. Locality

Apatelecypris brevis 102 Near Otjimbingue, Damaraland, South West

(Sars) 1924 Africa

Megalocypris princeps 110 Great marsh on the plain, Cape Town, South

Sars 1898 Africa

Determinations by S. Lindroth (1953).

G. ZOOLOGISCHES MUSEUM, HAMBURG

Species No. Locality Det.

Limnocythere aethiopica 77 Banagher Pan, W.K.

Klie 1934 DP 77a, b Lake Chrissie District,

Transvaal

Plesiocypridopsis inaequivalua ~ 1098-1102 Lake Chrissie, Trans- W.K.

(Klie) 1933 DP 1098a—1100a vaal, and 4 nearby

DP r1o1a, b; 1102a pans

27655 Lake Chrissie, Guar:

Transvaal

‘Cypridopsis’ katesae 27656—7 Gibeon, Great

Hartmann 1957 Namaqualand G.H.

Cyprilla producta 27674 Lake Chrissie, G.H.

Sars 1924 Transvaal

Tanycypris obtusa 1071 Weltevreden West W.K.

(Klie) 1933 DP 1071a Pan, Lake Chrissie

District, Transvaal

; SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 199

Species No. Locality Det.

Gesa dubia 27673 Lake Chrissie, Git

Hartmann 1957 Transvaal

_ Heterocypris congener 27503 Lake Chrissie, G.H.

Vavra 1897 Transvaal

Sclerocypris biconica 769 Blouwater Pan 4, W.K.

(Klie) 1933 DP 769a, b Lake Chrissie

District, ‘Transvaal

Chrissia levetzovi 27668 Lake Chrissie, G.H.

Hartmann 1957 Transvaal

H. THE ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM, OSLO—SPIRIT COLLECTION

Species No. Locality Det.

Gomphocythere expansa F 4343 Cape of Good Hope III GOS.

Sars 1924

Gomphocythere obtusata F 4344 SAMus, Salt River duckpond <

(Sars) 1910 4345 Saldanha Bay 4

Limnocythere sp. F 4354 Cape of Good Hope III -

Cyclocypris pusilla F 4320 Knysna %

Sars 1896

Physocypria capensis F 4324 Knysna 55

(Sars) 1896

Cypridopsis assimilis F 4329 Knysna 4

Sars 1896

Cypridopsis viduella F 4332 Knysna -

Sars 1896 4346 Cape of Good Hope III se

*Cypridopsis sp. F 4331 Cape of Good Hope IV-VI $3

Cypridopsis sp. F 4355 Cape of Good Hope III sf

Cypridopsis sp. F 4356 Saldanha Bay 3

“Cypridopsis’ gregaria F 4330 Cape of Good Hope I x

(Sars) 1896 434.7 Knysna is

Cyprilla arcuata F 4333 Cape of Good Hope IV-VI a

Sars 1924 4334. Cape of Good Hope VI rf

Cyprilla gibbula F 4335 Cape of Good Hope II iy

Sars 1924

Cypretta globulus F 4321 Cape of Good Hope tr

(Sars) 1889 4322 Cape of Good Hope VI 3%

Cypretia turgida F 43293 Cape of Good Hope A

(Sars) 1896

Cypricercus cuneatus F 4326-7 Knysna o

Sars 1924

200 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species No. Locality Det.

*Cypricercus sp. F 4325 Cape of Good Hope G.O.S.

*Clypricercus sp. F 4328 Port Elizabeth “x

Eucypris corpulenta F 4337 Knysna ot

(Sars) 1896

Eucypris trigona F 4339 Knysna ui

(Sars) 1896

*Cypris sp. F 4338 Port Elizabeth a

Cypris sp. F 4351-2 Cape of Good Hope II ms

Cypris sp. F 4353 Port Elizabeth i:

Heterocypris aurea F 4336 Knysna ¥

(Sars) 1896

* Heterocypris sp. F 4341 Cape of Good Hope I a

* Fleterocypris sp. F 4342 Cape of Good Hope III z

Herpetocypris chevreuxt F 4340 Cape of Good Hope III 2

(Sars) 1898

Parastenocypris hodgsont F 4348-9 Port Elizabeth ee

(Sars) 1924

* Parastenocypris smaragdina F 4350 Cape of Good Hope al

(Sars) 1924 subsp.

The asterisked entries indicate species and a subspecies with manuscript

names. In some instances, these manuscript names are homonymous with

described species.

I. THE ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM, OSLO—SLIDE COLLECTION

Species No. Locality Det.

Gomphocythere expansa F 11134-7 Cape of Good Hope III G.O.S.

Sars 1924

Gomphocythere obtusata F 11127 SAMus A mi

(Sars) 1910 11128-30 Saldanha Bay "

T1131 Cape of Good Hope oe

11132 Salt River is

11133 SAMus A if

11139 Saldanha Bay -

* Timnocythere sp. PF T1136 South West Africa os

*Cythere sp. F 11358 Port Elizabeth 4

Physocypria capensis F 10858 A

(Sars) 1896 10859 Cape of Good Hope I i

10860 oe

10861 Saldanha Bay II ws

10862 Cape of Good Hope III i

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

Species

Physocypria capensis

(Sars) 1896

*Cypria sp.

Cypridopsis assimilis

Sars 1896

Cypridopsis viduella

Sars 1896

* Cypridopsis sp.

*Cypridopsis sp.

No.

10863

10864

F 11355

F 11257-9

11260

11364

F 11261

11262

11263

11264—5

11266

F 11267

F 11268

F 11016

IIO17

11057

11058

F 11082

F 11047

11048

11078

F 11018

IIOIQ

11020

11021

11022

11023

F 11000a

I1000b,

IIOOI

I1000C

F 11012

F 11042-6

F 11077

F 11064

11065-7

11068

1106ga, b

F 11026

11027

11028

11029

11030

Locality

Knysna

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope III

Port Elizabeth

Knysna

Cape of Good Hope VI

Cape of Good Hope III

Cape of Good Hope V

SAMus A

Salt River

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope

Cape of Good Hope III

SAMus R

SAMus Q

Cape of Good Hope III

Port Elizabeth 3

Green Point Common

Thomas River

SAMus E

Thomas River, SAMus

Saldanha Bay

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope VI

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope VI

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope II

Cape of Good Hope I

202 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species No. Locality

*Cypridopsis sp. F 11059-60 SAMus R

*Cypridopsis sp. F 11375-6

*Cypridopsis sp. F 11049 Green Point Common

*Ciypridopsis sp. F 11039 Cape of Good Hope VI

11040 Cape of Good Hope IV-VI

IIO41 Cape of Good Hope VI

11042 Port Elizabeth

*Cypridopsis sp. F 11072 SAMus R

*Cypridopsis sp. F 11083 Saldanha Bay

11084 Saldanha Bay I

*Cypridopsis

(Potamocypris) sp. F 11032-3 South Africa

* Potamocypris sp. F 11220-1

11222 Knysna

11223

11224-6 Knysna

*cypridopsine sp. F 11230 Port Elizabeth

‘Cypridopsis’ elizabethae F 10994 Port Elizabeth

Sars 1924 10995 (d)

10996 Port Elizabeth

10997—9 Port Elizabeth

‘Cypridopsis’ glabrata F 11079 Saldanha Bay

Sars 1924 9315 (9) Saldanha Bay

‘Cypridopsis’ gregaria F 10967 Port Elizabeth

(Sars) 1896 10968 Knysna

10969 Port Elizabeth

10970 Cape of Good Hope III

10971 Cape of Good Hope I

10972 Cape of Good Hope

10973—4. Knysna

10975 Saldanha Bay

10976 Saldanha Bay 6

10977 Port Elizabeth

10978 Saldanha Bay

10979 Knysna

10992 Port Elizabeth

10993 Knysna

11611 Victoria (?) Bay

12034.

‘Cypridopsis’ hirsuta F 11024-5 Ashton

Sars 1924

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

Species

‘Cypridopsis’ ochracea

Sars 1924.

‘Cypridopsis’ punctata

Sars 1924

‘Cypridopsis’ pygmaea

Sars 1924.

’Cypridopsis’ reniformis

Sars 1924

‘Cypridopsis’ spinifera

Sars 1924

“Cypridopsis’ striolata

Sars 1924

‘Cypridopsis’ tonsa

Sars 1924

‘Cypridopsis’ trigonella

Sars 1924

‘Cypridopsis’ tumidula

Sars 1924

Cyprilla arcuata

Sars 1924

Cyprilla deflexa

Sars 1924

Cyprilla gibbula

Sars 1924

Cyprilla humilis

Sars 1924

*Cyprilla sp.

No.

F 11004

11005

11006

11007

11008

I 1009-10

IIOLI-3

IIOI4—5

Ente 75

F 11076

F rro31

Les

F 11054-5

T1056

F 11070-1

F 11061

11062

11063

F 11050

IIO51

11052

11053

F 11074

F 10938-—9

10940

10941

1Ogr

F 10925-31

F 10919

10920

10921

F 10922-4

F 10933

10934

109357

10945

Locality

SAMus D

Saldanha Bay

SAMus A + D

SAMus A

Salt River

Saldanha Bay

Saldanha Bay I

Otjituo

Cape of Good Hope II

Fish Hoek

SAMus EE

SAMus E

Cape of Good Hope II

SAMus EE

Cape of Good Hope VI

Ashton

SAMus C

SAMus A

Cape of Good Hope VI

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope II

Cape of Good Hope VI

Cape of Good Hope

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope VI

SAMus D

Ashton

204. ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species

*Cyprilla sp.

Konocypris cordata

Sars 1924

* Zonocypris Sp.

Cypretta globulus

(Sars) 1889

Cypretta turgida

(Sars) 1895

Paracypretta acanthifera

Sars 1924

Paracypretta ampullacea

Sars 1924

Paracypretia rubra

Sars 1924.

Homocypris conoidea

Sars 1924

Homocypris oblonga

(Sars) 1924

* Homocypris sp.

Cypricercus cuneatus

Sars 1896

*Cypricercus sp.

* Cypricercus sp.

* Amphicypris sp.

Eucypris corpulenta

(Sars) 1896

No.

F 10946—7

F 10932

F 10944

F 11334

11535

11363

F 11336—7

11338

ET3o0

11340

11341

F 11109

11629

F 11106—7

F 11248

11249

11250

T1251

11252

F 11253-5

F 11256

F 11210

F 11187

11188—g

F 11208

11209

F 10956

10957-8

11368

F 10949-5!

10952

10953

1005470

TILL]

F 10960-2

F 10857

F 10872-8

IIIIQ

Locality

Klipdam

Cape of Good Hope IV

Cape of Good Hope

Cape of Good Hope II

Cape of Good Hope

Port Elizabeth

Cape of Good Hope II

Cape of Good Hope V

Victoria B (? = Bay)

Cape of Good Hope VI

SAMus

Cape of Good Hope III

Otjituo, South West Africa

Cape of Good Hope III

Knysna

SAMus

SAMus EE

Cape of Good Hope

SAMus

Ashton

Port Elizabeth

Knysna

Klipdam

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA

Species

Eucypris hirta

Sars 1924

Eucypris producta

Sars 1924

Eucypris purcelli

Sars 1924

Pseudocypris circularis

Sars 1924

Pseudocypris gibbera

Sars 1924

- Pseudocypris testudo

Sars 1924

* Pseudocypris sp.

*Cypris sp.

*Hemicypris sp.

Heterocypris aurea

(Sars) 1896

Heterocypris ovularis

(Sars) 1924

* Heterocypris sp.

No.

F 10904

10905-6

10907-9

11122

|e ig ae)

F 10go1-3

I 1120-1

F 11584

F 10894-5

10896—7

11927

12090

12091

12092

12003

Bir1272

F 11273-6

F 10880

F 10881-2

F 10879

F 10885

10886—7

F 11202

11203-4

11205

11206-7

F 11162

1183-4

11185

11186

11099

II1100

F 12046

F 11194

Fo1ip7o

11179

T1180

11181

Locality

Cape of Good Hope II

SAMus EE

Cape of Good Hope II

SAMus EE

Port Elizabeth

Ashton

Odongua

Otjituo, South West Africa

SAMus EE

Kimberley

Port Elizabeth

Knysna

SAMus EE

Cape of Good Hope

Knysna, Cape of Good Hope

Knysna

Ashton

Knysna

Saldanha Bay I

Knysna

Ashton

Otjituo, South West Africa

Knysna

Knysna, Cape of Good Hope lI ,,

206 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species No. Locality

* Heterocypris sp. F 11199 Saldanha Bay

* Heterocypris sp. F 11190 Saldanha Bay 2

II1QI—2

II1Q3 Saldanha Bay 2

*Cyprinotus sp. FP r110s II

11366 Cape of Good Hope II

*Cyprinotus sp. EF 11095-8 Port Elizabeth

Herpetocypris chevreuxt F 11173-6 Cape of Good Hope III

(Sars) 1898

Isocypris nivea F 11216 SAMus EE

Sars 1924 Io Cape of Good Hope

11238

11239

11240-3 Green Point Common

11244 Ashton

11245

11246—7 Green Point Common

*Tsocypris sp. F 11218 Port Elizabeth

I1231—2 Klipdam

nr 200

11234 Cape of Good Hope IV

11235

11236 Green Point Common

11297 Cape of Good Hope II

11367 Cape of Good Hope II

Apatelecypris brevis F 11166-8 South West Africa

(Sars) 1924 11580

Megalocypris hodgson F 11149 Port Elizabeth

Sars 1924. I1150

II1I51—2 Port Elizabeth

11153

Megalocypris hispida F 11157-8 Cape Flats

Sars 1924

Megalocypris princeps F 11170 Cape of Good Hope

Sars 1924

* Megalocypris sp. F 11169 South West Africa

12084

12085

12086

* Megalocypris sp. F 11154-6

Sclerocypris clavularis F’ 10898—goo0 Klipdam

Sars 1924

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 207

Species No. Locality Det.

Sclerocypris tuberculata F 11164-5 Kimberley G.O.S.

(Sars) 1924

Sclerocypris major F 11329-30 South West Africa *

Sars 1924 11586 Ukualishi

? Parastenocypris

fascigera F 11321 Ondongua iF

(Sars) 1924 12107—-10 =.

1 33

Parastenocypris hodgson. F 11293-4 Cape of Good Hope :

(Sars) 1924 11295 SAMus 98 o

11296 SAMus -

11297 :

11298 ig

T1299 »

1 1300-7 Port Elizabeth 5

Parastenocypris olivacea F 11318-9 Brock P 3

(Sars) 1924.

Parastenocypris pardalis FF 11308 ‘

(Sars) 1924 1130Q-I1 SAMus, Cape Flats +,

Parastenocypris pectinata F 11313-4 Transvaal 2

(Sars) 1924 Ton i

Parastenocypris

smaragdina F 11283-4 z

(Sars) 1924 11285-8 Cape of Good Hope III ‘

* Stenocypris sp. Pri 3 12 Cape of Good Hope I 9

* Stenocypris sp. F 11316-7 Salt River -

* Stenocypris sp. F 11289 Port Elizabeth -

11290 Cape of Good Hope .

I12Q1-2 Port Elizabeth -

* Stenocypris sp. Pirrg29 SAMus i

Ios Cape of Good Hope III 3

The asterisked entries indicate species, and in one instance a genus, with

manuscript names. Some of these names are homonyms.

J. HANCOCK MUSEUM, NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE

Species Locality Det.

Physocypria armata Pietermaritzburg, Natal G.S.B.

(Miller) 1898

? Physocypria castanea Near Greytown, Natal _

(Brady) 1904 Near ‘Rydal Mount’, Witsieshoek, O.F.S. ik

Near prison, Port St. Johns, Pondoland a

208 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species

Locality

‘Cypridopsis’ globuloides

(Brady) 1907

‘Cypridopsis’ punctillata

(Brady) 1907

Cyprilla reniformis

(Brady) 1907

Oncocypris cf. voeltzkowti

Miller 1898

Cypretta cf. sarsi

Brady 1go1

Bradycypris intumescens

(Brady) 1907

Paracypretta aratra

(Brady) 1904

Tanycypris inermis

(Brady) 1904

Isocypris africana

(Brady) 1913

Parastenocypris aldabrae

(Miller) 1898

? Parastenocypris perarmata

(Brady) 1904

K. THE MUSEUM, ZOOLOGICAL INSTITUTE, LUND

Species

Plesiocypridopsis insidiosa

Rome 1965

Homocypris longirostrata

Rome 1965

Tanycypris clavigera

(Miller) 1898

Heterocypris calvus

(Rome) 1965

Amphibolocypris exigua

Rome 1965

Isocypris nivea

Sars 1924

Isocypris perangusta

Miller 1908

Richmond, Natal

Pietermaritzburg, Natal

Somkele, NW of Mtubatuba, Zululand

Richmond, Natal

Pietermaritzburg, Natal

Somkele, NW of Mtubatuba, Zululand

Near Greytown, Natal

Near ‘Rydal Mount’, Witsieshoek, O.F.S.

I 524 m altitude, at Witsieshoek, O.F.S.

Pietermaritzburg, Natal

Near prison, Port St. Johns, Pondoland

Near Greytown, Natal

Locality

Kaokoveld, Gauko-Otavi, South West

Africa

Cape Flats, 1-6 km E of Zeekoevilei,

Cape Province

Hensleys Dam, Basutoland

Toeslaan, about 48 km N of Kakamas,

Cape Province

Quthing, Basutoland

Kruger National Park, Leeu Pan, 24 km

NE of Skukuza, Transvaal

Toeslaan, about 48 km N of Kakamas,

Cape Province

Steenkamp Puts, 60 km NW of Upington

; SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 209

Species Locality Det.

Apatelecypris brevis Kaokoveld, Kowares, 145 km SE of R.R.

(Sars) 1924 Ohopoho, South West Africa

Kaokoveld, Anabib (Orupembe), about

161 km W of Ohopoho, South West

Africa

Kaokoveld, Sanitatas, about 137 km WSW

of Ohopoho, South West Africa

Megalocypris durbani Kaokoveld, Anabib (Orupembe), about 7

(Baird) 1862 161 km W of Ohopoho, South West

Africa

Parastenocypris anisocantha Albertinia, Cape Province fe

(Rome) 1965

Parastenocypris olivacea Cape Flats, Vardenvlei, 3:2 km E of +

(Sars) 1924 Ottery

Parastenocypris pectinata Kruger National Park, Leeu Pan, 24 km 2s

(Sars) 1924 NE of Skukuza, Transvaal

L. MUSEUM FUR NATURKUNDE, HUMBOLDT-UNIVERSITAT,

BERLIN

Species No. Locality Det.

‘Cypridopsis’ cf. aculeata 13143 Simonstown, Cape Province G.W.M.

(Costa) 1847

“Cypridopsis’ echinata 13145 Fish Hoek, near Simonstown ¥

Miller 1908 1300

“Cypridopsis’ triquetra 13144 Simonstown, Cape Province x

Miiller 1908 igi?

Konocypris tuberosa 13159 Plumstead, near Simonstown Re

Miller 1908 1711

Bradycypris radiata 13160 Zeekoevlei, near Simonstown Z,

(Miiller) 1908

Paracypretta syngramma 13141 Simonstown, Cape Province 4

(Miller) 1908 1704

Cypricercus episphaena 13148 Plumstead, near Simonstown s

Miiller 1908 1700

Cypricercus maculatus 13147. Plumstead, near Simonstown i

Miller 1908 1700

Eucypris capensis 13142 Simonstown, Cape Province M5

(Miller) 1908 1702

Eucypris corpulenta 13139 Simonstown, Cape Province eS

(Sars) 1896 1703

210 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Species No. Locality Det.

Eucypris trichota 13140 Simonstown, Cape Province G.W.M.

(Miller) 1908 1705

Eurycypris sp. 13157 Plumstead, near Simonstown *

Eurycypris sp. 13158 Fish Hoek, near Simonstown é

1706

Heterocypris capensis 13146 Simonstown, Cape Province ie

1709

Candonocypris sp. 13149 Cape Province

1701

Candonocypris sp. 13156 Cape Province ie

Isocypris perangusta 13150 Plumstead, near Simonstown ‘

Miller 1908 1707

Isocypris priomena 13151 Plumstead, near Simonstown ss

Miller 1908 1355

1708

Parastenocypris ametra typica 13154 Lakeside, near Simonstown a

(Miller) 1908 1397

Parastenocypris ametra minor 13153 Fish Hoek near Simonstown ‘i

(Miller) 1908 1398

Dr. G. Hartwich (Vermes) writes that there is no material in the Deutsche

Stidpolar-Expedition collections from South Africa of species described as new

by Miller in 1914, namely: Cypris (Eurycypris) acuta (=Pseudocypris) ; Stenocypris

bispinosa (=Parastenocypris) and Cytheridella capensis (=Gomphocythere). He

considers it possible, however, that these species are located in the museum’s

general collections of freshwater Ostracoda, but without the benefit of specialist

knowledge cannot confirm this.

In this list, the four-figure numbers refer to items in the museum’s slide

collection.

M. TERMESZETTUDOMANYI MUZEUM BUDAPEST

Species Locality Det.

Candonopsis nama Besondermaid, Great Namaqualand E.V.D.

Daday 1913

Cypridopsis viduella 7 Chamis, Great Namaqualand 9

Sars 1896 Kamaggas, Little Namaqualand »

Steinkopf, south Kalahari oi

Riet-Tinkas, south Kalahari J

? Hemicypris inversus Ku-Gudié, south Kalahari i

(Daday) 1913

Heterocypris aurea Kamaggas, Little Namaqualand vi

(Sars) 1896 Steinkopf, south Kalahari >>

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA Ps)

Apatelecypris schultzei Besondermaid, Great Namaqualand E.V.D.

(Daday) 1913

As yet I have received no advice from Dr. H. Farkas on whether or not

these species are at Budapest among the Daday Collection. This list, therefore,

is a tentative one.

N. THE GREAT BERG RIVER, WESTERN CAPE PROVINCE

(Harrison & Elsworth 1958, Harrison 1958)

Species Localities

Cypricercus sp. Hermon, road bridge

Cypria sp. Hermon, road bridge

Pionocypris sp. Hermon, road bridge; Piketberg, National

Road bridge

Stenocypris sp. Wellington, Lady Lock bridge

Cypretia sp. Piketberg, National Road bridge

Cyprilla sp. Piketberg, National Road bridge

Cypridopsis sp. Piketberg, National Road bridge

Determinations by Dr A. D. Harrison. In the text, Dr H. W. Schafer is listed

as working on the Ostracoda material.

O. THE MAIN TUGELA RIVER (Oliff 1960)

Species Localities

Eucypris sp. 1 No details listed

Isocypris sp. 1 -

Isocypris priomena Miiller -

Cypria capensis Sars Pe

Cyprilla arcuata Sars 9

Cypretta minna (King) e

Konocypris cordata ? Sars a

Konocypris tuberosa ? Miiller ey

Llyocypris australiensis Sars ss

Herpetocypris chevreuxt (Sars) >

Typhalocypris sp. 1 2

Cypridopsis gregaria (Sars)

Cypridopsis glabrata Sars 5

Cypridopsis hirsuta Sars fe

Cypridopsis reniformis Sars m

Determinations by Dr A. D. Harrison. In the text, Dr H. W. Schafer is listed

listed under Ostracoda: (Identifications doubtful). I have changed spellings

and added authors’ names as necessary. The genus Typhalocypris is not known

to me, it may be a misprint for Typhlocypris Vedjovsky.

by ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

P. ALKALINE AND ACID STILL WATERS, WESTERN

CAPE PROVINCE (Harrison 1962)

Species Localities

Stenocypris olivacea Sars Zeekoevlei, northern and southern stations

Cypridopsis sp. Zeekoevlei, southern station

Paracypretta sp. cf. rubra _—- Vile at Betty’s Bay

Sars

Cypria sp. cf. capensis Vlei at Betty’s Bay; Sirkelsvlei, near Cape Point

Sars

Gomphocythere sp. Vlei at Betty’s Bay; Sirkelsvlei, near Cape Point

Cypridopsis cf. spinifera Sirkelsvlei, near Cape Point

Sars

Stenocypris sp. Vlei near Cecilia’s Drift, Paarl

Eucypris sp. Vlei near Cecilia’s Drift, Paarl

Paracypretta sp. Vlei near Cecilia’s Drift, Paarl

Cypricercus sp. cf. cuneatus Vlei near Cecilia’s Drift, Paarl

Sars

Cypridopsis sp. Vlei near Cecilia’s Drift, Paarl

Locality details from Tables 3, 4, 5, 7, 8,9, 10, 11 (Harrison 1962: 238-44).

Determinations by Dr A. D. Harrison.

Q. THE VAAL RIVER IN THE VEREENIGING AREA,

HABITATS OTHER THAN MUDDY BOTTOM SEDIMENTS

(Chutter 1963)

Species Localities

Isocypris priomena Miller Stations 1G, 00, 1o5925

Stenocypris sp. Stations 1, 2, 4a, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 15

Cypridopsis sp. Stations 1, 2, 4a, 5, 7, 8, 9, 9a, FO, 41.) 22: eee

Pionocypris sp. Stations 1, 2, 4a, 7, 8, 9, ga, 10, 12, 13, 15

? Homocypris sp. Stations 1, 2, 4a, 8, ga, 12, 15

? Megalocypris sp. Station 12

Cyprilla sp. Stations 13, 15

Gomphocythere sp. Stations 1, 2, 4a, 5,°'7, 9a, 1Oily Tyee

Ilyocythere sp. Stations 13, 15

Locality details are listed in Chutter (1963: 7). Determinations used are

those given in the Appendix on p. 57 (Chutter, of. cit.) which differ in some

instances from those in the Tables and text. Identifications by Dr F. M. Chutter.

SPECIES LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN FRESHWATER OSTRACODA 213

R. THE VAAL RIVER IN THE VEREENIGING AREA,

THE BOTTOM MUDS (Harrison, Keller & Lombard 1963)

Species Localities

Isocypris sp. Stations I, 2, 3, 4a, 9, ga, 10

Locality details are listed in Chutter (1963: 7). Determination by Dr A. D.

Harrison.

S. MOUNTAIN STREAMS OF THE BARBERTON AREA,

EASTERN TRANSVAAL (Hughes 1966)

Species Locality

Isocypris sp. Catalogue No. BTN 2 Y

Determination by Dr D. A. Hughes.

T. TRANSVAAL (Methuen 1911)

Species Locality

Cypris spp. Near Pretoria, Kimberley, Wakkerstroom,

Eastern Province

Determination by Mr P. A. Methuen.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

ion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12 cm X 18 cm (19 cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

Buttoucu, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHER, P.-H., DuvaL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 19604. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Konn, A. J. 1960. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In scHULTZE, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51). The

Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references incorporated

in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, 6; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 ~~ Band

June 1971 Junie

Part 10 Deel

Gab FAMILY SERGESTIDAE IN. THE WATERS

AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA

(CRUSTACEA, DECAPODA, NATANTIA)

BRIAN F. KENSLEY

AUG 16 1971

LIBRARIES

Cape Town Kaapstad

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, a(n; 3> 5» 7-8), 3 (1-2, 5» t.—pi.); 51-2, 5; 7-9)s

6(1, t.—p.1.), 7(I-3),\ °8;, O(1=2)5 Troy),

rit, 5> 7s t=p.1.), 21, 24(2), 27; B1(1-9); 33> 38,

44(4).

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

R5.00

197!

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

THE FAMILY SERGESTIDAE IN THE WATERS AROUND

SOUTHERN AFRICA

(CRUSTACEA, DECAPODA, NATANTIA)

BRIAN F. KENSLEY

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 24 figures)

[ MS. accepted 20 January 1971]

ConTENTS

PAGE

Introduction : : f ; : Teese

List of species : ‘ : ; 217

Key to genera and subgenera ; ‘ Be

Description of material . : s : .. Mere

Discussion : : ‘ 2 : Lr BBE

Summary. : : : ; abs

Acknowledgements : : : . 263

References. : : 3 2 : ye

INTRODUCTION

The family Sergestidae is represented in the waters around southern Africa

by three genera of the subfamily Sergestinae, viz. Sergestes, Petalidium and

Acetes, and by one genus viz. Lucifer in the subfamily Luciferinae. Literature

concerning these southern African representatives is very poor. Regarding the

genus Sergestes, both Hansen (1925) and Barnard (1950) reported on five

species. The distribution of these five species was touched on briefly by Grindley

& Penrith (1965), while Kensley (1968) added four species to the South African

list. Barnard (1950) dealt with Acetes erythraeus and in 1955 described another

species of the same genus, while in his former paper he discussed one species of

Luctfer.

In this present paper almost all the available material has been examined.

This material comes from several sources. The material collected at the start

of this century by the S.S. Preter Faure has been examined. The whereabouts

of the material collected by the S.S. Pickle in the 1920s are unknown. A fair

number of specimens were obtained in 1959 when the Division of Sea Fisheries

research ship Africana IJ did a series of deep trawls off Cape Point. All this

material is housed in the South African Museum. From 1960 to 1963 the South

African Museum undertook a survey of the bathypelagic fauna around South

Africa using the 8.A.S. Natal. A preliminary report of this survey was published

by Grindley & Penrith (1965). Again, this material is housed in the South

African Museum. The Division of Sea Fisheries has made extensive collections

from 1961 to 1966, from off Mocambique and southern Malagasy on the east,

to the Walvis Basin on the west. This large collection has also been examined.

215

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (10), 1971: 215-264, 24 figs.

216 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

The Oceanography Department of the University of Cape Town has over the

years 1958-65 made extensive plankton collections off the southern African

coasts. All the specimens of Lucifer in these collections, which include those of

the National Geophysical Year collected by the S.A.S. Natal in 1958, the

International Indian Ocean Expedition, also collected by the S.A.S. Natal

in 1962 and 1963, and those of the Zohn D. Gilchrist collections have been

examined.

The data for the stations given in the discussions of the individual species

may be obtained from the various sources listed below.

I. Stations designated by ‘A’ followed by three digits e.g. A321, denote

‘Africana’ stations off Cape Point. Data obtainable from Kensley (1968).

2. Stations designated by ‘A’ followed by four digits e.g. A1231, denote

‘Africana’ Stations. A1138-A1148 are obtainable from the Annual Report

of the Director of the Division of Sea Fisheries for the year April, 19g60-

March, 1961. A1224~A4229, carried out between 1961 and 1966 are as

yet unpublished.

3. Stations GIL 54-85 (John D. Gilchrist) are obtainable from the Publication

No. 7 of the Oceanography Department of the University of Cape Town.

Stations GIL 254-566 are obtainable from Data Report No. 3 of the Ocean-

ography Department of the University of Cape Town.

4. Stations designated NGY (National Geophysical Year) are obtainable

from Publication No. 1 of the Oceanography Department of the University

of Cape ‘Town.

5. Stations designated by NIOE (National Indian Ocean Expedition)

stations 1-178 are obtainable from Data Report No. 2 of the Institute of

Oceanography of the University of Cape Town.

Stations NIOE 200-215 are obtainable from Data Report No. 3 of the

Institute of Oceanography of the University of Cape Town.

6. Stations designated IK denote South African Museum Isaacs-Kidd

bathypelagic survey. Station data are obtainable from Grindley & Penrith

(1965).

Abbreviations used in figures

la—lobus armatus

].ac—lobus accessorius

lc—lobus connectens

li—-lobus inermis

It—lobus terminalis

pu—processus uncifer

pv — processus ventralis

Fairly full descriptions have been given in four cases, all of which are

species erected by Burkenroad in 1940. All four species were described from

Dana Expedition material, and only preliminary descriptions have so far been

published. Comparison of the present material with the Dana type material

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 217

sent on loan through the kind offices of Dr. Torben Wolff of Copenhagen,

and Dr. A. A. Racek of Sydney has confirmed the identifications.

Finally, in all cases where the carapace length of a specimen is given, this

has been measured from the base of the rostrum (i.e. at base of eyestalk) to

the mid-dorsal point of the posterior carapace margin.

List OF SPECIES

Subfamily Luciferinae

Lucifer chacet Bowman

Lucifer orientalis Hansen

Lucifer penicillifer Hansen

Lucifer typus H. Milne Edwards

Subfamily Sergestinae

Acetes erythraeus Nobili

Acetes natalensis Barnard

Sergestes (Sergestes) arcticus Kroyer

Sergestes (Sergestes) armatus Kroyer

Sergestes (Sergestes) atlanticus H. Milne Edwards

Sergestes (Sergestes) corniculum Kroyer

Sergestes (Sergestes) disjunctus Burkenroad

Sergestes (Sergestes) orientalis Hansen

Sergestes (Sergestes) pectinatus Sund

Sergestes (Sergestes) sargasst Ortmann

Sergestes (Sergia) creber Burkenroad

Sergestes (Sergia) grandis Sund

Sergestes (Sergia) laminatus Burkenroad

Sergestes (Sergia) prehensilis Bate

Sergestes (Sergia) potens Burkenroad

Sergestes (Sergia) regalis Gordon

Sergestes (Sergia) scintillans Burkenroad

Sergestes (Sergia) splendens Sund

Petalidium foliaceum Bate

KEY TO GENERA AND SUBGENERA

1. Body strongly compressed, lacking gills, planktonic. Luctfer

—. Body not strongly compressed, gills present : : ; 2

2. Last two pairs pereiopods absent ; : : : , : : : Acetes

—. Last two pairs pereiopods present. , 3

3. Gills present above fourth pereiopods : 3 : ‘ ; 4 (Sergestes)

—. Gills absent or rudimentary above fourth pereigpods : : . Petalidium

4. No dermal photophores present.

Organs of Pesta present (luminescent modifications of gastro-hepatic

gland) : : : Sergestes (Sergestes)

—. Dermal pepe phores pies “kee?

Organs of Pesta absent. : : [ : é : Sergestes (Sergia)

218 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 1. Lucifer penicillifer

a. Anterior region; 6. Male, 6th abdominal segment, telson and uropod;

c. Petasma, in situ; d. Apex of petasma.

Lucifer chacei

e. Anterior region; f. Male, 6th abdominal segment, telson, and uropod; g. Apex of petasma.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 219

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL

Subfamily Luciferinae

Genus LUCIFER

Pelagic forms, rostrum short, spiniform. Carapace strongly compressed.

Region between bases of eyes and antennae, and mouthparts elongate. Anten-

nule lacking lower flagellum in both sexes. Third maxilliped and first three

pereiopods slender, elongate, first and second pereiopods non-chelate, third

pereiopods imperfectly chelate. Fourth and fifth pereiopods lacking. Gills

entirely absent. Sixth abdominal segment in male with two ventral processes,

unarmed in female. Telson in male with ventral process, female lacking process.

Single genital opening in both sexes.

Key to known southern African species

1. Eyestalk less than half distance between bases ofeyesandlabrum . ; ; 2

—. Eyestalk more than half distance between bases of eyes and labrum :

2. Petasma terminally expanded, processus ventralis brush-like. : : penicillifer

—, Petasma terminally acute, with needle-like processus ventralis ; : ‘ chacei

3. Telson in male with ventral process some distance from apex.

Petasma with processus ventralis having transverse area between two horns _ typus

—. Telson in male with ventral process ending at apex.

Petasma with processus ventralis lacking transverse area between two

horns. : ; , ‘ : é ‘ : : : orientalis

Lucifer chacet Bowman, 1967

Fig. 1e-g

Lucifer chacei Bowman, 1967: 266, figs 1, 2a—b, 3a-c, 4.

Lucifer faxoni (non Borradaile) Hansen, 1919: 61, pl. 5, figs 3a-i. Chace, 1955: 4.

Description: Eye plus eyestalk about two fifths length of distance between eye-

stalk base and labrum. Basal antennular segment reaching to end of cornea in

female, somewhat beyond cornea in male. Sixth abdominal segment in male

with short straight anterior process, posterior process slender, curved. Spine on

outer margin of outer uropod ramus reaching to apex of appendage in female,

not quite reaching apex in male. Process on anterior margin of first pleopod in

male longer than broad. Petasma with terminal portion curved, apically acute,

processus ventralis slender, needle-like.

Distribution: East Indies, Pacific.

South African stations: A1231, A1232.

Material: 4 29,1 3.

Lucifer orientalis Hansen, 1919

Fig. 2e-g

Lucifer orientalis Hansen, 1919: 55, pl. 4, fig. 7. Gordon, 1956: 325.

Description: Eye plus eyestalk slightly shorter than distance between eyestalk

base and labrum. First antennular peduncle segment reaching to edge of

220 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 2. Lucifer typus

a. Anterior region; b. Male, 6th abdominal segment, telson and uropod;

c. Petasma in situ; d. Apex of petasma.

Lucifer orientalis

. Anterior region; f. Male, 6th abdominal segment, telson and uropod; g. Apex of petasma.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 22%

cornea. Sixth abdominal segment in male with anterior process curved, apically

acute. Posterior process distally expanded, slightly flexed. Telson in male short,

rounded ventral process ending distally at apex. Spine on outer margin of

outer uropod ramus extending well beyond apex. Petasma with sheath con-

sisting distally of two pointed lobes, with transverse lines on outer surface,

covering the processus ventralis. Latter consisting of two diverging pointed

lobes.

Distribution: East Indies, off Philippines, Red Sea.

South African stations: A1239, GIL144, GIL239, NGY3, NGY4, NGY6, NGY7,

miGYie, NGY12, NGY15, NGY16, NGY19, NGYoar1, NGY24, NGY27,

NGY46, NGY50.

Remarks: Hansen (1919) remarks that the females of the closely related species

L. typus and L. orientalis are very difficult to distinguish; this is certainly the case

in the present material; consequently where the two species have occurred in

the same sample, only the males of L. orientalis have been separated.

Lucifer penicillifer Hansen, 1919

Fig. ra—d

Lucifer penicillifer Hansen, 1919: 59, pl. 5, fig. 2. Barnard, 1947: 384; 1950: 645, fig. 121. Gordon,

1956: 32, figs 4-6.

Lucifer typus (non Milne Edwards) Stebbing, 1914a: 28.

Description: Length of eye about one third that of distance between base of

eyestalk and labrum. First antennular peduncle segment extending slightly

beyond eye. Sixth abdominal segment in male with two ventral processes, the

posterior one the larger, the apex acutely rounded. Telson in male with the

rounded ventral process some distance from the apex, bearing numerous tiny

granules. Tooth on outer margin of outer uropod ramus not extending beyond

apex. Petasma with strongly chitonized sheath, the outer convex portion of

which bears numerous tiny spines, the apex slightly expanded. Processus

ventralis slender ending in a bipartite ‘brush’.

Distribution: East Indies, Bay of Bengal, China Sea, off Great Barrier Reef.

South African locality: Mossel Bay.

South African stations :

‘Africana’ GIL NGY NIOE

AI225 54 2h. (Be :

A1226 60 oa TE 2

A1227 63 eh eee 35

A1228 64 Gir (78 58

A1231 65 475 73

A1232 67 6) wee | 74

A1897 76 Lo 17b 75

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

aan

sndi) @

gayippioruad o

SIPRIUIIIO Y|

1adeyd O}

BLY UIIZYyINOS punoe safimn’7 snuad ayy Jo uONNQIysIp Burmoys deypy “€ ‘org

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 223

‘Africana’ GIL NGY NIOE

A2386 77 16 79 77

83 ty ef 85

86 1G) .63 92

87 25 89 93

88 26 90 95

143 29 114

169 30 159

330 34 161

254 37 176

281 38 177

41 200

47 201

48 205

49 210

Remarks: L. penicillifer is the only species hitherto recorded from South African

waters. It was collected by the Pieter Faure from Mossel Bay.

Lucifer typus H. Milne Edwards, 1837

Fig. 2a—d

Lucifer typus H. Milne Edwards, 1837: 469. Hansen, 1919: 53, pl. 4, fig. 6. Gordon, 1956: 324,

figs 1-3. Bowman & McCain, 1967: 660, fig. 1a—b.

Description: Length of eye plus eyestalk less than the distance between eyestalk

base and labrum. First antennular peduncle segment reaching to edge of

cornea. Sixth abdominal segment in male with anterior process slender, acute.

Posterior process distally expanded and bent. Ventral rounded process of telson

in male some distance from apex. Spine on outer margin of outer uropod ramus

extending well beyond apex. Petasma with terminal portion robust, sheath

apically blunt. Sheath with transverse lines on outer surface, enclosing the

broad processus ventralis and a strong hooked process. Processus ventralis with

two terminal spines separated by a straight edge.

Distribution: Off Atlantic coast of North America, Sargassum Sea, East Indies,

Bay of Bengal, Philippines, off Great Barrier Reef. :

South African stations :

‘Africana’ GIL NGY NIOE

A225 54 f'n POG 2

A1227 60 en 3

A1228 61 ia es 4

A1I230 65 5 69 7

A1231 77 6) 4.70 12

ease 21

A1232 85

224

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

‘Africana’ GIL NGY NIOE

A1233 86 Inney 6 34

A1234 87 9 74 35

A235 121 6 a 8 59

A1236 144 if 77 60

237 184 re) 79 61

A1238 183 13; 80 62

A1239 206 Pm 74

AI241 254 bie “89 80

A242 285 165) -65 go

A243 286 170° G6 97

A1244 LO 207 98

AI252 Ig ..39 114

A1253 20) os 128

A254 21 142

A1896 22 143

A1897 23 145

A2386 24 155

A2387 25 156

A2389 26 157

A2390 27 158

A239Q1 28 159

A20961 29 164

A2966 30 170

A3633 31 Wh

A3634 32 175

A3645 34 177

35 200

36 201

ey 204

38 205

39 206

40 207

AI 210

42 215

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 225

Fic. 4. Acetes erythraeus

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Petasma; c. Male, outer antennular flagellum;

d. Antennular peduncle in lateral view; e. Telson and uropod in dorsal view;

J. Female, coxa pereiopod three.

226 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Subfamily Sergestinae

Genus ACETES

Rostrum short, with one or more dorsal denticles, strong supraorbital and

hepatic spines present. Third antennular peduncle segment in female slightly

longer than second joint, very much longer in male. Lower antennular flagellum

in male with clasping organ. Third maxilliped slender, elongate, shorter than

third pereiopod. Two distal joints of pereiopod undivided. First pereiopod with

small chela. Pereiopods four and five entirely lacking. Petasma lacking the

numerous ramifications found in Sergestes.

Key to the known southern African species

1. Telson apically acute, reaching beyond midpoint of inner uropod ramus . ._ erythraeus

—. Telson apically truncate, not reaching midpoint of inner uropod ramus . ._ natalensis

Acetes erythraeus Nobili, 1905

Fig. 4

Acetes erythraeus Nobili, 1905: 394, fig. 1; 1906: 23, pl. 1, fig. 5. Kemp, 1917: 51, figs 1c-e, 26,

3b, 4b, 5a, d, 7b. Barnard, 1950: 822; 1955: 42.

Description: Rostrum slightly elevated, apically acute, with two dorsal denticles.

Strong supraorbital and hepatic spines present. Antennular peduncle with

basal segment equal to third segment, latter twice length of second. Scapho-

cerite reaching to slightly beyond midpoint of third peduncle segment. Eye

reaching almost to end of basal peduncle segment, much wider than eyestalk.

Pereiopods slender, coxa periopod three in female with distal and proximal

process on inner face. Curved median forwardly directed spine between bases

of first pleopods. Telson apically acute, reaching beyond middle of inner uropod

ramus. Outer ramus with spine on outer margin. Petasma male with triangular

apically acute processus ventralis. Capitulum proximally broad, distally more

slender. Latter portion bears several small hooks, plus two large curved hooks

at its base. |

Distribution: Coast of Thailand, Coast of India, Red Sea.

Southern African localities: Delagoa Bay, Durban.

Material: 9 29, carapace length 6-:2-9:0 mm; 5 gd, carapace length 5-8—

7°4 mm.

Acetes natalensis Barnard, 1955

Fig. 5

Acetes natalensis Barnard, 1955: 43.

Description: Rostrum slightly elevated, apically acute, with two dorsal denticles.

Strong supraorbital and hepatic spines present. Antennular peduncle in male

with basal segment shorter than third, latter almost three times length of middle

segment. Scaphocerite reaching to end of middle segment. In female, scapho-

cerite reaches to middle of third segment, latter shorter than basal segment.

Eye not quite reaching end of basal segment, wider than eyestalk. Pereiopods

slender, coxa pereiopod three in female with blunt proximal process on median

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 227

Fic. 5. Acetes natalensis

a. Carapace in lateral view; 6. Petasma; c. Male outer antennular flagellum;

d. Antennular peduncle in lateral view; e. Telson and uropod in dorsal view;

J. Female coxa pereiopod three.

228 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

face, no distal process. No spine present between bases of first pleopods. Telson

apically truncate not reaching middle of inner uropod ramus. Petasma male

with elongate cylindrical capitulum bearing several small hooks, and at its

base on the inner side, a short triangular process.

Locality: Durban Bay.

Material: 5 99, carapace length 3-9-5:3 mm; 3 gg, carapace length 5-6-5:9 mm.

Genus PETALIDIUM

Shrimp-like forms with first three pairs of pereiopods elongate, second and

third bearing a tiny chela. Pereiopods four and five reduced, fourth longer than

fifth. Pleurobranchs and pleurobranchial lamellae present above third maxil-

liped and first three pereiopods, gill absent or rudimentary above fourth

pereiopod. Processus ventralis of petasma in male bifurcate.

Petalidium foliaceum Bate, 1881

Fig. 6

Petalidium foliaceum Bate, 1881: 194; 188: 349, pl. 60. Hansen, 1896: 936; 1903: 54, pl. 11, fig. 1.

Illig, 1914: 372, figs 31-34. Stebbing, 19145: 284, pl. 28. Burkenroad, 1937: 326. Hale,

1941: 261, figs 1, 2.

Description: Rostrum short, slightly elevated, somewhat variable, with single

forwardly directed tooth, sometimes with posterior tooth. Cervical groove

prominent, antennal and suprabranchial ridges strong. Minute hepatic spine

present. Eyestalk with two median tubercles. ‘Third maxilliped and all pereio-

pods missing in all specimens. ‘Telson apically acute, with two subapical spines

and four plumed setae. Outer uropod ramus with minute tooth near apex.

Petasma in male slender, elongate. Processus uncifer with strong subapical

spine, apex acute. Processus ventralis slender, distally divided into long ramus

armed with hooks, and short apically hooked ramus. Lobus terminalis bilobed,

with long slender ramus, apically armed with hooks, and short slender ramus.

Lobus inermis just below lower lobus terminalis lobe, short, blunt. Lobus

armatus consisting of two blunt lobes armed with a few hooks.

Distribution: Most of the southern seas, i.e. South Atlantic, southern Indian

Ocean, south of Australia, Antarctic.

South African stations: A1879, A2945, A2958, A2963, A3616, A3643.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

3 2

8-0 6:0

9°3 G55

9°7 3-1

O79 9°5

10°6 11°8

I1-O 12°8

Remarks: Although this species has been recorded from the south Atlantic, this

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA

Ne)

iS)

eo)

Fic. 6. Petalidium foliaceum

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Eyestalk; c. Telsonic apex; d. Rostral variation;

e. Petasma; f. Thelycum; g. Uropod rami.

230 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

is the first record from the South African region. Unfortunately, because of the

very soft nature of the exoskeleton, several of the specimens are damaged, while

none have retained the third maxillipeds or the pereiopods.

Genus SERGESTES

Shrimp-like forms with first three pairs of pereiopods elongate, the second

and third bearing a tiny chela. Pereiopods four and five lacking dactyls,

reduced, often flattened, bearing natatory setae, fifth usually shorter than

fourth. First maxilla bearing palp, second maxilla bearing two lobes. First

maxilliped bearing segmented palp. Branchial lamellae as well as arthrobranchs

present. Processus ventralis of petasma in male not forked.

Subgenus SERGESTES

‘Species of Sergestes s.l. with specialized luminescent modifications of the

gastrohepatic gland (organs of Pesta) but without dermal photophores. Supra-

orbital and hepatic spines maybe present or absent in adult. Ovary confined to

cephalothorax. Colour in life due to red subcuticular chromatophores mainly

concentrated on the anterior part of the body’ (Yaldwyn, 1957).

Subgenus SERGIA

‘Species of Sergestes s.1. without specialized luminescent modifications of

the gastrohepatic gland (organs of Pesta). With or without dermal photophores

which when present may or may not have cuticular lenses. Supraorbital and

hepatic spines absent in adult (secondary hepatic prominences may sometimes

be present). Ovary may extend into abdomen. Adult with red cuticular pig-

ment distributed over entire body and appendages in life’ (Yaldwyn, 1957).

Key to known southern African species of the subgenus Sergestes

1. Third maxillipeds subequal to third pereiopods . 2

—. Third maxillipeds longer than third pereiopods . : : 5

2. Two distal segments of pereiopod five setose on both mares : ‘ : 3

—. Two distal segments of pereiopod five setose on only one margin . 4

3. Supraorbital spine present.

Lobus armatus of petasma straight. : : ‘ : ; . disjunctus

—. Supraorbital spine absent.

Lobus armatus of petasma strongly curved ‘ . . corniculum

4. Third segment of antennular peduncle equal to or longer than first.

Petasma lobes short, stumpy : : : . atlanticus

—. Third segment of antennular peduncle shorter than first.

Petasma lobes elongate. : : : arcticus

5. Two distal segments of pereiopod five SonRe on both saareins ‘ ; : 6

—. Two distal segments of pereiopod five setose on only one margin . : 7

6. Dactylus and distal half of propodus of third maxilliped with numerous spines

forming comb-like structure.

Processus ventralis of petasma unarmed ‘ pectinatus

—. Dactylus and distal half of propodus of third maxilliped armed with spines but

not forming comb-like structure.

Processus ventralis of petasma armed distally with numerous spines f Sargassi

Dactylus of third maxilliped consisting of four segments ; ; : ‘ armatus

—. Dactylus of third maxilliped consisting of six segments . : ; ; . orientalis

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA

Fic. 7. Sergestes (Sergestes) arcticus

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Petasma; c. Male, outer antennular flagellum;

d. Female, coxae pereipods three; e. Scaphocerite; f. Uropod.

231

232 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Sergestes (Sergestes) arcticus Kroyer, 1859

Fig..7

Sergestes arcticus Kroyer, 1859: 240. Smith, 1886, pl. 20, figs 1, 2. Ortmann, 1893: 33. Kemp,

1910: 30, pl. 3, figs 13-19. Sund, 1920: 8, fig. 5. Hansen, 1922: 62, pl. 1, figs 1, 2, pl. 3,

fig. 3; 1925: 23. Illig, 1914: 355; 1927: 306, figs 53-65. Barnard, 1950: 639, fig. 120, a—d.

Holthuis, 1952: 8, fig. 1. Grindley & Penrith, 1965: 280.

Sergestes (Sergestes) arcticus Yaldwyn, 1957: 9, figs 1-5.

Description: Rostrum short, horizontal, apically acute. Strong supraorbital

spine and ridge present. Cervical groove distinct, with hepatic spine at its base,

suprabranchial ridge distinct. Eyes laterally directed, no ocular tubercle.

Scaphocerite with apical spine on outer margin. Two distal antennular peduncle

segments equal in length to basal segment. Maxilliped three slender, not longer

than pereiopods. Coxa pereiopod three in female with broad incurved hook,

sternum bearing rounded flap-like operculum. Fifth pereiopod slightly more

than half length of fourth, two distal segments setose on only one margin. Telson

apically acutely rounded, outer uropod ramus with spine at about distal third.

Petasma in male with elongate curved lobus armatus, armed with row of hooks

on inner margin, lobus connectens triangular, covered with large hooks, lobus

terminalis with few distal hooks, processus ventralis distally expanded, armed

with several clustered spine-like hooks.

Distribution: North and South Atlantic, off Chile, off New Zealand, South

Australia.

South African stations: IK40, IK50, IK51, PF2380, PF16832, A1877, A1879,

A1889, A2391, A2393, A2394, A2950, A2953, A2958, A2961, A2962, A263,

A2966, A3643, A3634, A2968.

Material: Average carapace length for 24 gg: 9:5 mm. Average carapace length

for 40 99 : 12-4 mana:

Sergestes (Sergestes) armatus Kroyer, 1855

Fig. 8

Sergestes armatus Kroyer, 1855: 10. Ortmann, 1893: 36. Hansen, 1896: 966; 1903: 63; 1922: 174,

pl. 10, figs 6a-k; 1925: 26. Sund, 1920: 23, figs 39-41. Burkenroad, 1937: 321. Barnard,

1950: 643, figs 120, m—p. Grindley & Penrith, 1965: 281.

Sergestes (Sergestes) armatus: Yaldwyn, 1957: 8. Kensley, 1968: 304.

Description: Rostrum somewhat elongate, apically acute with trace of dorsal

denticle. Small supraorbital and hepatic spines present. Suprabranchial ridge

present, cervical groove weakly defined. Eyestalk bearing ocular tubercle

medio-distally, reaching to middle of basal antennular peduncle segment.

Latter two-thirds length of third peduncle segment. Median segment shorter

than basal. Scaphocerite apically pointed without spine on outer margin,

reaching at least to midpoint of third antennular peduncle segment. Maxilliped

three longer and stouter than pereiopods, dactylus consisting of four segments

bearing about 15 long and short spines. Two proximal segments equal in length,

longer than two distal segments, penultimate segment shortest. Fifth pereiopods

vs Sey

" SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 233

Fic. 8. Sergestes (Sergestes) armatus

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Female coxa pereiopod three; c. Petasma;

d. Male, outer antennular flagellum, e. Maxilliped three dactylus;

J. Scaphocerite; g. Uropod.

234 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

short slender, two distal segments setose on only one margin. Coxa pereiopod

three in female with short acute median facing process, sternum with rounded

flap-like operculum. Outer ramus of uropod setose for slightly more than two-

thirds length of outer margin. Telson apically narrowly rounded. Petasma in

male with elongate lobus terminalis armed with distal hooks, lobus inermis

unarmed, stout, lobus connectens globular with numerous hooks, lobus armatus

consisting of small rounded lobe armed with numerous tiny hooks and elongate

rounded lobe with large hooks. Processus ventralis slender, elongate, with small

process at its base. Processus uncifer apically pointed.

Distribution: North Atlantic, Mediterranean, off Azores and Canaries, South

Atlantic. |

South African stations: A318, A319, IK6, IK7, IK34, 1K35, I1K36, 1K37, 1K38,

IKg9, IK41, IK42, IK44, 1K 45, IK46, IK51, A1896, A2q58, A2g62, A2963,

A2966, A2968, A3634, A3643, A4220.

Material: Average carapace length for 20 gg: 10:9 mm. Average carapace

length for 28 99: 11-9 mm.

Sergestes (Sergestes) atlanticus H. Milne Edwards, 1830

Fig. 9

Sergestes atlanticus. H. Milne Edwards, 1830: 346. Bate, 1888: 389, pls 48, 49. Ortmann, 1893:

33. Hansen, 1896: 951; 1903: 58; 1919: 8, 1922: 41, pl. 2, fig. 1. Illig, 1914: 350, fig. 2;

1927: 286, figs 11-14. Sund, 1920: 7, fig. 4.

Sergestes (Sergestes) atlanticus Yaldwyn, 1957: 8. Kensley, 1968: 303, figs gd, 10¢, 11d.

Description: Rostrum hardly elevated, short, apically acute, slight supraorbital

ridge, strong supraorbital spine. Cervical groove distinct, dorsally feeble, strong

hepatic spine at its base. Suprabranchial ridge distinct. Eye reaching to mid-

point of basal antennular peduncle segment. Latter elongate, basal segment

equal in length to third segment, middle segment shorter. Scaphocerite reaching

to about midpoint of third antennular peduncle segment, with small terminal

spine on outer margin. Maxilliped three slender, equal in length to pereiopod

three, dactylus of eight segments, decreasing in length distally. Fifth pereiopod

about half length of fourth, two distal segments setose on only one margin.

Outer margin of outer uropod ramus with spine at distal third. Telson apically

acutely rounded. Petasma in male, with broadly triangular processus ventralis,

lobus armatus low, rounded, armed with several hooks, lobus connectens small

slender, lobus terminalis a bulge armed with hooks on lobus inermis, latter

a rounded unarmed lobe. Processus uncifer with minute terminal hook.

Distribution: Mediterranean, North Atlantic, off Azores and Canaries, Sargas-

sum Sea, off Cape Point.

South African stations: IK6, A2g66.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

fc)

Sha"

6-8

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA

iN)

OOo

Fic. 9. Sergestes (Sergestes) atlanticus

a. Carapace in lateral view; 6. Petasma; c. Outer flagellum antennular;

d. Scaphocerite; e. Uropod.

236 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Sergestes (Sergestes) corniculum Kroyer, 1955

Fig. 10

Sergestes corniculum Kroyer, 1855: 22. Ortmann, 1893: 34. Hansen, 1896: 957; 1922: 126, pl. 1,

figs 6, 7, pl. 7, fig. 34-4, pl. 8, fig. 1a-7. Sund, 1920: 9g, figs 6-10. Illig, 1914: 357, figs 6-10;

1927: 311, figs 68-76. Burkenroad, 1937: 316. -

Sergestes (Sergestes) corniculum: Yaldwyn, 1957: 7. Kensley, 1968: 307, figs ga, 106, 11d.

Description: Rostrum broadly rounded with single apical point. Supraorbital

ridge present. Well defined cervical groove, reaching dorsum at carapace mid-

point. Well-defined suprabranchial and branchial ridges. Minute hepatic spine

present, from which a strong ridge runs anteriorly to level of antennae. Eyestalk

with ocular tubercle on medio-distal face. Eye reaching midpoint of basal

antennular peduncle segment. Scaphocerite lacking apical spine, reaching

almost to midpoint of third antennular peduncle segment. Maxilliped three

slender, not longer than pereiopod three. Latter slender, elongate, reaching

well beyond antennular peduncle, propodus and carpus bearing along their

edges numerous elongate spines separated by several smaller spines. Coxa

pereiopod three in female bearing blunt median process, sternum with straight-

edged flap-like operculum. Telson apically acute, outer margin of exopod

uropod setose for about half its length. Petasma in male with processus ventralis

distally expanded, bearing about 11 or 12 acute papillae. Lobus armatus stout,

curved, apically and proximally armed with hooks. Lobus connectens slender

armed with two apical hooks. Lobus terminalis armed with cluster of hooks

distally. Lobus inermis slender elongate, apically pointed, unarmed. In pre-

served specimens, scattered pigment spots may be observed on the dorsal

surface of the carapace and abdomen.

Distribution: Mediterranean, North Atlantic, off the Azores and Canary Islands,

Sargassum Sea.

South African stations: Ag21, IK6, IK34, IK35, IK39, IK41, IK42, [K44,

IK48, IK50, A2958, A2g62, A2963, A2968, A3616, A3634, A4g218.

Material: Average carapace length for 21 gg: 20:1 mm. Average carapace

length for 22 99: 21-0 mm.

Sergestes (Sergestes) disjunctus Burkenroad, 1940

Brot 0

Sergestes (Sergestes) disjunctus Burkenroad, 1940: 38. Yaldwyn, 1957: 8.

Description: Rostrum slightly elevated, with short acute anteriorly facing apex.

Strong supraorbital spine present. Well-developed cervical groove, stretching

forward from about the dorsal midpoint of the carapace, with strong hepatic

spine at its base. Strong suprabranchial and lateral branchial ridges, also a

ridge stretching anteriorly from hepatic spine almost to anterior margin of

carapace, in antennal region. Eyes laterally directed, eyestalk with very low

ocular tubercle. Basal segment of antennular peduncle equal in length to third

segment, middle segment slightly shorter. Scaphocerite damaged. Third

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 237

Fic. 10. Sergestes (Sergestes) corniculum

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Petasma; c. Outer antennular flagellum;

d. Female coxae pereiopod three; e. Uropod; f. Scaphocerite.

238 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

maxillipeds missing but coxae not larger than those of pereiopods one to three.

Pereiopods four and five flattened, bearing long setae, fifth about half length of

fourth, two distal segments setose on both margins. Outer ramus of uropod with

outer margin lacking spine, setose for slightly more than half its length. Telson

damaged. Petasma in male with elongate straight lobus armatus, bearing small

cluster of terminal hooks separated by an unarmed area from larger cluster of

proximal hooks. Lobus connectens stouter than lobus terminalis, covered with

numerous small hooks. Lobus terminalis slender, with several terminal hooks,

lobus inermis as slender as lobus terminalis, unarmed. Processus ventralis

apically flared, bearing seven or eight small irregularly spined papillae.

Remarks: Although most of the third maxillipeds of these specimens are missing,

the size of the remaining coxae indicate that these appendages were not of the

elongate and stout type as found in the ‘sargassi’ group. This fact, together with

the setose nature of both margins of the fifth pereiopods, places the specimens

in the ‘corniculum’ group (Yaldwyn, 1957: 7). Superficially the specimens are

almost identical to S. corniculum Kroyer, but the structure of the petasma immedi-

ately separates them. The lobus armatus is curved in S. corniculum, the lobus

connectens slender, the processus ventralis bearing a continuous row of terminal

spines. The present specimens differ in all these characters. The lower flagellum

of the antennule also lacks some of the spines found in S. corniculum. The presence

of a supraorbital spine also separates the specimens from S.. corniculum, S. coalitus

Burkenroad, S. erectus Burkenroad, and S. seminudus Hansen. The specimens also

differ from the latter species in the structure of the petasma, where the lobus

connectens is relatively more slender and the lobus terminalis more stout.

The present South African records are separated by several thousand miles

from the original Dana record of S. disjunctus ; nevertheless, the specimens are

placed in this species as they agree well with both Burkenroad’s description,

and with the type material.

Distribution: 34°248, 178-42E. (Off North Island, New Zealand, Dana station

3630 IV).

South African stations: A317, A4128.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

159

18-0

Sergestes (Sergestes) orientalis Hansen, 1919

Fig. 12

Sergestes orientalis Hansen, 1919: 22, pl. 2, fig. 2.

Sergestes (Sergestes) orientalis: Yaldwyn, 1957: 8. Milne, 1968: 30.

Description: Rostrum short, slightly elevated, apically acute. Small supra-

orbital spine present. Cervical groove barely visible, with strong hepatic spine

at its base. Eyes reaching slightly beyond midpoint of basal antennular peduncle

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 239

r \

ss :

Fic. 11. Sergestes (Sergestes) disjunctus

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Petasma; c. Outer antennular flagellum; d. Uropod.

240 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

segment, scarcely wider than eyestalk. Antennular peduncle with basal segment

equal in length to third segment, middle segment shorter. Maxilliped three

much longer than pereiopods, four proximal segments stout, two distal segments

slender, flattened. Dactylus consisting of six segments, first slightly shorter than

second, four distal segments small, equal in length, three together equal to

second segment in length. Terminal segment bearing a long and short spine

terminally. Fifth pereiopods with two distal segments setose on only one

margin. Coxa pereiopod three in female with short pointed basal protuberance.

Distribution: South-east of South Africa, China Sea.

Remarks: ‘The enlarged third maxillipeds, having a six-segmented dactylus,

and a fifth pereiopod with the two distal segments setose on only one margin,

places these females in the ‘edwardsi’ group of species (Yaldwyn, 1957).

S. (S.) edwardsi has a more slender lanceolate rostrum, and two subequal terminal

dactyl spines on the third maxilliped, unlike the present specimens, which have

a broader rostrum, and very unequal terminal spines. S. (S.) tantillus and

S. (S.) semissis, both described by Burkenroad in 1940, are said to have the third

makxillipeds as in S. edwardsi. S. consobrinus Milne is very similar to the present

specimens, but the spine count of the dactyl of the third maxilliped (36) does

not agree with the former species (47-50). Thus, in spite of the lack of a male

specimen to confirm the specific identity, these females are placed in S. (S.)

orientalis. Comparison with Hansen’s Szboga cotype material has further strength-

ened this identification.

South African stations: A2945, A2966.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

Sergestes (Sergestes) pectinatus, Sund, 1920

hie We

Sergestes pectinatus Sund, 1920: 24, figs 42-43. Hansen, 1922: 142, pl. 8, fig. 4. Illig, 1927: 315,

figs 77-80.

Sergestes (Sergestes) pectinatus: Yaldwyn, 1957: 8.

Sergestes henseni (non Ortmann) Illig, 1914: 360, figs 11-16.

Description: Rostrum short, hardly elevated, apically acute, anterior margin

vertical. No supraorbital ridge, strong supraorbital spine. Cervical groove

well-developed with small hepatic spine at its base. Strong suprabranchial

ridge present. Eyestalk, with tiny ocular tubercle on inner distal margin,

reaching beyond midpoint of basal segment of antennular peduncle. Latter

with two distal segments equal in length, basal segment slightly longer. Scapho-

cerite with tiny spine on outer distal angle. Maxilliped three longer than

periopods, four basal segments stout, two distal segments slender. Dactylus

consisting of five segments basal segment about twice length of following seg-

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 241

Fic. 12. Sergestes (Sergestes) orientalis

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Maxilliped three dactylus.

ment, distal four segments of about equal length. Dactylus and distal half of

propodus with a fringe of short spines forming a comb-like structure, inter-

spersed with single longer spines. Pereiopods four and five flattened, fifth about

half length of fourth, two distal segments setose on both margins. Coxa pereiopod

three in female with short hooked basal protuberance, sternum with triangularly

rounded flap-like operculum. Outer uropod ramus lacking spine on outer

margin, latter setose for about four-fifths of its length. Telson apically acutely

rounded. Petasma in male lacking lobus inermis and lobus connectens. Lobus

armatus basally stout distally slender, slightly curved, with single apical hook,

two large proximal hooks. Lobus terminalis elongate curved, with single apical

hook, two large proximal hooks. Processus ventralis slender, elongate, unarmed.

Distribution: Sargassum sea, North Atlantic, off Canaries, Azores.

South African stations: A2386, A3641.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

3 2

4:1 he

6°5 oom

Sergestes (Sergestes) sargassi Ortmann, 1893

Fig. 14

Sergestes sargassi Ortmann, 1893: 34, pl. 3, fig. 1. Hansen, 1896: 959; 1922: 148, pl. 9, fig. 2.

Sergestes (Sergestes) sargassi: Yaldwyn, 1957: 8. Kensley, 1968: 304, figs gc, 10d, 1 1c.

Sergestes henseni (non Ortmann) Sund, 1920: 25, figs 44-47.

Description: Rostrum hardly elevated, apically acute, anterior margin vertical.

No supraorbital ridge, minute supraorbital spine present. Well-defined cervical

242 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 13. Sergestes (Sergestes) pectinatus

a. Carapace in lateral view; 6. Female coxae pereiopod three; c. Petasma;

d. Outer flagellum antennular; e. Propodus distal end and dactylus of maxilliped three;

J. Scaphocerite; g. Uropod.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 243

Fic. 14. Sergestes (Sergestes) sargasst

a. Carapace in lateral view; 5. Female coxae pereiopod three; c. Petasma;

d. Outer antennular flagellum; e. Dactylus of maxilliped three; f, Uropod;

g. Scaphocerite.

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

‘wouy UloyINOs punoarr sajsadvag: snuasqns sy} Jo uoNNqIysIp durmoys deyy “Si ‘ory

Issudues @

snjeunood o|

SI}eIUaIIO a)

sniounisip g |

wun}nrtusJOD ©

snonurpe ¥

snivlwuIe @

snd1dIe |

lay,

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 245

groove stretching forward from dorsal midpoint of carapace with a minute

hepatic at base. Strong suprabranchial ridge. Eyes reaching to midpoint of

basal segment of antennular peduncle. Latter slender, two distal segments

equal in length, basal segment slightly longer. Scaphocerite lacking spine on

outer distal margin. Maxilliped three longer than perciopods, four basal seg-

ments stout, two distal segments slender. Dactylus consisting of five segments,

basal segment equal in length to distal segment, second segment longest, third

and fourth segments together equal to terminal segment. Latter with two long

and one short terminal spines. All segments bearing a few long spines and

numerous short spines. Propodus with similar spination distally. Pereiopods

slender, third reaching slightly beyond antennular peduncle. Fifth pereiopod

less than half length of fourth, two distal segments setose on both margins. No

spine on outer margin of outer uropod ramus. Telson narrow, apically acutely

rounded. Coxa pereiopod three in female bearing on postero-medial angle, a

tridentate process, the two outer teeth being small, the median tooth strong,

‘incurved. The postero-lateral angle of the coxa bears a large outwardly curved

horn-shaped protuberance. Petasma in male with lobus armatus elongate stout,

with two strong terminal hooks, lobus terminalis slender, with single terminal

hooks basally joined to lobus inermis bearing a terminal spine. Processus

ventralis elongate with several distal stellate spines, plus row of single spines.

Distribution: Off Madeira, Azores, Sargassum Sea.

South African stations: IK6, IK39, A2966, A3634.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

3 .

7-0 8-0

8-0

8-2

Key to known southern African species of the subgenus Sergia

1. Dermal photophores present . ‘ : ; ; , ; : ; 2

—. Dermal photophores absent. : ; : : : , : . laminatus

2. Photophores bearing cuticular lenses : ; ‘ : ; ; : 3

—. Photophores lacking lenses, of opaque spot type . 4

3. Lower branchiostegite bearing row or at least 18 ‘photophores. Beaphocerite beatin about

12 photophores : . prehensilis

—. Lower branchiostegite pone row of g-12 minute photapiees Scaphocerite

bearing seven photophores : : ; : : : : . _ scintillans

4. Rostrum elongate/lanceolate . : : : creber

—. Rostrum not elongate/lanceolate ; ; ; : : : , 5

5. Rostrum strongly bidentate or bifid : : 6

—. Rostrum with single apical tooth. é' |

6. Strong post-cervical groove present.

Coxa of pereiopod three female with apically acute leaf-shaped process.

Petasma of six lobes (excluding processus uncifer) ; ‘ ; : regalis

—-. No post-cervical groove present.

Coxa of pereiopod three female with blunt process. Petasma male with

eight lobes (excluding processus uncifer) . : : potens

246

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 16. Sergestes (Sergia) creber

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Petasma; c. Outer antennular flagellum;

d. Female coxa pereiopod three; e. Scaphocerite; f. Uropod.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 247

7. Rostrum broadly rounded.

Outer uropod ramus with two groups of photophores_ . : ; ; grandis

—. Rostrum not broadly rounded, with hint of dorsal denticle.

Outer uropod ramus with single continuous row of small photophores _. splendens

Sergestes (Sergia) creber Burkenroad, 1940

Fig. 16

Sergestes (Sergia) creber Burkenroad, 1940: 44. Yaldwyn, 1957: 9.

Description: Rostrum elongate, elevated, tapering to sharp point. No supra-

orbital ridge or spine. Cervical groove laterally visible, dorsally obsolete. No

hepatic spine, but a slight knob present. Post-cervical groove dorsally and

laterally prominent. Eyestalk lacking ocular tubercle, reaching to middle of

basal antennular peduncle segment. Latter longer than second or third segments.

Maxilliped three slender, not longer than pereiopods. Pereiopod three reaching

well beyond antennular peduncle. Coxa pereiopod three in female bearing

large leaf-shaped apically acute process. Scaphocerite almost reaching middle

of third peduncular segment, bearing row of about 12 photophores of the

opaque-spot type. Fifth pereiopod half length of fourth, both bearing long setae

flattened. Sixth abdominal segment ending dorsally in sharp spine. Outer

uropod ramus with spine at about distal third on outer margin, bearing about

12 photophores. Telson apically acute. Petasma male with slender curved

unarmed lobus inermis. Lobus terminalis broadly triangular, with single row

of about eight hooks on upper margin. Lobus connectens longer than lobus

terminalis, with single terminal hook and numerous proximal hooks. Lobus

armatus elongate slender, with large terminal hook and three large hooks in

mid-region, small lobus accessorius at base bearing several tiny hooks. Processus

ventralis leaf-shaped, shorter than lobus armatus, unarmed.

Distribution: 01-1358, 138-42E. (Off northern coast of New Guinea, Dana Station

3766 XVIII.)

South African stations: 1K35, A3643.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

3 9

Les nek)

18-5

Remarks: These specimens are very similar to S. regalis Gordon but differ in the

following respects: the rostrum is elongate-lanceolate, whereas in S. regalis it

is almost always bidentate. There are also differences in the spination of the

lower antennular flagellae, and in the photophore pattern of the outer uropod

ramus, there being more photophores in the present species. The petasma is

also very similar to S. regalis, the only differences being in the more slender

lobus inermis, and in the lower number of hooks on the lobus armatus in the

present species. Burkenroad (1940) does not compare his species with S. regalis

which was described in the previous year. The present specimens are placed in

S. creber, in spite of the fact that the latter species has not been figured, and that

248

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 17. Sergestes (Sergia) grandts

a. Carapace in lateral view; 6. Petasma; c. Outer antennular flagellum;

d. Scaphocerite; e. Uropod.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 249

the present records are separated by several thousand miles from the original

Dana record. Comparison with the type material of S. creber strengthens this

identification.

Sergestes (Sergia) grandis Sund

Fig. 17

Sergestes grandis Sund, 1920: 16, figs 22-26. Hansen, 1922: 92, pl. 5, figs 3a-p.

Sergestes (Sergia) grandis: Yaldwyn, 1957: 9.

Description: Rostrum low, rounded, with small apical tooth. No supraorbital

spine or ridge. Cervical groove dorsally and laterally fairly prominent. Posterior

cervical groove present, but not very obvious. Suprabranchial groove strong.

No hepatic spine or knob. First and second antennular peduncle segments equal

in length third segment shorter. Eyestalk with tiny ocular tubercle at disto-

medial corner. Scaphocerite reaching to middle of third peduncular segment,

bearing row of opaque-spot photophores. Third maxilliped not longer or more

robust than rest of pereiopods. Fourth and fifth pereiopods flattened, bearing

long setae. Iwo distal segments pereiopod five setose on both margins. Outer

-margin of outer uropod ramus with spine at distal third. Petasma with lobus

inermis unarmed, apically acute, lobus terminalis slender, with few scattered

hooks. Lobus connectens bilobed, upper lobe slender, curved, with few apical

hooks, lower lobe broader with several large hooks. Lobus armatus short,

curved, armed with few scattered hooks. Processus ventralis slender, tapering,

unarmed, reaching almost to tip of upper lobus connectens lobe. Coxa pereiopod

three in female with blunt short median lobe, similar to Sergestes potens.

Distribution: North Atlantic.

South African stations: 1K35, WRa.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

3 -

15:0 Long

7-6

2270

26-4

Remarks: The presence of opaque-spot type photophores places this species in

the ‘robustus’ group. The petasma is in general similar to that of S. grandis, as

figured by Sund (1920) and Hansen (1922), but differs in the relative propor-

tions of the lobes, the upper lobus connectens lobe being much longer than as

figured. The lower lobe also differs somewhat from the figures. The lobus

armatus is slightly longer than in Hansen’s figures. The structure of the scapho-

cerite and uropod, however, is identical with Sund’s description, while com-

parison with material from the Atlantide Expedition, from the Universitetets

Zoologiska Museum, Copenhagen, further strengthens this identification.

250 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 18. Sergestes (Sergia) laminatus

a. Carapace in lateral view; 6. Petasma; c. Outer antennular flagellum; d. Uropod;

e. Scaphocerite; /. Female coxa pereiopod three.

}

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 25!

Sergestes (Sergia) laminatus Burkenroad, 1940

Fig. 18

Sergestes (Sergia) laminatus Burkenroad, 1940: 53. Yaldwyn, 1957: 9.

Description: Rostrum low, rounded, no apical spine, very slight supra-orbital

ridge, no supraorbital spine. Integument membranous, cervical groove dorsally

and laterally distinct. Suprabranchial ridge prominent. No hepatic spine but a

slight knob present. Slight ridge running anteriorly from this knob. Eyestalk

with small ocular tubercle on inner distal margin. Antennular peduncle short,

eye reaching slightly beyond midpoint of basal segment. Two distal segments

together equal to basal segment in length. Scaphocerite reaching to beyond

midpoint of third segment, with small apical spine on outer distal margin.

Maxilliped three slender, not longer than pereiopods two or three. Coxa

pereiopod three in female with very shert pointed process. Fifth pereiopod short,

flattened, two distal segments setose on both margins. Outer uropod ramus with

spine on outer margin, setose portion of which about one third length of non-

setose portion. Telson apically acute. No dermal photophores visible in pre-

served specimens. Petasma in male with strongly curved lobus armatus bearing

several hooks along inner margin, lobus terminalis elongate curved, bearing

small lobus inermis near its base, whole of inner face armed with hooks. Lobus

connectens elongate, shorter than lobus terminalis, with single terminal hook

and several proximal hooks. Processus ventralis a large broad unarmed leaf-

shaped process, slightly shorter than lobus terminalis. Lower antennular

flagellum male bearing two stout serrated spines on the third segment.

Distribution: 11-188, 50-03E. (Off northern coast of Malagasy Republic, Dana

stations 933 I.)

South African stations: A1892, A2g61, A2g62, A2966, A4e218.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

3 2

5°6 7°9

6-0 8:2

627 8-2

g°0 g°0

9°7

Remarks : The petasma of the present species closely resembles that of S. bisulcatus

Wood-Mason, but differs in having a much shorter lobus inermis, and a more

strongly curved lobus armatus. The present specimens also differ from S. bisul-

catus in the shape of the rostrum. In the latter species it is elongate and apically

very acute, whereas the present specimens have a short blunt rounded rostrum.

Burkenroad (1940), when discussing the affinities of S. /aminatus, noted that it

was most closely related to S. japonicus and S. kroyert. The present specimens

differ from S. japonicus mainly in the shape of the processus ventralis of the

petasma, which is not broad and leaf-shaped in the latter. The carapace, and

252 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

a ad

Fic. 19. Sergestes (Sergia) potens

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Petasma; c. Male outer antennular flagellum;

d. Female coxae pereiopod three; e. Uropod; /. Scaphocerite.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 253

particularly the rostral shape, is very similar. S. laminatus differs from S. kroyeri

Bate in the petasma which in the latter has a long lobus inermis, a bilobed lobus

armatus, and a slender processus ventralis.

The Dana material of this species came from off the northern coast of the

Malagasy Republic. The present records, being both southern Atlantic and

south-west Indian Ocean, are thus considerable extensions of the known range.

Sergestes (Sergia) potens Burkenroad, 1940

Fig. 19

Sergestes potens Burkenroad, 1940: 48.

Sergestes (Sergia) potens: Yaldwyn, 1957: 15, figs 11-19.

Sergestes phorcus (non Faxon) Barnard, 1950: 641, fig. 120e—g. Grindley & Penrith, 1965: 281.

Sergestes bisulcatus (non Wood-Mason) Stebbing, 1905: 87, pl. 24a; 1910: 381.

Sergestes grandis (non Sund) Hansen, 1925: 23.

Description: Rostrum apically acute, separated by a short straight portion from

a dorsal (occasionally two) denticle. No supraorbital spine or ridge; no hepatic

spine, but a blunt knob. Cervical groove laterally distinct, dorsally obsolete.

Strong suprabranchial ridge present. Eye slightly more than half length basal

antennular peduncle segment. Scaphocerite reaching midpoint of third ped-

uncle segment, bearing row of opaque spot photophores. Sixth abdominal

_ segment longer than telson, ending dorsally in tiny spinule. Maxilliped three

slender, shorter than pereiopods two or three, reaching slightly beyond anten-

nular peduncle. Pereiopod five half length of four, flattened, two distal segments

setose on both margins. Coxa pereiopod three in female produced medially

into two blunt lobes, sternum with two bulbous swellings. Petasma in male with

long curved proximally and distally armed lobus armatus, with a short lobus

accessorius at its base. Lobus connectens bilobed, two lobes forming a crescent,

both armed with hooks. Lobus terminalis bilobed, outer lobe longer, both

armed distally with hooks. Lobus inermis tapering, unarmed, apically acute.

Processus ventralis acutely triangular, unarmed.

Distribution: Eastern Pacific, off New Zealand, off Cape Point.

South African stations: PF 16641, IK6, IK14, I1K18, IK33, IK36, IK4o, [K44,

IK46, A2948, A2953, A2968, A4218.

Material: Average carapace length 12 34: 23:5 mm. Average carapace length

fen Oo 21-9 mm.

Sergestes (Sergia) prehensilis Bate, 1881

Fig. 20

Sergestes prehensilis Bate, 1881: 193; 1888: 385, pl. 71. Hansen, 1903: 56, pl. 11, fig. 4. Gordon,

1935: 314, fig. 1a, 3b, 6c, d, 8a, b, c, ga, b,c, d.

Sergestes (Sergia) prehensilis: Yaldwyn, 1957: 9. Kensley, 1968: 308; 1969: 154.

Sergestes gloriosus Stebbing, 1905: 84, pls 22, 23; 1910: 381. Hansen, 1925: 24. Barnard, 1950:

642, fig. 120A, i, 7. Grindley & Penrith, 1965: 281.

Description: Rostrum apically acute, occasionally with tiny dorsal denticle, no

supraorbital spine or ridge. No hepatic spine present, but blunt knob. Cervical

254 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

@ea of

“26 2 cece? *

Fic. 20. Sergestes (Sergia) prehensilis

a. Carapace in lateral view; 6. Petasma; c. Outer antennular flagellum male;

d. Female coxae pereiopod three; e. Scaphocerite; f. Uropod.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 255

- Forte ere ew

“

Fic. 21. Sergestes (Sergia) regalis

a. Carapace in lateral view; 6. Petasma; c. Female coxae pereiopod three;

d. Male outer antennular flagellum; e. Scaphocerite; f, Uropod; g. Telson.

256 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

groove well defined. Carapace with row of 18-22 lens-bearing photophores near

lower carapace border, five or six in row at upper border of branchial chamber.

Sixth abdominal segment ending dorsally in tiny spinule. Telson apically acute.

Eye slightly more than half length of basal antennular peduncle segment.

Scaphocerite reaching almost to end of third antennular peduncle segment,

bearing row of about 12 or 13 photophores. Third maxilliped slender, shorter

than pereiopods. Pereiopod five half length of fourth, flattened, two distal

segments setose on both margins. Outer margin of exopod uropod with spine at

distal third, bearing row of about nine photophores. Coxa pereiopod three in

female bearing short broad acute protuberance. Petasma male, with curved

lobus armatus, short lobus accessorius at base of latter, lobus inermis tapering,

unarmed, apically acute. Lobus terminalis bilobed, outer lobe elongate, with

several apical hooks, inner lobe short, blunt. Lobus connectens slightly curved,

apically and proximally armed. Processus ventralis apically slender and

elongate.

Distribution: Off Japan, off Natal, off Cape.

South African stations: IK7, 1K31, IK32, IK33, IK35, IK34, IK36, IK37, IK38,

IK41, IK42, I1K44, IK45, IK46, IK48, IK51, A315, Agr7, A318, Aga,

A1892, A1896, A2945, A2961, A2962, A2963, A2965, A2966, A2q68, A3634,

A363 ?, Ag218.

Material: Average carapace length for 30 jg: 13-3 mm. Average carapace

length for 30° 99-12-38 mm.

Sergestes (Sergia) regalis Gordon, 1939

Fig. 21

Sergestes regalis Gordon, 1939: 498, figs 1, 2, 3, 4a, b, d.

Sergestes (Sergia) regalis: Yaldwyn, 1957: 9. Kensley, 1968: 308, figs 9d, 10a, 11a.

Description: Rostrum apically bifid. CGarapace with well-defined post-cervical

groove, cervical groove less well defined, dorsally obsolete. Strong supraorbital

ridge. Eye two-thirds length of basal antennular peduncle segment. No ocular

tubercle. Sixth abdominal segment longer than telson, ending posteriorly in

dorsal spinule. Telson bearing three pairs dorso-lateral spinules distally,

apically acute. Scaphocerite not quite reaching middle of third antennular

peduncle segment bearing row of about 11 opaque-spot photophores. Maxilliped

three slender, shorter than pereiopods two or three, reaching end of antennular

peduncle, dactylus of six segments, propodus of two. Pereiopods four and five

flattened, two distal segments of latter setose on both margins. Coxa pereiopod

three female with strong incurved leaf-shaped process. Petasma male with

short acute unarmed lobus inermis, lobus terminalis broadly triangular, armed

with row of hooks on inner upper edge, shorter than lobus connectens. Latter

proximally broad, with numerous large hooks, distally slender, with one large

apical hook. Lobus armatus curved, elongate, with small hook-covered lobe

at base, slightly longer than unarmed processus ventralis.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 257

Distribution: South Atlantic, 32-458, 08-47W, off Cape Point.

South African stations: 1K 35, IK40, IK 45, 1K 48, A2g58, A3641, A3643, A363?

Material: Average carapace length for 15 gg: 16-2 mm. Average carapace

length for 13 99: 17-6 mm.

Sergestes (Sergia) scintillans Burkenroad, 1940

Fig. 22

Sergestes (Sergia) scintillans Burkenroad, 1940: 43. Yaldwyn, 1957: 9.

Description: Rostrum hardly elevated, apically acute, anterior margin vertical.

No supraorbital ridge or spine. Cervical groove dorsally obsolete, laterally more

distinct. Post-cervical groove dorsally distinct. Eye reaching middle of basal

segment of antennular peduncle. Latter with two distal segments together equal

in length to basal segment. Scaphocerite reaching midpoint of third peduncle

segment. Maxilliped three slender, not longer or more robust than pereiopods.

Outer uropod ramus with spine on outer margin at about distal third. Telson

apically acutely rounded. Coxa pereiopod three in female with strong median

curved process. Petasma in male with short triangular processus ventralis, less

than half length of robust slightly curved lobus armatus. Latter bearing several

large hooks plus row of several smaller hooks. Lobus terminalis small bearing

two hooks, applied to base of stout lobus connectens. Latter with eight hooks.

Lobus inermis broadly, bluntly rounded, unarmed, widely separated from lobus

connectens. Lens-bearing photophore pattern as follows:

Eyestalk—with one distal and one proximal photophore on medial surface.

Antennule—third peduncular segment with single disto-ventral photo-

phore.

Antennal scaphocerite—with row of seven widely separated photophores.

Mandible—one distally on basal joint of palp.

Second maxilla—one on exopod base.

First maxilliped—two on exopod, sternite with one at base of each

appendage.

Second maxilliped—one at distal end propodus, one at distal and one at

proximal end carpus, one at proximal end merus, one at distal end

ischium.

Sternite with one median photophore.

Third maxilliped—one at distal end carpus, one at distal end merus, one

at distal end ischium. Sternite with one median photophore one

lateral just posterior to appendage.

First pereiopod—one at distal and proximal end carpus, one at proximal

end merus. Sternite as for maxilliped three.

Second pereiopod—one at distal end carpus, one at distal and proximal

end merus. Sternite as for maxilliped three.

Third pereiopod—similar to second pereiopod.

Fourth pereiopod—similar to second pereiopod.

258

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fic. 22. Sergestes (Sergia) scintillans

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Petasma; c. Male outer antennular flagellum;

d. Scaphocerite; e. Uropod; /. Female coxa pereiopod three.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 259

tt ee

woe

Det es

ene

‘3

et os

Se ee ee

10)

pt ie

Fic. 23. Sergestes (Sergia) splendens

a. Carapace in lateral view; b. Petasma; c. Scaphocerite; d. Uropod;

e. Female coxa pereiopod three.

260 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Fifth pereiopod—one at distal end merus, one at distal end ischium.

Sternite with one median pair posterior to appendages, one lateral

posterior to median pair.

Branchiostegite—with row of five minute photophores along supra-

branchial ridge, lower portion with row of nine minute photophores.

Pleopods—with single minute photophore on inner distal end protopodite,

between endo- and exopod.

First pleon sternite—one postero-median, one antero-lateral to pleopod,

one medio-lateral to pleopod.

Second to fourth pleon sternites—one antero-median, one postero-median,

one antero-lateral, one medio-lateral to pleopod.

Fifth pleon sternite—one antero-lateral to pleopod.

Sixth pleon sternite—four or five median photophores.

Uropod—protopodite with two on inner margin, outer ramus with three

widely separated photophores, inner ramus with two basal photo-

phores.

Distribution: 00°555, 98-15E. (Off western Sumatra, Dana station 3622 1.)

South African stations: 1K 46, A1896, A2966.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

6-8

8-8

MMO,

(ee) (ee) We)

Remarks: The specimens fit the description given by Burkenroad, especially

in the photophores pattern, and also agree with the type material. The only

differences are in the branchiostegite photophores, there being 12 in the holo-

type, nine in the present specimens, and in the fourth pleon sternite which,

unlike the holotype, does have two median photophores.

Sergestes (Sergia) splendens Sund, 1920

Fig. 29

Sergestes splendens Sund, 1920: 14, figs 16-18. Barnard, 1950: 642, fig. 1204, /. Grindley & Penrith,

1965: 281.

Sergestes (Sergia) splendens: Yaldwyn, 1957: 9.

Sergestes crassus Hansen, 1922: 98, pl. 5, figs 4a—l, 1925: 23.

Description: Rostrum ovate, apically acute. No supraorbital spine or ridge. No

hepatic spine but a small knob present. Cervical groove dorsally obsolete,

laterally defined. Strong post-cervical groove. Eyestalk reaching midpoint of

basal antennular peduncle segment, bearing an ocular tubercle at disto-dorsal

edge of cornea. Antennular peduncle squat, basal segment longer than second,

which in turn is longer than third. Scaphocerite reaching midpoint of latter,

bearing row of about 18 opaque spot photophores. Telson apically acute.

Uropod exopod with spine on outer margin at distal third, with row of about

RWyyY ULIyNOS punose YIFVag sNUISqns sy} JO UONIIysIp suimoys dey ‘be ‘org

261

suapuards

| suv] [IUIDS

SI[edos

sijisuayaid

suaiod

snleurwey

sipursd

9qo19

7 @ oseeosrs«<

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA

262 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

15 minute photophores close to inner margin. Coxa pereiopod three in female

with broad rounded median process. Petasma in male with four elongate lobes.

Lobus armatus slightly curved, armed with a single row of hooks. Lobus ter-

minalis curved, not reaching as far distally as lobus connectens. Processus

ventralis slender, unarmed, equal in length to lobus terminalis.

Distribution: North Atlantic, Mediterranean (off Monaco), off Table Bay.

South African stations: A2g62, IK6.

Material: Carapace length (mm)

3 .

il 10:6

DIscussION

Regarding the genus Lucifer, it may be seen from the distribution map

(Fig. 3) that L. typus, the commonest species in South African waters, and here

recorded for the first time, occurs both inshore as well as in the very deep

offshore oceanic water. L. penicillifer, the other common species (and the only

species hitherto recorded from South Africa), seems more confined to the

inshore waters. A similar situation has been observed off the coast of Florida

(Bowman & McCain, 1969) where L. typus did not seem to occur inside the 100

fathoms line, whereas L. faxoni tended to be absent from the offshore stations.

Although the situation obtaining off the southern African coast is not as clear-

cut, probably due to a more complex current system, a similar trend is apparent.

Of the other two species of Lucifer recorded, viz. L. chacei and L. orientalis, both

are new records for the area. L. orientalis occurred at both inshore and offshore

stations, but only off the east coast, i.e. confined to the warmer Indian Ocean

water. L. chacei was taken at only two stations, at the southern end of the

Mocambique Channel. This is not unexpected as this species is common in

the East Indies (Hansen, 1919). Nevertheless, this is the most westerly record

of the species, and an extension of the known range by several thousand miles.

With regard to the genus Sergestes, it can be seen from the distribution

maps (Figs 15, 24) that several species occur which are typical of the oceans

either to the west or to the east of the southern African continent. S. splendens

seems to be limited to the Atlantic and Mediterranean, and has not been taken

east of Cape Point. Six species have been recorded from the North Atlantic

and are now recorded both from west of Cape Point (South Atlantic) and east of

Cape Point (south-west Indian Ocean). These are S. corniculum, atlanticus,

arcticus, armatus, sargassi, pectinatus. Two eastern Indian Ocean species, viz.

laminatus and scintillans have their ranges extended by several thousand miles

to the south-west Indian Ocean, while SS. creber from the western Pacific is now

recorded from the Mocambique Channel and south-west of Cape Point.

S. disjunctus, also from the western Pacific, is now recorded from off the west

coast.

SERGESTIDAE IN WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 263

SUMMARY

The family Sergestidae in the waters around southern Africa is reviewed.

Four species of the planktonic genus Lucifer are discussed, three of which are

new records for the region. Two species of Acetes are discussed, while the first

record of Petalidium foliaceum is made. Eight species of Sergestes, subgenus Sergestes,

are discussed, three of which are new records, while of the eight species of the

subgenus Sergza discussed, four are new records for the region.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

My grateful thanks are due to the following scientists for allowing me to

examine the South African material: The Director of the Division of Sea

Fisheries, Cape Town; Dr. J. R. Grindley and Mr. M. J. Penrith for material

collected while they were both attached to the South African Museum, Cape

Town; Mr. P. Zoutendyk of the Oceanography Department, University of

Cape Town. My thanks are also due to Dr. ‘Torben Wolff of the Universitetets

Zoologiska Museum, Copenhagen, for allowing me to examine material of

S. grandis and type material of S. orientalis; and to Dr. E. Bertelsen of Denmark,

and Dr. A. A. Racek of Sydney, Australia, for making the Dana Expedition

types of S. creber, S. disjunctus, S. laminatus and S. scintillans available to me.

Finally, my sincere thanks are due to Dr. F. A. Chace, Jr., of the Smith-

sonian Institution, Washington, D.C., and Dr. J. C. Yaldwyn, of the Dominion

Museum, Wellington, New Zealand, for their critical reading of the manuscript,

and for supplying many useful suggestions and opinions.

REFERENCES

BarnarD, K. H. 1950. Descriptive catalogue of South African decapod Crustacea (crabs and

shrimps). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 38: 1-837.

BarNARD, K.H. 1955. Additions to the fauna-list of South African Crustacea and Pycnogonida.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 43: 1-107.

Bate, C. S. 1881. On the Penaeidea. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 8: 169-196.

Bate, C. S. 1888. Report on the Crustacea Macrura collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the

years 1873-1876. Rep. Voy. Challenger 1873-76 24: 1-942.

Bowman, T. E. 1967. The planktonic shrimp Lucifer chacei sp. nov. (Sergestidae: Luciferinae),

the Pacific twin of the Atlantic Lucifer faxoni. Pacif. Sci. 21: 266-271.

Bowman, T. E. & McCann, J. C. 1967. Distribution of the planktonic shrimp, Lucifer, in the

western North Atlantic. Bull. mar. Sci. 17: 660-671.

BurkENRoAD, M. D. 1937. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. XII. Sergestidae (Crustacea

Decapoda) from the Lower Californian region, with descriptions of two new species and

some remarks on the organs of Pesta in Sergestes. Zoologica N.Y. 22: 315-330.

BurKENROAD, M. D. 1940. Preliminary descriptions of twenty-one new species of pelagic Penaei-

dea (Crustacea Decapoda) from the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions. Ann. Mag.

nat. Hist. (11) 6: 35-54.

Cuace, F. A. 1955. Notes on shrimps from the Marshall Islands. Pacif. Sci. 21: 266-271.

Epwarps, H. M. 1830. Descriptions des genres Glaucothoé, Sicyonia, Sergestes et Acéte de

Vordre des crustacés décapodes. Annis Sci. nat. (Zool) 19: 333-352-

Epwarps, H. M. 1837. Histoire naturelle des crustacés. 2 Paris: Roret.

264 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Gorpon, I. 1935. On new or imperfectly known species of Crustacea Macrura. 7. Linn. Soc.

Lond. (Zool) 39: 307-351.

Gorpon, I. 1939. A new species of Sergestes (Crustacea, Decapoda) from the South Atlantic.

Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 4: 498-509.

Gornon, I. 1956. The Sergestidae of the Great Barrier Reef Expedition. Sci. Rep. Gr. Barrier

Reef Exped. 6: 323-333.

GRINDLEY, J. R. & PenriTH, M. J. 1965. Notes on the bathypelagic fauna of the seas around

South Africa. Zool. afr. 1: 275-295.

Hate, H. M. 1941. Decapod Crustacea. Rep. B.A.N.Z. antarct. Res. Exped. (B) 4: 257-285.

Hansen, H. J. 1896. On the development and the species of the crustaceans of the genus Sergestes.

Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1896: 936-970.

Hansen, H. J. 1903. On the crustaceans of the genera Petalidium and Sergestes from the ‘Challen-

ger’, with an account of luminous organs in Sergestes challengeri, n. sp. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.

1903: 52-79.

Hansen, H. J. 1919. The Sergestidae of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga Exped. monogr. 38: 1-65.

Hansen, H. J. 1922. Crustacés décapodes (Sergestides) provenant des campagnes des yachts

Hitrondelle et Princesse-Alice (1885-1915). Résult. Camp. scient. Prince Albert I 64: 1-232.

Hansen, H. J. 1925. Note on specimens of the genus Sergestes. In CALMAN, W. T. On macrurous

decapod Crustacea collected in South African waters by the S.S. ‘Pickle’. Rep. Fish. mar.

biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 4: 22-26.

Hotruuts, L. B. 1952. The Crustacea Decapoda Macrura of Chile. Acta Univ. lund. (N.F., Avd.

2) 47 (10): 1-109.

Ixuic, G. 1914. Die Dekapoden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. II. Die Ser-

gestiden. Dt. Stidpol.-Exped. 15: 349-376.

Kemp, S. 1910. The Decapoda Natantia of the coasts of Ireland. Scient. Invest. Fish. Brch Ire.

1908 (1) 1-190.

Kemp, S. 1917. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. VIII. The genus Acetes,

Milne Edwards. Rec. Indian Mus. 13: 43-58.

KeEns.ey, B. F. 1968. Deep sea decapod Crustacea from west of Cape Point, South Africa. Ann.

S. Afr. Mus. 50: 283-323.

Kroyer, H. 1855. Bidrag til kundskab om krebsdyrslaegten Sergestes Edw. Overs. K. dankse

Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1855: 22-34.

Kroyer, H. 1859. Forsdg til en monographisk fremstilling af kraebsdyrslaegten Sergestes. Med

bemaerkninger om dekapodernes héreredskaber. K. danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 4: 217-304.

Ming, D. S. 1968. Sergestes similis Hansen and S. consobrinus n. sp. (Decapoda) from the north-

eastern Pacific. Crustaceana 14: 21-34.

MILNE Epwarps, H. See E>warps, H. M.

Nosit1, G. 1905. Diagnoses préliminaires de 34 espéces et variétes nouvelles, et de 2 genres

nouveaux de décapodes de la Mer Rouge. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris 1905: 393-411.

Nosiut, G. 1906. Faune carcinologique de la Mer Rouge. Décapodes et stomatopodes. Annls

Sci. nat. (Zool) 4: 1-347.

Ortmann, A. 1893. Decapoden und Schizopoden. Ergebn. Atlant. Planktonexped. 2 (G.b.): 1-120.

SmitH, S. I. 1887. Report on the decapod Crustacea of the ‘Albatross’ dredgings off the east

coast of the United States during the summer and autumn of 1884. Rep. U.S. Commanr Fish.

1885: 605-705.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1905. South African Crustacea. Part III. Mar. Invest. S. Afr. 4: 21-120.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1910. General catalogue of South African Crustacea. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 6:

281-593.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1914a. South African Crustacea. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 15: 1-55.

StressBinc, T. R. R. 19145. Stalk-eyed Crustacea Malacostraca of the Scottish National Antarctic

Expedition. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 50: 253-307.

Sunp, O. 1920. Peneides and Stenopides from the ‘Michael Sars’ North Atlantic Deep-sea Expedi-

tion. Rep. scient. Results Michael Sars N. Atlant. Deep Sea Exped. 3 (7): 1-32.

YALDwyn, J. C. 1957. Deep-water Crustacea of the genus Sergestes (Decapoda, Natantia) from

Cook Strait, New Zealand. Zoology Publs Vict. Univ. Coll. 22: 1-27.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12 cm xX 18 cm (19 cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

Buttoucu, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London : Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHErR, P.-H., Duvat, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les changes respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Konn, A. J. 19604. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn SCHULTZE, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Stid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51). The

Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references incorporated

in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy list.

4 | Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, 6; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

B507,60

ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume 57 °#Band

December 1971 Desember

Part’; ih seel

CENTROPHORUS SQUAMOSUS (BONNATERRE)

(CHONDRICHTHYES, SQUALIDAE) IN THE

EASTERN SOUTH ATLANTIC

P. AOHULLEY

Cape Town Kaapstad

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, 2(1, 39 5s 7-8), 3(-2, 5» fe pile)s 51-2, 5; 7-9)s

6(1, t-p.i.), 7(1-3), 8, g(1-2), 10(1),

Tid —2, 5» 7s yout) 21, 24(2), 27) g1(1~3), 33> 38

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

Ro.80

1971

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

CENTROPHORUS SQUAMOSUS (BONNATERRE)

(CHONDRICHTHYES, SQUALIDAE) IN THE EASTERN SOUTH

ATLANTIC ;

POA HULLEY

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 1 figure and 1 table)

[Ms. accepted 5 Fuly 1971]

CONTENTS

Introduction . , : : ‘ : : . 265

Description of material . : f : ; 5.267

Summary : ; : ; : : . 269

Acknowledgements . ; ; : : ; 2pn2hg

References : : : : ; ; : 71.4270

INTRODUCTION

In 1963, a large quantity of interesting elasmobranch material was col-

lected by the Cape Town-based trawler Arum and donated to the South African

Museum (Hulley & Penrith, 1966). Two specimens (SAM 24029) were pre-

liminarily identified as Centroscymnus fuscus Gilchrist & Von Bonde, after

comparison with a mounted specimen (SAM 17161) in the collection. Recently,

Garrick (1959) pointed out that Centrophorus squamosus has a bipolar distribution,

so that Smith (1967) suggested its likely occurrence in southern African waters.

Re-examination of the material indicates that all three specimens should be

refered to Centrophorus squamosus (Bonnaterre). They therefore represent the

first record of the species in this region. Penrith (1969) identified the preserved

specimens as Lepidorhinus squamosus but no description was given.

Smith (1967), like Garman (1913), would revive the genus Lepzdorhinus

Bonaparte to include those squalids whose inner corner of the pectoral fin is

distinctly angular, but not markedly elongate, and whose dermal denticles

are leaf-like rather than plate-like in structure. However, Garrick (1959) has

shown that the pectoral extension varies considerably, as do the dermal den-

ticles, and Bigelow & Schroeder (1948, 1953, 1957) suggest that any further

subdivision of the genus Centrophorus on the basis of any minor character does

not serve a useful purpose, since the number of species is small. Furthermore,

Smith (1967) considers that Centrophorus acus, which Garrick (1959) retains as a

separate species solely on the basis of structural differences in the dermal

denticles, should be synonymized with Centrophorus (Lepidorhinus) squamosus.

Support for the discrimination of Centrophorus acus as a separate species is given

by the two preserved specimens (SAM 24029) of Centrophorus squamosus. ‘These

specimens already show the ‘adult form’ of denticle structure for Centrophorus

squamosus, while being of a similar size to the holotype of Centrophorus acus (total

length 819 mm).

265

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (11), 1971: 265-270, 1 fig., 1 table.

266 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

An interesting point is raised by the mounted specimen (SAM 17161),

which was trawled off the west coast of South Africa in 1925. This specimen was

identified as Centroscymnus fuscus Gilchrist & Von Bonde by Barnard, presumably

after comparison with the single type specimen in the collection of the Govern-

ment Marine Survey. The type is not figured, but Gilchrist & Von Bonde

(1924:3) point out that the ‘hinder angle [of the pectoral fin is] rounded’.

Unfortunately, this type has now been lost and there are no other specimens of

this species, but on the basis of the museum specimen, it is considered that

Centroscymnus fuscus should be synonymized with Centrophorus squamosus. ‘This

is supported by the fact that Bigelow & Schroeder (1957: 95) point out that

‘the relationship of Centroscymnus fuscus of southern African waters to other

members of the genus remains doubtful’.

The type locality for Centroscymnus fuscus given as off Saldanha Bay in 280

fathoms (512 metres) (Smith, 1961) is erroneous. ‘The type was taken at

32°3.00'S, 16°2.00’E (off St Helena Bay) in a depth of 360 fathoms (658 metres)

(Gilchrist, 1922:16, 66).

10mm

—

BLES OKT ©

-—10 mm —~+

REE GRERERG Ho °

X 2-5 0-8mm

tea

Fic. 1. Centrophorus squamosus (SAM 24029). A: lateral view; B: pectoral fins; C: right upper

teeth; D: right lower teeth; E: 4th right upper tooth; F: 4th right lower tooth; G: cutting edge

of 4th right lower tooth; H: dermal denticles from level of 1st dorsal fin; I: dorsal view of

denticle showing multi-angl ed base.

ee eee ee ee

CENTROPHORUS SQUAMOSUS IN THE EASTERN SOUTH ATLANTIC 267

The South African specimens of Centrophorus squamosus appear to be com-

paratively broader at their pectoral origin than either the New Zealand or

North Atlantic specimens. However, the proportional dimensions, tooth

arrangement and dermal denticle structure agree very closely.

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL

Centrophorus squamosus (Bonnaterre, 1788)

Squalus squamosus Bonnaterre, 1788: 12.

Lepidorhinus squamosus Bonaparte, 1838: 207. Garman, 1913: 211. Fowler, 1936: 78, fig. 25.

Smith, 1967: 119. Penrith 196g: 64.

Centrophorus squamosus Miller & Henle, 1841: 90, pl. 34. Bigelow & Schroeder, 1948: 451;

1957: 83. Garrick, 1959: 135, figs 2-5. Wheeler, 1969: 65.

Centroscymnus fuscus Gilchrist & Von Bonde, 1924: 2. Barnard, 1925: 51. Smith, 1961: 58.

Material

Two males, SAM 24029 (total lengths 920, 934 mm), trawled west of Cape

Peninsula in 300 fathoms (548 metres), and one female, SAM 17161 (mounted;

total length 1 364 mm), trawled off the west coast, but purchased Cape Town

Pier.

Distribution

Eastern North Atlantic, Azores, Madeira, Australasia.

TABLE 1. Centrophorus squamosus. Measurements expressed as percentage of the

total length.

SAM SAM SAM Garrick

24029 24029 17161 (1959)

3 3 Q range

Total length 934 mm g20mm_ 1 364 mm

Trunk at pectoral origin: breadth 13,9 14,2 13,0 12,6—-13,4

height 12,4 12,3 12,0 9,7—-12,4

Snout length in front of:

outer nostrils 2,8 ae 2,9 2,7— 3,8

mouth 8,8 8,2 752 8,1-11,4

Eye: horizontal diameter 4,2 4,4 — 4,2— 8,7

Mouth: breadth 757 754 727 7,4- 9,8

Nostrils: distance between inner

corners 3,0 2,8 354 2,8— 4,0

Preoral clefts: distance between

inner corners 6,3 6,8 6,6 5,0- 7,6

Gill slit lengths: 1st 2,2 2,5 2,2 2,0— 2,3

3rd 2,6 323 255 cial

5th 351 351 3,0 2,0— 3,0

1st dorsal fin: vertical height 457 457 3,9 3,7— 54

base length from origin of spine 9,7 955 8,8 6,6— 9,9

and dorsal fin: vertical height 5,0 551 457 4,0— 7,1

base length from origin of spine 7,6 7,1 6,3 6,1-— 8,4

Caudal fin: upper margin 17,4 19,0 15,2 15,6-21,4

lower margin 12,7 12,6 10,8 9,3-11,7

Pectoral fin: anterior margin length 9,8 11,5 8,9 9,8-11,9

Pelvic fin: anterior margin length 5:9 752 552 4,9- 7,6

268 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

SAM SAM SAM Garrick

24.029 24029 17161 (1959)

3 3 °. range

Distance from snout to: eye 459 5;0 4,8 3,9- 6,2

ist gill slit 16,9 17,4 16,3 16,8-21,9

5th gill slit 21,0 21,7 20,2 19,8-25,5

ist dorsal spine 34,2 36,0 36,4 357-3952

and dorsal spine 67,8 70,0 74,1 67,0—74,3

upper caudal 82,9 82,7 85,3 78,9-86,0

pectoral 21,4 22,1 20,7 20,3-25,4

pelvic 60,3 62,0 64,4 55,8-65,0

Interspace between:

1st dorsal base — 2nd dorsal spine 26,8 2555 29,0 23,2-27,4

2nd dorsal base—upper caudal 6,5 557 4,9 535- 6,5

pelvic—subcaudal 13,4 14,0 14,4 10,5—-14,0

Distance origin to origin of:

pectoral/pelvic 39,5 40,2 4535 33,0-44,8

pelvic/subcaudal 18,7 18,7 20,7 16,6-18,3

Description

Figures given in parentheses refer to the mounted specimen (SAM 17161).

Body fusiform, its height at level of first dorsal 5,8-6,3 (6,1) in length to

origin of caudal; its length to cloaca 63-65% (69%) of total length; caudal

peduncle strongly compressed, without lateral keels or precaudal pits. Height

of trunk at level of pectoral fins 6,7 (7,1) in length to origin of caudal.

Dermal denticles large, more close-set and overlapping in larger females

than in males, covering the whole of the body except for naked area on lower

lip and axils of paired fins. Each denticle of trunk region with subovoid blade

on slender pedicel, rising from multi-angled base. Blade with high median

ridge extending to median tooth, with a smaller lateral ridge on each side,

extending to lateral tooth.

Head depressed and wedge-shaped, its length to first gill slit 5,8-5,9 (6,1)

in total length; interorbit 3,5—3,8 in head length. Snout short, depressed, with

noticeable lateral edge, its length in front of orbit 3,4-3,5 (3,4) in head, its

length in front of mouth 2,9 (2,1) times the distance between inner edges of

nostrils. Eyes large, oval, 2,o—2,4 times as long as high; horizontal diameter of

eye 4,0-4,1 in head length. Spiracle large, situated above level of longitudinal

axis of eye, and posterior to it by a distance of 0,4 times the length of the orbit.

Gill slits vertical, increasing in size from 1st to 5th. Nostrils slightly oblique,

their outer ends posterior to tip of snout by a distance 0,5—0,7 times as long as

eye; nostrils divided by anterior and posterior nasal flaps into two apertures.

Mouth moderately arched and broad, its width 1,1 (0,9) in preoral length.

Preoral clefts short, extending inward 0,3-0,4 the distance from corners of

mouth to upper symphysis; interspace between clefts 1,1-1,2 (1,2) in mouth

width.

Teeth in males

tO-TeT7, ie ad sige tna) Mara Re

13-I-14 14-I-14 14-I-

two jaws. Upper teeth erect and triangular in centre of jaw, but oblique towards

, outer angle; teeth in median and outer regions somewhat shorter; three rows

» dissimilar in the

CENTROPHORUS SQUAMOSUS IN THE EASTERN SOUTH ATLANTIC 269

of teeth functional. Lower teeth blade-like, with quadrangular bases and

oblique cusps; each cusp notched laterally and with finely serrate cutting edge;

two rows of teeth functional.

First dorsal with long base, originating smoothly from dorsal profile, a

little anterior to level of pectoral when latter is pressed to sides of trunk. Height

of first dorsal 2,o—-2,1 (2,3) in length of dorsal base, measured from origin of

spine to posterior insertion of base. First dorsal spine short, its exposed length

3,1-3,3 (3,5) in height of first dorsal and its origin about half-way along anterior

margin of fin. Apex of first dorsal rounded, distal margin weakly concave.

Second dorsal similar to first, but with shorter base; its length from origin

of spine to posterior insertion 1,3 (1,4) in similar length of first dorsal. Second

dorsal spine longer than first.

Caudal measured from hypural origin 7,7—7,8 (9,3) in total length; the

epiural lobe moderately developed, hypural lobe deep, terminal lobe truncate

and separated from hypural by distinct subterminal notch. Origin of hypural

anterior to epiural.

Pectorals 1,6—1,7 (1,4) times as long as broad, and originating just posterior

to 5th gill slit; length of pectorals 1,5-1,7 (2,0) in head, so when adpressed to

sides of body fail to reach origin of first dorsal spine. Anterior margin of pectorals

straight proximally but rounded distally. Posterior pectoral angle slightly

extended as a pointed tip.

Pelvics originating well posterior to posterior end of first dorsal base.

Anterior pelvic margin straight, apex sharply rounded, posterior free tip

pointed and terminating below level of origin of second dorsal spine.

Colour

Uniformly dark grey.

SUMMARY

Three squalid sharks, trawled off the west coast of South Africa, are

identified as Centrophorus squamosus (Bonnaterre). They represent the first record

of the species in the eastern South Atlantic. Centroscymnus fuscus Gilchrist &

Von Bonde is synonymized with Centrophorus squamosus.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am grateful to Messrs Irvin & Johnson (Pty) Ltd of Cape Town for

allowing the crew of their trawler Arum to collect fish for the South African

Museum and to Capt. A. George and Mr Murray for the many interesting

fishes they have collected.

My thanks are due to Mr S. X. Kannemeyer, Assistant in the Department

of Marine Biology, and to Mrs M. M. Smith of the J. L. B. Smith Institute of

Ichthyology for information.

27/9 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

REFERENCES

BicELow, H. B. & SCHROEDER, W. C. 1948. Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Part 1. Lance-

lets. Cyclostomes. Sharks. Mem. Sears Fdn mar. Res. & (1): i-xv, 1-576.

BicELow, H. B. & ScHROEDER, W. C. 1957. A study of the sharks of the suborder Squaloidea.

Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 117: 2-150.

BicELow, H. B., ScHROEDER, W. C. & SPRINGER, S. 1953. New and little known sharks from the

Atlantic and from the Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 109: 213-276.

BONAPARTE, C. L. 1838. Selachorum tabula analytica. Nuov. Ann. Sci. nat. Bologna 2: 195-214.

BONNATERRE, J. P. 1788. Ichthyologie. In Encyclopédie méthodique des trois regnes de la nature. Paris.

Fow er, H. W. 1936. The marine fishes of West Africa based on the collection of the American

Museum Congo Expedition, 1909-1915. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 70: i-vii, 1-1493.

GarRMAN, S. 1913. The Plagiostomia (sharks, skates and rays). Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 36:

i-xll, 1-528.

Garrick, J. A. F. 1959. Studies on New Zealand Elasmobranchii. Part VII. The identity of

specimens of Centrophorus from New Zealand. Trans. R. Soc. N.<. 86: 127-141.

GincurisT, J. D. F. 1922. Report for the year 1921. Rep. Fish. mar. biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 2: 7-84.

Gitcurist, J. D. F. & Von Bonne, C. 1924. Deep-sea fishes procured by the S.S. ‘Pickle’.

Part II. Rep. Fish. mar. biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 3 (Spec. Rep. 7): 1-24.

Hutiey, P. A. & PenritH, M. J. 1966. Euprotomicroides zantedeschia, a new genus and species

of pigmy dalatiid shark from South Africa. Bull. mar. Sci. 16: 222-229.

Mutter, J. & HENLE, F. G. J. 1841. Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen. Berlin: Veit.

PenrITH, M. J. 1969. New records of deep-water fishes from South West Africa. Cimbebasia

(A) 1: 59-75.

Situ, J. L. B. 1961. The sea fishes of southern Africa. 4th ed. Cape Town: C.N.A.

SmirH, J. L. B. 1967. A new squalid shark from South Africa with notes on the rare Atracto-

phorus armatus Gilchrist. Occ. Pap. Dep. Ichth. Rhodes Univ. 11: 117-136.

WHEELER, A. C. 1969. The fishes of the British Isles and north-west Europe. Lcndon: Macmillan.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE, 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12 cm x 18 cm (19 cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

Bu.LLoucH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHer, P.-H., Duvat, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 19604. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Koun, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): I-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn SCHULTZE, L.

Loologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Stid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51). The

Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references incorporated

in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, b; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

Be /r6 5

MAN ALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

Volume. «57; Band

December 1971 Desember

Part «, 12°), Deel

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS

AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA

BRIAN KENSLEY

Cape Town Kaapstad

The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material

becomes available

Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town

Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM

word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid

van stof

Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad

OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK

I, (I, 39 5s 7-8), S(t os 5» tepals), 51-2, 5; Tas

G(a,) tpi.) 7(1=3), 38 “o(=2), 7 te(2),

ri i=2, phys pels), 21, 24(2), 275 an tas). 33> 38

Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel

R2.00

1971

Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur

The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.

Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND

SOUTHERN AFRICA

BRIAN KENSLEY

South African Museum, Cape Town

(With 13 figures)

[MS. accepted 26 May 1971]

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction . ‘ : ; E eee

Systematic discussion . : : , 7 ae

Summary. : : ; ; : i.) 292

Acknowledgements . : : ; ge

References ! : F : : shut ZO

INTRODUCTION

Since 1881, when Bate described his new genus Gennadas with G. parvus

as the type species, several more species have been described. It was found

that superficially the species were very similar, carapace and appendage charac-

teristics being of little specific use. As it is also sometimes difficult to associate

males and females of the same species, a great confusion and proliferation of

species occurred. It has since been recognized that the male petasma of the

Ist pleopods and the female thelycum formed by the last 3 thoracic sternites,

provide the best diagnostic characters for the separation of the species. Burken-

road (1936) improved the knowledge of the genus by carefully describing and

figuring the thelyca of several species while ‘Tirmizi (1960) has also described

and figured several species.

Barnard (1950) recorded 7 species from the South African region, while

G. bouviert and G. clavicarpus (as G. propinquus) were later added (Kensley 1968,

1969). The present collection includes 11 species, 4 of which are new records

for the region, but does not include G. talismani and G. elegans, which have been

recorded from the South Atlantic. As the genus constitutes an important part

of the mesopelagic fauna of the waters around South Africa, it was felt that

brief descriptions and figures of all the species involved would aid future

identifications. Emphasis has been placed on the petasmae and the thelyca,

being the best diagnostic characters.

The material of the present collection comes from several sources: the

Division of Sea Fisheries (stations denoted by ‘A’ followed by 4 digits); the

deep sea trawls off Cape Point (stations denoted by ‘A’ followed by 3 digits) ;

the South African Museum bathypelagic survey (stations denoted by ‘IK’),

and one sample from the University of Cape Town ecological collection.

271

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57 (12), 1971: 271-294, 13 figs.

272 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

SYSTEMATIC DiscussION

Genus GENNADAS

(See Fig. 6)

Rostrum short, unidentate. 2nd and grd peduncle segments of 1st antenna

expanded. Vestigial arthrobranch present on Ist maxilliped. No podobranchs

present behind 2nd maxilliped. Exopod of 1st maxilliped without distal seg-

mented prolongation. Only 6th abdominal segment dorsally carinate. Telson

apically truncate, with single pair of mobile lateral spines. Petasma in male

with distal margin of 3 lobes, viz. external, median and internal, accessory lobe

always present. (See Barnard 1950, fig. 118, for terminology.) Appendix

masculina of 2nd pleopod of male bilamellate. Thoracic sternites 6 to 8 (i.e.

ventral surfaces between pereiopods 3 to 5) in female variously modified to

form thelycum. ;

List of species from southern African waters

Gennadas bouvier:. Kemp

*Gennadas brevirostris Bouvier

Gennadas capensis Calman

Gennadas clavicarpus De Man

Gennadas gilchristt Calman

*Gennadas incertus (Balss)

Gennadas kempi Stebbing

*Gennadas parvus Bate

Gennadas scutatus Bouvier

*Gennadas tinayret Bouvier

Gennadas valens (Smith)

* New record

Key to South African species of Gennadas (adult females)

1. Posteriorly directed tongue-like process on 5th thoracic sternite. 1 ‘ tinayret

— No tongue-like projection of 5th sternite . : . . : 2

2. Shield on 8th thoracic sternite with 2 sitenionly-darecten aceecbons ‘ : bouviert

— Shield on 8th thoracic sternite absent, or if Sas lacking Sh nee anteriorly

directed lateral projections ; i : 3

3. Shield of 8th thoracic sternite with anterior flap fesebane 6th sternite . ; scutatus

— Shield of 8th thoracic sternite not reaching 6th sternite , ’ ‘ . 4

4. 7th sternite with 2 anteriorly-directed projections : : : t : 5

— 7th thoracic sternite lacking 2 projections . ; : : 4 : é 6

5. Projections of 7th sternite apically simple . : : ‘ : : . valens

— Projections of 7th sternite apically notched : ‘ : L gilchristi

6. Leaf-like process arising in front of 4th pereiopods, eatin directed : ‘ parvus

— No leaf-like projections in front of 4th pereiopods ; : : : : 7

7. Shield present on 8th thoracic sternite, posteriorly notched . : ; 8

— Shield absent on 8th thoracic sternite, or if present, not posteriorly notched : 10

8. Shield on 8th thoracic sternite anteriorly rounded ; ; ; i brevirostris

Shield on 8th thoracic sternite anteriorly emarginate or notched . ’ ; 9

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 273

g. Large concave depression on 6th thoracic sternite ; : incertus

— No large concave depression on 6th thoracic sternite but broadly cepeanedan

shield on 7th thoracic sternite . : ; . _ talismani

10. 6th thoracic sternite with eet aleac a tisaaeian atest Grawealan shield

with anteriorly directed apex . : ; : II

— 6th thoracic sternite lacking shield, or tk sebemeaton peel ‘ : : 12

11. 7th sternite with W-shaped process . : A ; 4 ‘ : . clavicarpus

7th sternite with rectangular process ‘ : ; kempi

12. 6th sternite with W-shaped process, no obvious satel) on 8th Seamte ; ‘ capensis

— 6th sternite without W-shaped process, pentagonal shield on 8th sternite : elegans

Key to the South African species of Gennadas (based on petasmal characters of adult males

1. Median lobe undivided . ; : ; : : : : : } 2

— Median lobe divided F : 5

2. External lobe divided, division iced by are separated (legans or closely

approximate (tinayret) blunt lobules. ; : : 3

— External lobe undivided or with small acute process on cuedian paneer 3 4

3. Median lobe broadly convex . : : , : ‘ ‘ ; ; tinayret

— Median lobe low, narrow ; : ; : s ; ; : : elegans

4. Accessory lobe bipartite . : : : : : ‘ : : : capensis

— Accessory lobe a single flap. : : : : : ‘ : : kempi

5. External lobe undivided . : : . . : : : : brevirostris

— External lobe divided . ; : : ¥ ' : 6

6. Lobules of external lobe elongate, eeneauall lender : : ; , : incertus

— Lobules of external lobe not elongate, subequal, slender : : : : 7

7. Lobules of median lobe hooked : j : : : : ; : bouvieri

— Lobules of median lobe not hooked . : ‘ : : : : : 8

8. Accessory lobe a mere ridge . : : , : : : : ; parvus

— Accessory lobe well developed . : P : ; ; : ; : 9

g. External lobule of median lobe slender. ; : : : : : 10

— External lobule of median lobe not slender ‘ ; 4 } : ; II

10. Apex ofinternal lobe acute. ; : : t 5 ; ; ; gilchristi

— Apex of internal lobe rounded . : : , ; : ; ; ‘ 12

11. Inner lobule of median lobe slender . : ; : : ; 4 . talismans

— Inner lobule of median lobe blunt . : ; : 3 : : : valens

12. Inner lobule of median lobe apically acute : : : : ; . clavicarpus

— Inner lobule of median lobe apically truncate. : ; : d : scutatus

Gennadas bouviert. Kemp, 1909

Fig. 1

Gennadas bouvieri Kemp, 1909: 726, pl. 74, figs 1-4, pl. 75, figs 6, 7; 1910a: 179. Burkenroad,

1936: 80. Tirmizi, 1960: 360, figs 40d, 48e, 70-75. Kensley, 1968: 302.

Gennadas alcocki Kemp, 1910a: 174, pl. 13, figs 5, 6.

Amalopenaeus bouviert: Balss, 1927: 267.

Amalopenaeus alcocki: Balss, 1927: 266, fig. 30.

Description

Antennal angle acute, infra-antennal angle quadrate. Spine on outer

scaphocerite margin reaching slightly beyond apex of scale. Thelycum of

female with shield on 8th thoracic sternite bearing elongate process on antero-

lateral corners. 7th thoracic sternite with rounded flap opening posteriorly,

attached anteriorly to shield of 6th segment, with small lateral process on

either side. Petasma in male with external lobe bipartite, both lobules apically

acute. Median lobe broad, with broad distal notch, two lobules thus formed

274 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

both apically acute. Internal lobe low, with numerous hooks. Accessory lobe

large, leaf-shaped.

gs Ss

Seber cnet NS

C e

Fig. 1. Gennadas bouvieri

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

Distribution

Indo-Pacific, South Atlantic, Caribbean, Bermudas, Bahamas.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.g (mm) C.L.2 (mm)

Roa yo e620 a aed 500 70 755

8,0

8,4

TKR 95) ion). BG D,- 99-90: 2 500 9,0 7,0

TR45)< ote yous 43 730°E 500 6,0

IK46")) > Sea ors, 40.00 F 500 534 6,5

8,1

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 275

Station

Ag2i

A1892

A3616

Position Depth (metres) C.L.3 (mm) C.L.2 (mm)

34.33 S, 16.42 E 3 200-3 400 8,1

36.085, 41:22 E, .. 1.000 6,6

31.19 S, 10.08 E 250 8,0 8,0

8,1 8,9

Gennadas brevirostris Bouvier, 1905

Fig..2

Gennadas brevirostris Bouvier, 1905: 748. Tirmizi, 1960: 341. Crosnier & Forest, 1969: 549.

Gennadas similis Stephensen, 1923: 12, fig. 1.

Gennadas chiasmifera Stephensen, 1923: 13, figs 2, 3.

Amalopenaeus similis: Balss, 1927: 256, figs 8-10, pl. 6, fig. 2.

Description

Antennal angle acute, infra-antennal angle quadrate. Spine on outer

scaphocerite margin almost reaching apex of scale. Thelycum of female with

a. Petasma.

wee

Esaqegeearokiberitec aoe renter”

= d

Fig. 2. Gennadas brevirostris

b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

276 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

8th thoracic sternite bearing anteriorly rounded setose flap, coxa medially

produced into rectangular process. 7th thoracic sternite with W-shaped raised

portion posteriorly, coxa with short quadrate lobe. Coxa of 3rd pereiopod

produced into large lobed setose process. Petasma in male with external lobe

apically blunt, with small lobe at base, median lobe of 2 irregular, somewhat

elongate closely-applied lobules, internal lobe roughly triangular, bearing row

of peg-like spines on disto-medial edge, and many small hooks arranged in two

patches. Accessory lobe a simple flap with rounded corners.

Distribution

North Atlantic, Gulf of Guinea, off Congo and Angola, Cape Basin off

west coast of South Africa.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.3 (mm) C.L.2 (mm)

IK6 : : BA Os t7 i 200 10,0 ee

10,8 11,0

10,0 11,5

8,9 11,2

8,0 10,6

10,2 10,0

II,0 953

11,0

10,6

9,9

11,0

10,9

12,5

11,0

ABGAT is.) ao) 37,G0)9, 00.40 5 S 955

Remarks

From previous records and from the present stations, it would seem that

this species is limited to the Atlantic Ocean.

An interesting specimen from station IK6 deserves comment. Although

possessing a perfect, matured thelycum and having eggs visible in the ovaries,

the first pleopods bear a petasma, which although smaller than that of a mature

male, is nevertheless unmistakably that of G. brevirostris.

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA ie Ae |

Gennadas capensis Calman, 1925

Fig. 3

Gennadas capensis Calman, 1925: 5, pl. 1, figs 1, 2. Burkenroad, 1936: 67, figs 51, 53. Barnard,

1950: 630, fig. 118e, f.

Description

Antennal angle acute, infra-antennal angle quadrate. Spine on outer

margin of scaphocerite some distance from apex. Thelycum of female with

7th sternite bearing W-shaped process, median apex of which formed by

rounded concave process. Coxa of 5th pereiopod medially expanded, bilobed.

Coxa of 4th pereiopod with slender, elongate process. Coxa of 3rd pereiopod

bluntly lobed, coxa of 2nd bearing concave spoon-shaped process, posteriorly

directed. Petasma of male with external lobe bearing small acute lobe on

median margin, medina lobe truncate, internal lobe consisting of 2 hook-

covered blunt lobules. Accessory lobe bipartite, consisting of inner club-shaped

process and outer broad truncate process.

Cc d

Fig. 3. Gennadas capensis

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

278 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Distribution

Off Cape Point, Bahamas, Bermudas, Gulf of Mexico.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.3 (mm) | C.L.Q (mm)

Asoo" |). 2/394, 12\8, 98.94 E I 000 9,6

AgZO1b. 2) (A\er.1gS; To.08E 250 7,9

10,6

11,0

12,5

Gennadas clavicarpus De Man, 1907

Fig. 4

Gennadas clavicarpus De Man, 1907: 144. Tirmizi, 1960: 358, figs 40c, 48e, 58-66.

Amalopenaeus clavicarpus: Balss, 1927: 267.

Gennadas propinquus (non Rathbun) Burkenroad, 1936: 66, 83-85. Kensley, 1969: 167, fig. 9.

Gennadas scutatus (non Bouvier) Kemp, 1910a: 178, pl. 13, figs 9, 10.

Gennadas scutatus indicus Balss, 1927: 259, fig. 13.

C d

Fig. 4. Gennadas clavicarpus

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 279

Description

Antennal angle acute, infra-antennal angle quadrate. Spine on outer

margin of scaphocerite reaching beyond apex of scale. Thelycum of female with

8-shaped shield on 8th thoracic sternite, coxa with large lobe. 7th thoracic

sternite with W-shaped process, closely connected to triangular shield of 6th

thoracic sternite. Openings of seminal receptacles at base of triangular shield.

Coxa of grd pereiopod with large lobed process. Petasma of male, external lobe

bipartite, outer lobule acute, slender, inner lobule rounded. Median lobe

large, bipartite, both lobules apically acute. Internal lobe bipartite, both

rounded, bearing hooks. Accessory lobe a simple flap.

Distribution

Widespread throughout the Indo-Pacific region.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.g (mm) C.L.Q (mm)

IK6 . : OY Mire am tig fl 200 71 6,9

BE) 25-55 5, 39.30 E. 500 755 7:9

6,2 6,5

6,3

JS a * 120.305; 33.40 E 500 753

(Ce ae . 34.338, 16.42 E> 3 200-3 400 7,8

729

Agea7 P83 7-30 a4 19.94 E 800 6,9

A2045 . eee ELS, 14. PA dca in FOO be 6,8

A2958 . Moor goto. 17017. B 600 | 754

ASGT6 .. ei 0G)o, 10:00 E 250 759

? 72

AS64I 118 7200'9, 00.40 E S 7,8 6,4

ae |. 80.51 8, 12.43 E 250 7,9

Remarks

Of the present records, 3 stations are in the area of the Cape Basin, i.e.

off the west coast of South Africa, and seem to be the first record of the species

from the Atlantic Ocean.

Gennadas elegans (Smith, 1882)

| at Fig. 5

Amalopenaeus elegans Smith, 1882: 87, pl. 14, figs 8-14, pl. 15, figs 1-5. Kemp, 1g10b: 14, pl. 1.

Lenz & Strunck, 1914: 310. Balss, 1927: 253, fig. 3.

Gennadas elegans: Burkenroad, 1936: 71, fig. 55. Barnard, 1950: 631, fig. 118m, n.

Description

’ Antennal angle acute, infra-antennal angle blunt. Thelycum of female

with pentagonal shield on 8th thoracic sternite. 7th sternite with roughly oval

280 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

shield posteriorly ; anterior portion with dumb-bell-shaped shield bearing seminal

receptacles at ends. Petasma in male with small rounded lobe at base of external

lobe. Latter broad, divided, division indicated by blunt projection at each end.

Median lobe lower than external lobe, narrow, rounded. Internal lobe large,

apically evenly convex. Accessory lobe a leaf-like flap.

Distribution

Mediterranean, North and South Atlantic, not as yet known from southern

African waters.

Fig. 5. Gennadas elegans

a. Petasma (after Smith, 1882). b. Thelycum (after Burkenroad, 1936).

Gennadas gilchristt Calman, 1925

Fig. 6

Gennadas gilchristi Calman, 1925: 6, pl. 1, figs 3, 4. Burkenroad, 1936: 66, fig. 58. Barnard,

1950: 633, fig. 118 g, h. Kensley, 1968: gor.

Amalopenaeus gilchristi: Balss, 1927: 261, figs. 16, 17.

Amalopenaeus elegans (non Smith) Stebbing 1917: 31.

Description

Antennal and infra-antennal angles produced, but apically rounded.

Spine on outer margin of scaphocerite hardly reaching apex. Coxa of 3rd

pereiopod expanded, more noticeably prominent and bilobed in female than

in male. Thelycum of female easily distinguished by bilobed sternal process of

7th thoracic sternite. Petasma of male with external lobe acute, with smaller

lobe at its base, median lobe of 2 diverging slender lobules, internal lobe acute,

accessory lobe broadly rounded, not extending beyond internal lobe.

Distribution

Off Cape Peninsula, off west coast of South Africa, Agulhas Basin, southern

Indian Ocean.

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 281

Fig. 6. Gennadas gilchristt

a. Carapace in lateral view. b. Antennal and infra-antennal angle. c. Petasma. d. Thelycum.

e. Apex of telson. f. Apex of scaphocerite. g. Appendix masculina.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.g (mm) C.L.2 (mm)

IK6 ee $4.5,.17 EB 200 6,6

523

282 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.g (mm) C.L.Q (mm)

Kea ®. . 25.558, 39.30 E 500 4,8 5,0

D2? 599

4,9

6,9

5,6

6,0

5,0

FRAG. 9 8 Oe) | 39:50.9, 39. 08.8: 500 6,0

ikcowe 2 . 37:40) 9,,122.59 5 5,0 5,0

6,2 6,0

6,2 8,6

6,2 7,0

6,9 6,0

6,9 5,8

7,0

6,8

737

8,0

ASOT El OAS ONS he TO orb, Ot OG. OG 6,5

INTOF 7. + Wed S93 60) E 500 7,0 6,1

FAL 7) ne By ABR 2O0o, Shad, Ie 500 734.

ArGg2 ues... 3095'S, 41200E: I 000 5,6 6,0

| 7,0 6,3

6,1

5;0

5,0

: 455

ATOOA) Fn (286 .02)19), 2536 500 D D

AT SOGOM OOS Vo4r1e Sy 20.04 EF a a00 4,8

4,8

TCL Sa Mt Or eye aa, by 800 5,0

4,2

AZ389 . .) 80.40\5,' 20.00 E 800 D D

IS9G 4 Wy. 5 Wet AO)i, 20.05 aE hie Wet 539 8,0

_ 7,0

6,1

594

A2945 . ; SBORDGroy, 14.04 0, 700 551 6,1

aah . - ‘ 5,8

A2958 |. Mr? hyo eo a ye a go 600 6,4.

Station

A2961

A2962

A2963

A2966

A2968

A3616

A3634

A3641

A3643

A4218

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 283

Position

40.128, 14.41 E

39.06 S, 13.34 E

38.00 S, 15.00 E

38.09 S, 19.50 E

36.38 S, 16.28 E

31.19 5, 10,08 E

Boe 5. 00.31

37.00 8, 08.40 E

36.51 S, 12.43 E

29.135, 10.03 E

Depth (metres)

700

600

250

100

C.L.g (mm)

C.L.2 (mm)

6,0

529

5,6

453

8,1

8,0

733

7,0

6,1

530

6,8

5,0

8,2

6,3

732

6,8

7,0

7;0

752

6,7

8,9

5,0

8,0

7:9

735

284 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Gennadas incertus (Balss, 1927)

Fig. 7

Amalopenaeus incertus Balss, 1927: 265, figs 24-29.

Gennadas incertus: Burkenroad, 1936: 66. Tirmizi, oe 364, figs 76-80.

Gennadas gardineri Balss, 1927: 267, fig. 31.

Description

Antennal and infra-antennal angles acute. Spine on outer scaphocerite

margin reaching beyond apex of scale. Thelycum in female with large plate

on 8th thoracic sternite, anteriorly and posteriorly notched. Plate on 7th

thoracic sternite with antero-lateral corners acute, postero-lateral corners pro-

duced anteriorly. 6th thoracic sternite with large concave shield. Petasma in

male with external lobe of 2 large divergent tapering ‘horns’. Median lobe of

2 lobules, outer slender, inner broadly rounded. Internal lobe simple, with

hooks on median face. Accessory lobe truncate, reaching same level as median

and internal lobes. Inner scale of appendix masculina of male distally cut

away at angle.

Distribution

Indian Ocean.

RAR S Ag"

SSA

: d

Fig. 7. Gennadas incertus

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 285

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.3 (mm) C.L.9 (mm)

IK6 | eae BAIS 7 200 752 6,6

6,8

i 25.55 9, 39.30 E 500 6,3

Par. mg0:47 9, 34.40 E 500 7,0

[Kye . 35.428, 24.40 E 500 7,0 6,9

IKk48_. 20:52 5, 31.36 EB 500 5,0 7,6

592

Mice: . Poe TO o, 17.20 EF 120 554 6,2

A2045 . asd! Oo, 14.14 B 700 7,4

meee =) \.. 38.005, 15.00 E 600 6,6

meses ||. | 40.17 S, 19.54 E 600 745 6,9

1G. 92 aie oO 5 lo, 12.49 1 250 5,6

Gennadas kempi Stebbing, 1914

Fig. 8

Gennadas kempi Stebbing, 1914a: 283, pl. 27; 1914b: 12. Calman, 1925: 4. Burkenroad, 1936: 64,

figs 52, 54. Barnard, 1950: 630, fig. 118a—d. Kensley, 1968: 302.

Amalopenaeus kempi: Balss, 1927: 260, figs 14, 15.

Description

Antennal angle produced but bluntly rounded, infra-antennal angle

rounded. Spine on outer margin of scaphocerite set well behind apex of scale.

Thelycum of female consisting of 3 sternal plates, that on 6th thoracic sternite

triangular, 7th thoracic sternite rectangular, 8th thoracic sternite hexagonal.

Petasma of male with single acute external lobe, median lobe broad, truncated,

internal lobe also truncate, with rounded hook-bearing process. Both lamellae

of appendix masculina of 2nd pleopod of male somewhat elongate.

Distribution

Off west coast of South Africa, off Cape Peninsula, Agulhas Basin, southern

Indian Ocean.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.3 (mm) C.L.2 (mm)

PEO! ts Pi 92.20 9, 10.99) Ba '800 8,2

meat. . 34.338, 16.42 BE 3 200-3 400 D D

‘AIG]7 . » 40.44.89, 33.36 E 500 10,0

286 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Depth (metres) C.L.g (mm) C.L.2 (mm)

10,2 10,8

9,9 12,0

9,9 Ke)

RAS ORT i. - 43.505, 25.00 E 800 10,9

A2953 44.2409, 20.06 EF 600 755

A2958 . £ PAT. AOS. 171 7s 600 8,9 10,0

8,0 10,9

939

10,7

793

10,8

Station Position

A1879 . ,, 45.205) 45.14 1 500

9,0

II,O

8,1

8,0

GOA? Oi. QO. BON boca 250

AAS

cain

mie

| >

; =~»

[Roses

{ »

ys a

Fig. 8. Gennadas kempi

c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum.

e. Appendix masculina.

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 287

Gennadas parvus Bate, 1881

Fig. 9

Gennadas parvus Bate, 1881: 192; 1888: 340, pl. 59. Kemp, 1909: 721, pl. 73, figs 1-6, pl. 75,

fig. 1; 1913: 60, pl. 7, fig. 6. Burkenroad, 1936: 65. Tirmizi, 1960: 346, figs 49, 50.

Amalopenaeus parvus: Balss, 1927: 263, figs 20-23.

Description

Antennal and infra-antennal angles acute. Spine on outer scaphocerite

margin small, below apex of scale. Thelycum of female with broad shield on

8th thoracic sternite with 2 depressions on either side of slight median ridge.

7th sternite with broad-based triangular shield. Rectangular structure beneath

apex of triangle made up of 3 plates. Leaf-like process between bases of 3rd and

Ath pereiopods. Petasma of male with bipartite external lobe, outer lobule

hook-like, inner lobule broad, truncate. Median lobe bipartite, with elongate

outer lobule, and broader inner lobule at right angles to former. Short blunt

process between external and median lobes. Internal lobe distally elongate,

rounded, with numerous hooks. Accessory lobe a mere ridge beneath median

lobe.

c d

Fig. 9. Gennadas parvus

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

288 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Distribution

Indo-Pacific, off Cape of Good Hope.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.3 (mm) C.L.2 (mm)

AAT OO2) ). 2) (80,269, 41.92 8, I 000 554 5,8

6,5

5,8

A2GOI LAO L259, 144 1B 700 6,2

6,9

AZOQO5 iy 40:17 3 1654 Eh 600 6,8

A2966 . . 38.098, 19.50 E 600 6,8

AOOVO Ce) Sle TG) oO. hOL0G. er 250 52

Xo OR Alar oo OG. es 250 6,4

6,6

AOA Ga ee! L2OuRnICg) 1oE4onE, 250 5,0

Gennadas scutatus Bouvier, 1906

Fig. 10

Gennadas scutatus Bouvier, 1906: 748; 1908: 42, pl. 8. Kemp, 1909: 727, pl. 75, fig. 2; 1910a: 178,

pl. 13, figs 9, 10; 1913: 61. Calman, 1925: 4. Burkenroad, 1936: 83, fig. 59. Barnard,

1950: 634, fig. 1180, p. Tirmizi, 1960: 358, fig. 40c, 48d, 67-69. Crosnier & Forest, 1969:

Arai ee scutatus: Balss, 1927: 258, figs 11, 12.

Description

Antennal and infra-antennal angles acute. Spine on outer scaphocerite

margin reaching beyond apex of scale. Thelycum of female with elongate flap

on 8th thoracic sternite, stretching forward to cover 7th and 6th sternites.

7th sternite a flattened triangle. 6th sternite triangular with seminal receptacles

visible under flap of 5th sternite. Petasma of male with external lobe of 2 short

rounded lobules. Median lobe broad, consisting of slender outer lobule, and

inner broadly rounded lobule with tiny lobe on outer margin. Internal lobe

of 2 low rounded hook-covered portions. Accessory lobe a simple triangular

flap.

Distribution

North and South Atlantic, Caribbean, entire Indo-Pacific region.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.3 (mm) C.L.2 (mm)

IK6 : Bano t7 200 5.4 5,0

59! 4:9

594 533

594

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 289

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.g (mm) C.L.Q (mm)

AZ2I . . 34.338, 16.42 E 3 200-3 400 550

magge:). 644.248, 20.16 E 600 551

Fig. 10. Gennadas scutatus

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

Gennadas talismani Bouvier, 1906

Fig. 11

Gennadas talismani Bouvier, 1906: 10, fig. 15; 1908: 28. Lenz & Strunck, 1914: 311, pl. 18, figs

1-14. Burkenroad, 1936: 66, 85, fig. 60. Barnard, 1950: 633, fig. 118i, j. Crosnier & Forest,

1969: 549.

Amalopenaeus talismani: Balss, 1927: 254, figs 5-7.

Description

Antennal and infra-antennal angles acute. Thelycum in female with shield

on 8th thoracic sternite notched anteriorly and posteriorly. 7th sternite with

290 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

broadly rectangular plate, with anterior ridge marking position of seminal

receptacles. Petasma in male with external lobe consisting of 2 low apically

acute lobules. Median lobe bipartite, outer lobule broad, inner lobule slender.

Interior lobe rounded. Accessory lobe a broad flap.

Distribution

North and South Atlantic, not as yet known from southern African waters.

a b =

Fig. 11. Gennadas talismani

a. Petasma (after Balss, 1927, and Bouvier, 1906). b. Thelycum (after Balss, 1927, and

Burkenroad, 1936).

— et ara

Gennadas tinayret Bouvier, 1906

Figs 12

Gennadas tinayrei Bouvier, 1906: 10, figs 2-4, 14; 1908, 48, pl. 1, fig. 4, pl. 10. Stephensen, 1923: 11.

Burkenroad, 1936: 73, fig. 56. Tirmizi, 1960: 367, figs 4of, 81-83.

Amalopenaeus tinayrei: Sund, 1920: 29. Balss, 1927: 252, fig. 2, pl. 6, fig. 1.

Description

Antennal angle subacute, infra-antennal angle acute. Spine on outer

scaphocerite margin just reaching apex of scale. Thelycum of female with small

rectangular shield on 8th thoracic sternite. 7th sternite with broad-based

triangular shield, with 2 rounded processes on either side of apex. 5th thoracic

sternite with tongue-like median process, posteriorly directed. Petasma in

male with external lobe apically divided into 2 low subapical lobules, bearing

several small blunt hooks, and with small lobe at base. Median lobe broad

evenly convex. Internal lobe consisting of 2 rounded hook-covered portions.

Accessory lobe broadly rounded. |

Distribution

Indian Ocean, North and South Atlantic.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) CL.3 (mm) C.L.Q (mm)

Ao053 ..°. >< eo 20.16 B 600 6,0

Agor8))\/ ' ene orbsas' E 100 6,9 6,9

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 291

Fig. 12. Gennadas tinayrei

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

Gennadas valens (Smith, 1884)

Fig. 13

Amalopenaeus valens Smith, 1884: 402, pl. 10, fig. 2. Balss, 1927: 253, fig. 4.

Gennadas valens: Bouvier, 1908: 34, pl. 1, fig. 3, pl. 9. Stephensen, 1923: 12. Burkenroad, 1936:

75, fig. 57. Barnard, 1950: 631, fig. 118k, 1.

Description

Antennal and infra-antennal angles acute. Spine on outer scaphocerite

margin reaching slightly beyond apex of scale. Thelycum in female with

almost circular shield on 8th thoracic sternite. 7th thoracic sternite with

2 anteriorly-directed triangular processes, anterior end of same sternite with

semi-circular raised area. Seminal receptacles just posterior to similar raised

area on 6th sternite. Coxa of 4th pereiopod with medially-directed lobe, bearing

smaller tooth-like process on anterior margin. Petasma in male with external

lobe bipartite, inner lobule smaller than outer. Median lobe consisting of 3

blunt sub-equal lobules. Internal lobe of 2 rounded hook-covered portions.

292 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

C d

Fig. 13. Gennadas valens

a. Petasma. b. Thelycum. c. Apex of scaphocerite. d. Antennal and infra-antennal angles.

e. Appendix masculina.

Distribution

North and South Atlantic, Caribbean.

Material

Station Position Depth (metres) C.L.g (mm) C.L.Q (mm)

A3634 . . 33.235, 09.31 E S 7:9 9,8

SOA T YIN . 37.008, 08.40 E S 11,2 10,0

Ag2i8. / 29.13 S, 10.03 E 100 10,1 10,0

10,0 Q,2

8,0

SUMMARY

The South African representatives of the penaeid genus Gennadas are

discussed. Thirteen species have been recorded from the area, eleven of which

THE GENUS GENNADAS IN THE WATERS AROUND SOUTHERN AFRICA 293

(including four new records) are represented in the present collection. The

species are figured, and brief descriptions are given, to assist with their

identification.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

My grateful thanks are due to the following scientists for allowing me to

examine material: the Director of the Division of Sea Fisheries, Cape Town;

Professor J. H. Day of the University of Cape Town; Dr. J. R. Grindley and

Mr. M. J. Penrith for material collected while they were both attached to the

South African Museum.

REFERENCES

Batss, H. 1927. Macrura der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. 3. Natantia, Teil B. Wiss. Ergebn.

dt. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘Valdivia’ 23: 245-275.

BARNARD, K. H. 1950. Descriptive catalogue of South African decapod Crustacea (crabs and

shrimps). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 38: 1-837.

Bate, C. S. 1881. On the Penaeidea. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 8: 169-195.

Bate, C. S. 1888. Report on the Crustacea Macrura collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the

years 1873-1876. Rep. Voy. Challenger 1873-1876 24: 1-942.

Bouvier, E.-L. 1905. Sur les macroures nageurs (abstraction faite des carides) recueillis par les

expéditions américaines du ‘Hassler’ et du ‘Blake’. C. r. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 141:

746-749.

Bouvier, E.-L. 1908. Crustacés décapodes (Pénéidés) provenant des campagnes de |’Hirondelle

et de la Princesse-Alice (1886-1906). Résult. Camp. scient. Prince Albert I 33: 1-122.

BuRKENROAD, M. D. 1936. The Aristaeinae, Solenocerinae and pelagic Penaeinae of the

Bingham Oceanographic Collection. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 5 (2): 1-151.

Catman, W. T. 1925. On macrurous decapod Crustacea collected in South African waters by

the s.s. ‘Pickle’ Rep. Fish. mar. biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 4 (Spec. Rep. 3): 1-26.

CrosniEr, A. & Forest, J. 1969. Note préliminaire sur les pénéides recueillis par l’ ‘Ombango’,

au large du plateau continental, du Gabon a l’Angola (Crustacea Decapoda Natantia).

Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris (2) 41: 544-554.

Kemp, S. 1909. The decapods of the genus Gennadas collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’. Proc.

zool. Soc. Lond. 1909: 718-729.

Kemp, S. 1g10a. Notes on Decapoda in the Indian Museum. I. The species of Gennadas. Rec.

Indian Mus. 5: 173-181.

Kemp, S. 1910b. The Decapoda Natantia of the coasts of Ireland. Scient. Invest. Fish. Brch Ire.

1908 (1): I—190.

Kemp, S. 1913. Pelagic Crustacea Decapoda of the Percy Sladen Expedition in H.M.S. ‘Sealark’.

Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2, Zool.) 16: 53-68.

Kens.teEy, B. F. 1968. Deep sea decapod Crustacea from west of Cape Point, South Africa.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50: 283-323.

KeEns.LEy, B. F. 1969. Decapod Crustacea from the south-west Indian Ocean. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.

52: 149-181.

Lenz, H. & Strunck, K. 1914. Die Dekapoden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903.

1. Brachyuren und Macruren mit Ausschluss der Sergestiden. Dt. Siidpol.-Exped. 7: 257-346.

Man, J. C. DE. 1907. Diagnoses of new species of macrurous decapod Crustacea from the

Siboga Expedition. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 127-147.

SmiTH, S. I. 1882. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alexander

Agassiz on the east coast of the United States, during the summer of 1880, by the U.S.

Coast Survey steamer ‘Blake’, Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N., commanding. XVII.

Report on the Crustacea. Part I. Decapoda. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 10: 1-108.

294 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

Situ, S. I. 1884. Report on the decapod Crustacea of the ‘Albatross’ dredgings off the east

coast of the United States in 1883. Rep. U.S. Commnr Fish. 10 (2): 345-426.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1914a. Stalk-eyed Crustacea Malacostraca of the Scottish National Antarctic

Expedition. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 50: 253-308.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 19145. South African Crustacea. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 15: 1-55.

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1917. South African Crustacea. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 17: 23-46.

STEPHENSEN, K. 1923. Decapoda-Macrura (excl. Sergestidae). Rep. Dan. oceanogr. Exped. Mediterr.

2 (D.3): 1-85.

Sunp, O. 1920. Peneides and Stenopides from the ‘Michael Sars’ North Atlantic Deep-sea

Expedition 1910. Rep. scient. Results Michael Sars N. Atlant. deep Sea Exped. 3 (2): 1-32.

Trrizi, N. M. 1960. Crustacea: Penaeidae, Part II. Series Benthesicymae. Scient. Rep. John

Murray Exped. 10: 319-383.

INSTRUCTIONS TO. AUTHORS

Based on

CONFERENCE OF BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE. 1960.

Style manual for biological journals. Washington: American Institute of Biological Sciences.

MANUSCRIPT

To be typewritten, double spaced, with good margins, arranged in the following order:

(1) Heading, consisting of informative but brief title, name(s) of author(s), address(es) of

author(s), number of illustrations (plates, figures, enumerated maps and tables) in the article.

(2) Contents. (3) The main text, divided into principal divisions with major headings; sub-

headings to be used sparingly and enumeration of headings to be avoided. (4) Summary.

(5) Acknowledgements. (6) References, as below. (7) Key to lettering of figures. (8) Explana-

tion to plates.

ILLUSTRATIONS

To be reducible to 12 cm X 18 cm (19 cm including caption). A metric scale to appear with

all photographs.

REFERENCES

Harvard system (name and year) to be used: author’s name and year of publication given

in text; full references at the end of the article, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologi-

cally within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same

author in that year.

For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.

For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to

the World list of scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses,

volume number, part number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination.

Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)

ButLoucH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.

FiscHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. 7. Conch., Paris

88: 100-140.

FiscHER, P.-H., Duvat, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.

Archs Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.

Koun, A. J. 19604. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee

region of Ceylon. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.

Koun, A. J. 19605. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the

Indian Ocean. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4.): 1-51.

THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn SCHULTZE, L.

Koologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-

Afrika. 4: 269-270. Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

To be governed by the rulings of the latest International code of zoological nomenclature issued

by the International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature (particularly articles 22 and 51). The

Harvard system of reference to be used in the synonymy lists, with the full references incorporated

in the list at the end of the article, and not given in contracted form in the synonymy list.

Example

Scalaria coronata Lamarck, 1816: pl. 451, figs 5 a, 6; Liste: 11. Turton, 1932: 80.

a) eo

6 =

woud

he LIBRARIES_ SMITHSONIAN

- SG

oo i~

7 a

> sas

Bo) Ke

—_ uw?

m z

lon, NOILALILSNI

Z =

= S

ma s

S =

> =

a Fd Y)

qin SMITHSONIAN

a. x.

4 <%

ce es

= co

te ee _

rN =

Oo ow ww

= >

ae Ww AS

- ~ .

917 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

=e of

Ly. ee =

y = X a

oo SW YN oO

- X =

ION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS

” ary

i Tr

a ei.

a “4

<x e

o at WS

m4 oO AS

ar <

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

f =

a ©

> = y

ce ey

a =

TION. NOILNLILSNI

dp) a

89 fx (@)

‘ ”) ”)

@) PB

Va Ges b~

> | =

Bre a v”?

Git LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

pases 79)

iF mT

: az

<x}

S a”

TION NOILNLILSNI

STITUTION

IYVUYsilLliB

LIBRARIES

STITUTION NOILNLILSNI

NOILALILSNI

————

J 2 bite ccashal ue > —— oan

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥YVYUET

i =a ions : al

-o oO oe Ne re)

— wo =

Pe] = za aang

’ |

20 = = E

ot i = i=

a z ra a

SSIYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

z Ne z z

ar Sf fy’ = SS 5 >

= Bly 5 WS =r S

SY4G = NW g a

2 “Gy - x 2 =

> = > =

= 77) 5: = w .. 7

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUET

us 2 aa

2 2 SN =

<x =

a poe =

S oO © Sais

a = 7 ee 4

SS'Iy¥VuNSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTIOT

= | : da a re Le

- os = GL; wo

= 7 2a LG,

F > — GL

e Si ™ ‘a

Z 2 rs ae

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

Bre w =

Sal 3 = < =

2 = z =

Oo 7 i O z

a wn AH nH

5 ee) hs ro}

nd Zz, = =,

= >" = >

v) z= OF = ,

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIOI

> v) 2 .

TP) uJ Ww 29 Nop

a a 4

— ow ae

Se os ou

ot =

o S ro)

= al —

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSI1YVUGT

A & ig x: z

ta) 2 0 | ans AN ——

70 = a \\ =

> =) > N a

ras -

; = YS r

O Zz oO oh

S31uYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

wo z hey ” =

= Ps aa <

of tf nh Y= 4 =

a “yy = z =

> SE = > = at

me w * im w .

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHIIWS S23 iyVvuE

lJ = Ye We Ww

coms oe) PN Was —

oc a. WS fa

: 2 BQ :

oO = a +

a z vse 7

SAIYVud iT tl BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUE

}

— oO ey ner 39 No

w —_ w »

ee) S a

> be : .

ca k= = KiNG

WTA

iia inane Ris ie oe oa

ye betes J = =

HES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVUa!IT LIBRARIES

y = . a et z i z

ea 2 5 DN = 2 5

Ej] Le ¥ a - > \ he no > =

i oO = - = : <= b

| 2 & z a 2 0 :

3NI SAIYVUdIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

Pos 2) = ae w” 8 on wn + ad

< = f ie = < OO = _—

z 4 ysl fy = 4 = Zz NYX, = “a

= 2 Vy a : ee F

s > . = > s > _

Qh og Ww ° Pia w .. ma w)

S _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYSIT LIBRARIES

oe 2 wy ee ” z ”

<M” Men

Pick os = 2 WX = = :

} <> a < 3 Le < = <

al US a 4 = ne ae = aol

INI _NVINOSHLINS S3!IYVUdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI

aA: eg B = = = a

o = ow = ly O res wo

| 2 = 2 5 $42 = xz

= E : t OL? E x

a a a i, MZ 2 - i

m oN =. m ae ; m pts m

7) — w nies ” — wn

ES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS Saluvugia LIBRARIES |

= = = = = 2° =

= = \. 4 rd 4 z : =

. N f,

F 2 E Ww Z: s 2 Ee NO" z

z ee = = = zg

INI_NVINOSHLINS SSlYvVdatT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

a nee Z mi 2 tt

= oc #2, ow =. ce

a ae - = | < mn of <r

-| ~ Cc ~ — a

Oo a fo) mal Oo oat

_ = ~ 2 wl z ae

=S_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYGIT_LIBRARIES

= a es it : z a

5 pt fh ? 5 % - >

a — —

3 wf UZ sa it oan 6 =

J - GY, <i i eS = os

ex 4 a Z i Z Hh

= ; _ 197) pe w

SN! NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVUGIT LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI

zm to] oe By 2 w Fal w Fa

= = ye <x “ = < = bot

. A re a i

S 2 Uf lp 3 WN. 3 z | ug ff 5

z SUO4C IRE 8 te LY

E e “yy BT Se = 2 Yip =

& — 8 : 2 et ae = ge =

ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYSIT_LIBRARIES —

= > <x nh es

os Pn 2) uJ WAS Lud uJ

Do a o <4 AAS ow 5 a

m\ o& .. , aan er SNS. SK, pe 4

7 = ¥ Cc * ‘cole AN = c me

J om Vj = Pr <i XS co = m

~ “ae _~ O _ oO —_

md = a rr eS lal = sal

SNI_NVINOSHLINS SS!1YVHYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION _ NOILNLILSNI

a) S a = x z ee

o < a w = w — w

2 Yy = 20 = ee 5 *:

2° (aera “SX a 70 “ti or rs nis

a NS 22) rial n* oe 7) ine

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

A”

Aes

TS a